GRAD
A 657931
BULAR
888
Head
WS
MMAR SCHOOL
'sted Bars and

PRESENTED TO THE LIBRARY
OF THE
**v*,**
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
By the quar
سینا ہے
Mb
Bret
18.
|

armaq had fun-
Homer, Odyssey,
Book I
31439

English to Greck
WHITE'S GRAMMAR SCHOOL TEXTS.
THE FIRST BOOK
HOMER'S
OF
ODYSSEY
WITH A VOCABULARY
AND SOME ACCOUNT OF GREEK PROSODY
BY
JOHN T. WHITE, L.D. OXON.
THIRD THOUSAND
LONDON
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
1887
All rights reserved
¡
888
1804
fعله
BUNR
Boli
!
#
T
1
!
:
LONDON:
gilbert and rIVINGTON, LIMIted,
6T. JOHN'S SQuare.
:
+1
PREFACE.
FOR Some long time past it has been widely felt
that a reduction in the cost of Classical Works
used in schools generally, and more especially in
those intended for boys of the middle classes, is at
once desirable and not difficult of accomplishment.
For the most part only portions of authors are read
in the earlier stages of education, and a pupil is
taken from one work to another in each successive
half-year or term; so that a book needlessly large
and proportionably expensive is laid aside after a
short and but partial use.
In order, therefore, to meet what is certainly a
want, Portions of the Classical Writers usually
read in Schools are now being issued under the
title of GRAMMAR SCHOOL TEXTS; while, at the
request of various Masters, it has been determined
to add to the series some portions of the Greek
Testament.
Each TEXT is provided with a VOCABULARY of the
words occurring in it. In every instance-with the
exception of Eutropius and Æsop-the origin of a
word, when known, is stated at the commencement
of the article treating of it, if connected with another
iv
PREFACE.
Latin, or Greek, word; at the end of it, if derived
from any other source. Further still, the primary
or etymological meaning is always given, within
inverted commas, in Roman type, and so much
also of each word's history as is needful to bring
down its chain of meanings to the especial force, or
forces, attaching to it in the particular
"Text."
In the Vocabularies, however, to Eutropius and
Æsop-which are essentially books for beginners
-the origin is given of those words alone which
are formed from other Latin or Greek words, re-
spectively.
Moreover, as an acquaintance with the principles
of GRAMMAR, as well as with ETYMOLOGY, is
necessary to the understanding of a language, such
points of construction as seem to require elucida-
tion are concisely explained under the proper
articles, or a reference is simply made to that rule
in the Public Schools Latin Primer, or in Parry's
Elementary Greek Grammar, which meets the
particular difficulty. It occasionally happens, how-
ever, that more information is needed than can be
gathered from the above-named works. When
such is the case, whatever is requisite is supplied,
in substance, from Jelf's Greek Grammar, Winer's
Grammar of New Testament Greek, or the Latin
Grammars of Zumpt and Madvig.
LONDON: September, 1880.
INTRODUCTION.
Of the country and age of Homer not even the ancient
Greeks themselves had any certain knowledge. Out of
about nineteen places, wherein it has been asserted that
he was born, seven have been considered as having
established, on various grounds, the better right to claim
this high distinction. The names of these seven are con-
tained in the following line :-
M
Smyrna, Rhodos, Colophon, Salamis, Chios, Argos, Athenæ.
The generally received opinion has hitherto been that the
pretensions of the rest must be set aside in favour of
Smyrna; and, if it be accepted as the true one, Homer
must have been an Asiatic Greek. The age, moreover,
in which he flourished has been as much a subject of
dispute as the place of his birth. Various dates have been
assigned to it, ranging from B. C. 1184 to B. C. 684, and thus
exhibiting a difference, between the earliest and the latest,
of no less than five hundred years. An opinion that the
poet was blind has more or less prevailed, though perhaps
it has no better foundation than that, in the Cumaan
dialect, unpos is equivalent to Tupλós, i. e. “blind." His
τυφλός,
very existence, even, has been called in question; and it
has been affirmed that the poems which pass under his
name are in reality the production of Bards known by the
name of Rhapsodists. One thing, however, seems to be
vi
INTRODUCTION.
generally recognized, viz. that the Homeric poems were.
composed before writing was known, and were long
handed down by oral teaching.
From the poet's assigning especial prominence and
glory in the Iliad to the Achaians, while he makes no
mention of the Dorians, it has recently been held that he
was in all probability an Achaian Greek living before the
time of the Dorian conquest of the Peloponnesus (which
took place about B.C. 1104), and in all likelihood at no
distant date from the fall of Troy-probably within fifty
years of that event. Again it is stated that the first
result of the Dorian conquest was the Eolic migration.
Many fugitives, expelled from various parts of Greece,
passed first into the North of the Peloponnesus, and after-
wards into Asia Minor. Together with these "the more
genial and appreciative portion of the nation, the recitation
of the poems could not but migrate too." And as the
poems thus became domiciled for a while in Asia, all that
related to them, and most of all Homer himself, came to
be regarded as Asiatic.
The grammatical construction of the language in the
First Book of the Odyssey presents no especial difficulty.
It is different, however, with regard to the Homeric Dialect.
Information on this last subject is given at p. 81 of Parry's
Greek Grammar; and the General View of the Dialects,
at p. 169 of the same work, may be consulted with
advantage. As an addition to what may be found at the
places above mentioned, the following remarks are offered.
The augment, whether syllabic or temporal, is frequently
omitted in simple and in compound verbs alike; c. g.
πλάγχθη for ἐπλάγχθη, v. 2 ; πάθεν for ἔπαθεν, v. 4 ;
φύγον for ἔφυγον, v. II ; ὅλοντο for ὤλοντο, v. 7.
In verbs compounded of a preposition and a simple
1
INTRODUCTION.
vii
verb, the preposition is often separated from the simple
verb by the figure τμῆσις (“ cutting or severance ”) :
κατὰ βοῦς ἤσθιον for βοῦς κατήσθιον, vv. 7, 8 ; ἐν δώματα
ναίει for δώματα ἐνναίει, v. 51.
The pronoun 8, й, Tó is found both as a demonstrative
and a relative. Thus ó, vv. 23, 326; toû, v. 328; tá,
v. 152; тhv, vv. 63, 113; тóv, vv. 44, 80, are demonstra-
tive ;--- τῷ, v. 17 ; τόν, ν. 30, are relative.
The present imperative, middle or passive, in ou often
assumes the uncontracted form eo: ἐμπάζε (for ἐμπᾶζου)
Substantives, and adjectives inflected according to them,
undergo occasionally certain changes from the usual forms
In the First Declension, the Genitive Singular of mas.
culine nouns is at times changed from ov into ão; e. g.
Μερμερίδαo for Μερμερίδου, v. 259 ; Ατρείδαο for 'Ατρείδου,
vv. 35, 40 ; Ὀρέστο for Ὀρέστου, v. 40 :-also into ew,
e. g. Πηληιάδεω for Πηληιάδου (Il. 1, 1). The Genitive
Plural of both masculine and feminine nouns becomes awr
instead of ῶν: e. g. θεάων for θεῶν, v. 14 ; δμωΐων for
δμωῶν, v.435 ; παρείᾶων for παρειῶν, v. 334 :-50, αἰχμηταῶν
for aixuntŵv (Il. 1, 152). The Dative Plural is found as
ῃς, ῃσι(ν) for aις : thus πρώτῃσι θύρῃσι for πρώταις θύραις,
v. 255.
In the Second Declension, the Genitive Singular ou is
often changed into oo, and the Dative Plural ois into
οισι(ν): thus θαλάμοιο for θαλάμου, v. 441 ; ξείνοιο for
ξείνου, v. 405 ; ἀνθρώποισι for ἀνθρώποις, V. 391 ; ἀμφι-
πόλοισι for ἀμφιπόλοις, v. 357.
In the Third Declension the form of the Dative Plural
widely varies. Thus there occur μνηστήρ-σιν from
μνηστήρ, v. 254; στήθεσσι from στῆθος; Κυκλώπ-εσσι
from Κύκλωψ (= Κύκλωπ-ς); λεχ-έεσσι from λέχος, v. 366.
In diphthong-nouns of this declension, those in eús
viii
INTRODUCTION.
often have the Genitive, Dative, and Accusative Singular
in ños, ñï, ña, and the Nominative, Genitive, and Accus-
ative Plural in ñes, hwv, ñas: thus 'Odvoños, v. 65;
'Odvoñï, vv. 21, 48; 'Odvoĥa, vv. 74, 212, etc.; Baoiλña,
v. 386; Baoiλñes, v. 394: so, vnós, vv. 171, 260; vña,
vv. 303, 311.
Other variations from the forms of words occurring in
such Greek authors as are usually read in the earlier stages
of a classical education will be found to occur more or less
frequently, throughout the present Book of the Odyssey;
but be they what they may, they are explained under the
several articles in the Vocabulary.
PROSODY.
As the treatment of Greek verse is, for the most part,
but little noticed in Elementary Grammars, if it be not
altogether passed over, such particulars as appear requisite
for understanding the formation of Homeric lines are
here supplied for the use of those who desire to turn their
attention to the subject.
Hexameter, or Heroic Verse.
The Hexameter (or Heroic Verse)-the metre in which
Homer's Odyssey is written-belongs to Dactylic Verse.
It consists, as its name implies, of six metres or feet, of
which the first four may be either dactyls or spondees;
the fifth is regularly a dactyl, though sometimes a spondee;
the sixth always a spondee or trochee. When a spondee
occurs as the fifth foof, the line is termed Spondaic;
cf. vv. 29, 209, 219, etc.
Cæsūra (roμn = cæsūra, "a cutting," i. e. a dividing of
a verse into two parts) is required either, a. after the first
syllable of the third foot (Toμn Tevonμiµepýs=semiquinaria,
also masculine, cœsūra); or, b. after the second syllable
of the third foot, if a dactyl (τομὴ κατὰ τρίτον τροχαῖον =
trochaic, also feminine, cæsura); or, c. after the first syl-
lable of the fourth foot (Toµǹ éponµiµepĤs = cæsura semi-
septenaria or hepthemimeral cæsura). But no instance of
this occurs in the first Book of the Odyssey. It need
scarcely be added that cæsura is concurrent with the end
of a word.
a. ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ὣς ἑτάρους—ἐρρύσατο, ἱέμενός περ, v. 6.
b. ἄνδρα μοι ἔννεπε, Μοῦσα-πολύτροπον, ὃς μάλα
πολλά, v. I.
c. μάντι κακῶν, οὐ πώποτέ μοι-τὸ κρήγυον εἶπας
(İl. 1, 106).
X
PROSODY.
There is, also, a peculiar kind of casura called cæsura
bucolica (roun Воνкоλikh, i.e. bucolic cæsūra), which is
at times found at the close of the fourth foot after one of
the before-mentioned cæsuræ. It occurs not unfrequently
in Homer; but its name is of a later date than his age,
being obtained from the fact of the Greek Bucolic poets
having made great use of this form of the hexameter
Virgil, following them, employs it frequently in
his Eclogues and Georgics. Its tendency is to give a
sudden check to the current of the line.
verse.
οἱ μὲν δυσομένου-Ὑπερίονος--οἱ δ᾽ ἀνιόντος, V. 24.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅγε τέρπετο δαιτὶ-παρήμενος--οἱ δὲ δὴ ἄλλοι,
v. 26.
Prosodial Figures.
(ἀφαίρεσις,
Aphæresis (åpaípeσis, "a taking away") is the elision
(of which the sign is apostrophe, ') of a short final vowel
before the incipient vowel, whether long or short, of a
following word :--πολλὰ δ᾽ ὅγ᾽ ἐν πόντῳ, for δὲ ὅγε, ν. 4 ;
—κάκ᾽ ἔμμεναι, for κακά, ν. 33 ;--κείμεν' ἐπ᾿ ἠπείρου, for
κείμενα ἐπί, v. 162 ;--πευθοίαθ᾽ οἱ ἄλλοι, for πευθοίατο (τ
being changed into before the following aspirated vowel),
v. 157.—N.B. The final of the dat. sing. and plur. of
nouns of the 3rd declension is rarely elided.
เ
In Epic poetry the final at of verbal forms is sometimes
elided; but rarely so in nouns. Except in the cases of
μοί, συί, and perhaps μέντοι, οι is held not to be elided in
Homer :-βούλομ᾽ ἐγὼ λαόν, for βούλομαι (Ι1. 1, 117);-
ἔρχομ᾽ ἔχων, for ἔρχομαι (Ιl. 1, 168);—είπ᾽ ἄγε μ᾽, ὦ πολύαιν
Οδυσεῦ, for μοί (Ιl. 9, 673).
In Epic poetry the final a of the adverb &pa, and of the
prepositions ἀνά, κατά, παρά is dropped before even a
following consonant :-τίς τ᾽ ἄρ σφωε θεῶν, for ἄρα (Il. 1
PROSODY.
xi
8);-θείομεν, ἂν δ᾽ αὐτήν, for ἀνά (Ιl. 1, 143);—πρίν τινα
πὰρ Τρώων, for παρά (Il. 2, 355).
(διαίρεσις,
Diaresis (dialpeois, "a dividing or separating ") is the
dividing of one syllable (being a diphthong) into two. It
is signified by two points (·) being placed over the second
vowel :-ôğéï, v. 99.
Synæresis (ovvaípeσis, “a taking together") is the
pronouncing of two syllables as one :— -πλέων ἐπὶ οἴνοπα
πόντον (as if πλῶν), ν. 183;-ἐξ ἡμέων γάρ φασι (as if
ἡμῶν), v. 33·
Arsis (ǎpois, "a raising") is the term denoting that
syllable on which in scansion the emphasis rests, and
which in genuine feet is always a long one. In a Dactyl,
or a Spondee representing a Dactyl, it rests on the first
syllable (in an Iambus, on the last):-ǎvdpa μol ěvvete,
Μοῦσα (the arsis falls on ανδρ, εν, Μουσ), v. I;—πολλῶν
δ᾽ ἀνθρώπων ἴδεν (the arsis falls on πολλ, ἀν, ων), v. 3.
A short syllable at the end of a word is sometimes made
long in Arsis, if it begins a foot :-Znvòs evī peɣápolσi
(the short is lengthened), v. 27;—èk yàp ’Opeσtão tíσis
τίσις
(the final o is lengthened), v. 40;—àprúµevõs žv (os is
lengthened), v. 5.
Position.
A short final vowel before two consonants or a double
consonant in the following word is mostly, but not always,
long by position :-ὦ πάτερ ἡμέτερε Κρονίδη, ὕπατε κρει-
όντων, v. 45 ; ὅππως κε μνηστῆρας, v. 270 ; ὰψ ἴτῶ ἐς
μέγαρον, v. 276; ἀλλά ποθῖ Ζεύς, v. 348 :-- but ὑλήεντι
Ζακύνθῳ, v. 246.
Vowels and Diphthongs.
Of the vowels, e and o are short, ŋ and w are long, by
xii
PROSODY.
nature; but a, i, v are doubtful, i. e. are found sometimes
short, sometimes long. All diphthongs are long.
¡
Long Vowel, or Diphthong, before a Vowel.
A long vowel, or a diphthong, may be shortened at the
end of a word, if the following word begins with a vowel;
as, mλáyxoň étel Tpoíns, v. 2; Tpoíň èv evpeíņ, v. 62; ¿č
ἐμεῦ οἷα φίλοι, v. 313; ἀνθρώπους ἐπεῖ ἔκτανε, ν. 299;
παρτιθεῖ, εὖτ᾽ ἄν, ν. 192.
Contraction.
Every contracted syllable is long; as nvdã (contracted
from ηὔδαε), v. 213 ; προσηύδα (contracted from προσηύδαε),
v. 252 ; ἀρνεῖται (contracted from ἀρνέεται), v. 249.
Hiatus.
Hiatus (hiātus, "a yawning ") is the meeting of two
vowels, of which the one forms the ending of a word, the
other the beginning of the following word. It is admitted
but rarely even into Epic poetry, and then only in the
following instances:-a. When the former of the two words
ends in a long vowel or diphthong ; as, νῆας ἐνιπρῆσαι,
ὅτι μὴ αὐτός γε Κρονίων, where hiatus occurs at μή (Il. 13,
319).-b. Where the vowel is rarely or never elided; as,
παιδὶ ὄπασσε (Ι1. 17, 196); καί δ᾽ ἦγον προτὶ ἄστυ
ἀελπτέοντες σόον εἶναι (Il. 7, 31o).—c. Where the two
words are divided by punctuation; as, ¿^^' ăva, ei
ἀλλ᾽
μέμονάς γε καὶ ὀψέ περ υἷας Αχαιῶν (Ι1. 9, 247). --d. Where
—d.
the two words are separated by casura; as, ol d'àµp
᾿Ατρείωνα---ἀολλέες ἠγερέθοντο (Ιl. 23, 233); see, also,
Digamma at end.
PROSODY.
XIii
The Digamma.
In the language of the Pelasgi, who are said to have
been the earliest inhabitants of Greece, there was a letter
occupying the sixth place in the alphabet which was
named Digamma in consequence of its resemblance to
two gammas (rг) placed one on the top of the other (F).
Originally it was termed Bau or Fau.
Its sound appears
to have corresponded with that of the English for ph.
The most ancient Greeks, it is said, pronounced it before
every word beginning with a vowel, and also employed it
between two vowels coming together in the same word,
and before §. In later times it was termed the Eolic
Digamma in consequence of the Eolians having retained
traces of the original form of the national language much
longer than any other of the Greek tribes. In other
dialects than the Æolic the letter itself became obsolete
at a very early date, although its power and its sound
(modified variously into B, y, v, or ou) were in many
instances preserved through customary usage. In Homer's
time it still existed, though it seems to have been passing
out of use. This is evident from the poet employing the
same word either with or without the digamma according
to the exigency of his verse, as will be presently shown.
The digammated words found in the first Book of the
Odyssey are ἄναξ, ἀνάσσω, ἄστυ, ἐείκοσι, the various forms
of εἴδω (video), εἶπα, εἶπον and ἔειπον, ἕκαστος, ἔοικα, ἑός
and ὅs (suus), ἔπος, ἔργον, ἐρέω, ἐρίηρος, ἕρκος, ἑσθής,
ἕσπερος, ἕταρος, ἔτος, ἵεμαι, ἶσος, ἵστημι, οἶκος, οἶνος,
otvoy, oû, oî, ë (sui, sibi, se), ws. In digammated verbs the
digamma may be placed before the augment.
The following are instances in which the same word, or
a part of the same word, is used both with and without
xiv
PROSODY.
the digamma :- ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε μοι τόδε Fεἰπέ, ν. 169; θύγατερ
Διὸς, εἰπὲ καὶ ἡμῖν, v. 10 ;-ἔβαν οἶκόνδε Fἕκαστος, v. 424 ;
ὅπως ἐθέλῃσιν ἑκάστῳ, V. 349.
Further there is no real hiatus in Homer before
digammated words. This may be seen in the instances.
above given of the use of the digamma, and also in the
following examples :---ἐγὼν οἴκοιο Fἄναξ ἔσομ᾽, v. 397 ;
τρύχουσι δὲ Foἶκον, v. 248 ; πλέων ἐπὶ Γοΐνοπα πόντον,
v. 183 ; εἰ μετὰ Foῖς ἑτάροισι, v. 237 ; see Hiatus.
Moreover, a final short syllable, ending in a consonant,
is found lengthened before a word which takes the
digamma ; as, τῷ κεν Foἶ τύμβον, ν. 239.
Final Syllables.
1. a. Words ending in a are short ; as, ἑλώρια, πρῶτα,
θύγατρᾶ, ἄποινᾶ, ἀμφότερα (nom. and acc. plur. of ἀμφ-
ότερος), ἔτυψᾶ, τέτυφα.
b. Exceptions. Final a is long
(a) In nouns in aa, ea, oa, va, wa; also, in nouns which
have a consonant before a and form the genitive in as; as,
Ναυσικάα, θεά, στοᾶ, γύα, μωᾶ (for μοῦσα); Λήδα; but see
below, no. (f).
(b) In polysyllabic nouns in αια ; as, ἀρχαία, σεληναία.
But some polysyllabic names of places ending in ata
follow the general rule; as, Ἱστίαια.
;
(c) In dissyllabic nouns in eɑ; and in such polysyllabic
abstract nouns in ea as are derived from a verb in eúw
as, χρεία, λεία ;---βασιλεία (α reign, from βασιλεύω),
Other polysyllabic nouns of this class follow the general
rule ; as, ἀλήθεια, βασίλεια (α queen, from βασιλεύς).
γλυκεῖα, ἱέρεια.
(d) In nouns in ta; as, σοφία, φιλία, ἁγία. But the
PROSODY.
XV
following classes of words fall under the general rule;
viz. names applied to women, as, þáλtpiă, a female
harper; the feminine adjectives diu, divine; ñótviă,
venerable; µlă and ĭă, one ;—and all words having u before
ια ; a5, μυϊᾶ, τετυφυΐα.
บ
(e) In dissyllabic words in ota, and feminines of adjec
tives in os; as, Tola, the summer, the year; Tola, nom.
fem. of Toîos; duola, nom. fem. of 8μolos.
(f) In nouns in pa; except when pa is preceded by v, a
diphthong, or a vowel before p§ ; as, ἀγορᾶ, ἡμέρα, λύρα,
ἀμφοτέρα (non. fem. sing. of ἀμφότερος);—but γέφυρα,
σφυρᾶ; μάχαιρᾶ, μοῖρᾶ, πεῖρα ; Πύρδα, Κεῤῥᾶ. Yet κολλύρα,
éralpā have their last syllable long, notwithstanding the
preceding v and diphthong.
(g) In the vocative singular of nouns in as of first de-
clension ; as, Αἰνεία, voc. of Αἰνείας ; ταμῖᾶ, voc. ofταμίας.
(h) In the nominative, vocative, and accusative dual of
nous of the first declension ; as, τελώνα, ταμία ; θαλάσσα,
μούσα.
(i) In the Doric genitive case of masc. nouns of the
first declension; as, Boppā.
(j) In poetic vocatives in a; as, Пoλvdaµā.
(k) In all contracted words in a; as, riua for riuae;
ηὔδα for ηὔδαε.
(1) In the accusative singular of masculine nouns of
the third declension in eύς; as, βασιλέα, ἱερέα.
2. a. Words ending in av are short; as, yaîav, µéyăv,
μοῖρᾶν, μέλαινᾶν, ἤλᾶσαν, ἔτυψᾶν.
,
b. Exceptions. Final av is long
(a) In the nominative singular of masc. nouns in av of
the third declension; as, TIтāv.
(b) In adverbs in av; as, répav. But örăv has its last
syllable short.
xvi
PROSODY.
(c) In the accusative singular of masculine nouns in as
of the first declension; as, Aiveíāv, taµíāv ;—also of such
feminine nouns of the first declension as end in a, and
have the accent on the penultima ; as, σοφίαν, φιλίαν.
3. a. Words ending in ap are short; as, apăρ, avтăp,
νέκταρ, ὄναρ.
b. Exception. Final ap is long in monosyllables; as,
Kāp, the head; Yap, a starling. Yet the conjunction yăp
has ap short.
αρ
4. a. Words ending in as are long; as, Atās, épétās,
θεοπροπίας, θοᾶς.
b. Exceptions. Final as is short
(a) In nouns of the third declension not forming the
genitive in αντος; as, Παλλάς, γῆρας, γέρας.
(b) In the accusative case plural of nouns of the third
declension ; as, δαίμονᾶς, κύνᾶς, νῆᾶς, πόδας.
(c) In ἥμεᾶς for ἡμᾶς; ὕμεας for ὑμᾶς; σφέας for
σφᾶς.
(d) In the second person singular of the first aorist and
perfect indicative; as, ἔτυψᾶς, τέτυφας.
(e) In adverbs in as; as, àтpéμăs, without trembling;
Ēkăs, far off.
5. a. Words ending in t are short; as, βασιλῆϊ, μάντι,
Ιφῖ, κλῦθί, περί, τηλόθι.
b. Exceptions. Final is long
↓
(a) In pronouns and adverbs which take the iota
demonstrativum ; as, οὑτοσί, αὑτη, τουτί ; νυνῖ, δευρί, So
ddi for öde; rauti for raûra.
(b) In indeclinable words in ɩ; as, кpī, barley; §i, πi,
the names of letters.
6. a. Words ending in tv are short; as, μάντιν, μηνῖν,
µìv, πóλiv, üßpiv. Under this rule fall, likewise, all words
to which v is added ; as, ἔστιν, προθέουσιν, χερσίν,
πόλιν,
PROSODY.
xvii
b. Exceptions. Final v is long
(a) In all words having their nominative cases in either
ty or is; as, ἀκτῖν, δελφῖν.
(b) In all circumflexed words; as, ĥµîv, vµîv.
7. a. Words ending in us are short; as, avtis, µávtis,
οὔτίς, πολύμητῖς.
b. Exceptions. Final is is long
(a) In all nouns increasing long in the genitive case;
as, κνημίς, κνημίδος, a greave; ὄρνις, ὄρνιθος, a bird ;
σφραγῖς, σφραγῖδος, a seal.
(b) In monosyllabic nouns in is; as, bīs, the shore; pis,
the nose; plur. the nostrils. But Tis is short.
8. a. Words ending in v are short; as, yλukŭ, yóvũ,
δάκρυ, νῦ (adv.), ὀξύ, πολύ, στ.
b. Exceptions. Final u is long
(a) In the adverbs ypů, v.
(b) In the names of letters ending in v; as, µv, vv.
(c) In the third person singular of imperfect and
2. aorist indicative of verbs in μ of the fourth conjugation;
as, ἀνέδυ, κατέδυ, ἔφύ.
9. a. Words ending in uv are short; as, γλυκῖν, εὐρῦν,
Toívěv (but in Aristophanes, by poetic licence, тoív¯v),
σύν.
b. Exceptions. Final uv is long
(a) In the nominative singular of nouns of the third
declension which end in vv, ūvos; as, µóoovv, µboovvos,
a wooden house or tower; Φόρκῶν, Φόρκυνος, Phorcyn or
Phorcy's, a sea-deity.
(b) In the accusative case singular of words which have
their nominative in us; as iλū, from ¡λūs, mud; loxūv
from loxūs, strength (but shortened in Pindar by poetic
licence).
(c) In the first person singular of imperfect and 2. aorist
Ody's. Book I.
a
xviii
PROSODY.
indicative of verbs in μ of the fourth conjugation; as,
ědūv, éŠeúyvūv, špūv.
(d) In all circumflexed words; as, vûv, now; µûv, acc.
of µûs, a mouse; îv, acc. of ûs, a hog.
10. Words ending in up are long; as, πup, fire (but
in the oblique cases of this word the v is short; as, πuρós,
etc.).
II. a. Words in vs are short; as, Balus, deep; Bapus,
heavy; κóρйs, a helmet; µápтus, a witness.
b. Exceptions. Final vs is long
(a) In monosyllabic words; as, µūs, oūs, vs.
(b) In words of more than one syllable which take vos
in the genitive singular; as, axλūs, gen. àxλvos, a mist;
ἰχθύς, gen. ἰχθύος, a fish; Φόρκυς, Φόρκυος, Phorcys or
Phorcyn, a sea-deity.
(c) In dayus, gen. dayūdos, a wax doll, a puppet; kúµūs,
en. kúµvlos, a bundle of hay, etc.
(d) In participles of verbs in μ of the fourth conjuga-
tion; as, Čevyvūs.
ARGUMENT.
THE Muse invoked. Subject proposed. Calypso detains
Odusseus in her island. All the gods, Poseidon alone excepted,
entertain feelings of compassion for Odusseus. Poseidon goes to
feast on the offerings of the Ethiopians. In his absence Zeus
hold a council of the gods on Olympus. Athenë pleads the
cause of Odusseus. Zeus acknowledges the wisdom and piety of
Odusseus, and explains that all his sufferings arise from Poseidon
being enraged with him for blinding and killing the Cyclops.
Polyphemus; and at the same time expresses an opinion that
Poseidon would not persist in his wrath in opposition to the
general wish of the immortals. Hereupon Athënë expresses
her intention of sending Hermes to Calypso for the purpose of
informing her that the departure of Odusseus is willed by the
gods, and further, of going, herself, to Ithaca in order to give
certain directions to Telemachus. Assuming the form of Mentes,
prince of the Taphii, Athënë presents herself at the palace of
Telemachus, and meets with a kind reception. The suitors of
Penelopë enter and feast. The minstrel Phēmĭus compelled
to sing for their entertainment. Telemachus, sitting close to
his guest, so that his words may not be overheard, complains of
the conduct of the suitors, and deplores the absence of his father.
Inquires who his guest is, and whence he comes. Informed that
his guest is Mentes, prince of the Taphii, and that in the course of
a voyage to Teměsẽ he had touched at Ithaca. The supposed
Mentes then states that he is an old guest-friend of the
XX
ARGUMENT.
family of Laërtes, and expresses a conviction that Odusseus will
speedily return home. He then asks if Telemachus is the son
of Odusseus, adding that he had not seen the latter since his
departure for Troy. Reply of. Telemachus. Inquiry is made
as to the cause of the revelry going on in the palace. On
Telemachus complaining of the conduct of the suitors, his
guest expresses indignation and amazement, urges him to get
rid of them, and tells him what course to pursue in order to effect
their expulsion. Telemachus expresses gratitude for the advice
given, and is desirous of making such a present as one guest-
friend would give to another. The present declined under the
plea of urgent haste. The guest then departs, having first filled
Telemachus with might and courage, and put him in a higher
degree in mind of his father. Telemachus joins the suitors.
Phemius sings the mournful return of the Greek princes from
Troy. Penelope, descending from her chamber, begs the
minstrel to select some other theme. Telemachus desires her
to return to her chamber, and defends the minstrel. Addresses
the noisy revellers, tells them to enjoy the feast and the song,
and bids them be present in the agora on the morrow, as he
intended to order them to quit his palace. Their suppressed
rage. Antinŏüs, one of the suitors, addresses him in a banter-
ing tone. Telemachus replies, and concludes with saying that
he intends to be master in his own abode. Eurymachus,
another suitor, next addresses him, and, amongst other things,
inquires if the guest brought any tidings of the early return of
Odusseus, and who he was and whence he came. Telemachus
answers that all hope of his father's return was gone, and the
guest was Mentes. The suitors continue their revelry till the
evening closes in, when they depart to their beds. Telemachus,
attended by his old housekeeper, Eurycleia, retires to his
chamber.
ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΟΔΥΣΣΕΙΑΣ Α΄.
῎Ανδρα μοι ἔννεπε, Μοῦσα, πολύτροπον, ὃς μάλα πολλὰ
Πλάγχθη, ἐπεὶ Τροίης ἱερὸν πτολίεθρον ἔπερσεν·
Πολλῶν δ᾽ ἀνθρώπων ἴδεν ἄστει καὶ νόον ἔγνω,
Πολλὰ δ᾽ ὅγ᾽ ἐν πόντῳ πάθεν ἄλγεα ὃν κατὰ θυμὸν,
᾿Αρνύμενος ἥν τε ψυχὴν καὶ νόστον ἑταίρων.
᾿Αλλ᾿ οὐδ᾽ ὣς ἑτάρους ἐρρύσατο, ἱέμενός περ·
Αὐτῶν γὰρ σφετέρῃσιν ἀτασθαλίῃσιν ὄλοντο·
Νήπιοι, οἳ κατὰ βοῦς Ὑπερίονος Ἠελίοιο
Ἤσθιον· αὐτὰρ ὁ τοῖσιν ἀφείλετο νόστιμον ἦμαρ.
Τῶν ἀμόθεν γε, θεὰ, θύγατερ Διὸς, εἰπὲ καὶ ἡμῖν.
Ενθ᾽ ἄλλοι μὲν πάντες, ὅσοι φύγον αἰπὺν ὄλεθρον,
Οἴκοι ἔσαν πόλεμόν τε πεφευγότες ἠδὲ θάλασσαν·
Τὸν δ᾽ οἶον, νόστου κεχρημένον ἠδὲ γυναικὸς,
Νύμφη πότνι᾽ ἔρυκε Καλυψὼ, δία θεάων,
Ἐν σπέσσι γλαφυροῖσι, λιλαιομένη πόσιν εἶναι.
᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ ἔτος ἦλθε, περιπλομένων ἐνιαυτῶν,
Odys Book I.
B
5
IO
15
2
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
Τῷ οἱ ἐπεκλώσαντο θεοὶ οἶκόνδε νέεσθαι
Εἰς Ἰθάκην, οὐδ᾽ ἔνθα πεφυγμένος ἦεν ἀέθλων,
Καὶ μετὰ οἷσι φίλοισι. Θεοὶ δ᾽ ἐλέαιρον ἅπαντες
Νόσφι Ποσειδάωνος· ὁ δ᾽ ἀσπερχὲς μενέαινεν
᾿Αντιθέῳ Ὀδυσῆϊ πάρος ἣν γαῖαν ἱκέσθαι.
0
᾿Αλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν Αἰθίοπας μετεκίαθε τηλόθ᾽ ἐόντας-
Αἰθίοπας, τοὶ διχθὰ δεδαίαται, ἔσχατοι ἀνδρῶν,
Οἱ μὲν δυσομένου Ὑπερίονος, οἱ δ᾽ ἀνιόντος--
᾿Αντιόων ταύρων τε καὶ ἀρνειῶν ἑκατόμβης.
Ἔνθ᾽ ὅγε τέρπετο δαιτὶ παρήμενος· οἱ δὲ δὴ ἄλλοι
Ζηνὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν Ὀλυμπίου ἀθρόοι ἦσαν.
Τοῖσι δὲ μύθων ἦρχε πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε·
Μνήσατο γὰρ κατὰ θυμὸν ἀμύμονος Αἰγίσθοιο,
Τόν ῥ᾽ ᾿Αγαμεμνονίδης τηλεκλυτὸς ἔκταν᾿ Ὀρέστης· 30
Τοῦ ὅγ᾽ ἐπιμνησθεὶς ἔπε᾽ ἀθανάτοισι μετηύδα·
“ Ω πόποι, οἷον δή νυ θεοὺς βροτοὶ αἰτιόωνται.
Ἐξ ἡμέων γάρ φασι κακ᾽ ἔμμεναι· οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ
Σφῇσιν ἀτασθαλίῃσιν ὑπὲρ μόρον ἄλγε᾽ ἔχουσιν,
Ὡς καὶ νῦν Αἴγισθος ὑπὲρ μόρον ᾿Ατρείδαο
Γῆμ᾽ ἄλοχον μνηστὴν, τὸν δ᾽ ἔκτανε νοστήσαντα,
Εἰδὼς αἰπὺν ὄλεθρον· ἐπεὶ πρό οἱ εἴπομεν ἡμεῖς,
Ἑρμείαν πέμψαντες, ἐΰσκοπον ᾿Αργειφόντην,
Μήτ᾽ αὐτὸν κτείνειν μήτε μνάασθαι ἄκοιτιν·
Ἐκ γὰρ Ὀρέσταο τίσις ἔσσεται ᾿Ατρείδαο,
Ὁππότ᾽ ἂν ἡβήσῃ τε καὶ ἧς ἱμείρεται αἴης.
Ὣς ἔφαθ᾽ Ἑρμείας, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ φρένας Αἰγίσθοιο
πεῖθ᾽ ἀγαθὰ φρονέων· νῦν δ᾽ ἀθρόα πάντ᾽ ἀπέτισεν.”
20
25
35
40
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
3
rr
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη·
“Ω πάτερ ἡμέτερε Κρονίδη, ὕπατε κρειόντων,
Καὶ λίην κεῖνός γε ἐοικότι κεῖται ὀλέθρῳ·
Ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος, ὅτις τοιαῦτά γε ῥέζοι.
᾿Αλλά μοι ἀμφ' Οδυσῆϊ δαΐφρονι δαίεται ἦτορ,
Δυσμόρῳ, ὃς δὴ δηθὰ φίλων ἄπο πήματα πάσχει
Νήσῳ ἐν ἀμφιρύτῃ, ὅθι τ᾽ ὀμφαλός ἐστι θαλάσσης, 5ο
Νῆσος δενδρήεσσα, θεὰ δ᾽ ἐν δώματα ναίει,
Ατλαντος θυγάτηρ ὀλοόφρονος, ὅστε θαλάσσης
Πάσης βένθεα οἶδεν, ἔχει δέ τε κίονας αὐτὸς
Μακρὰς, αἳ γαϊάν τε καὶ οὐρανὸν ἀμφὶς ἔχουσιν.
Τοῦ θυγάτηρ δύστηνον ὀδυρόμενον κατερύκει,
Αἰεὶ δὲ μαλακοῖσι καὶ αἱμυλίοισι λόγοισιν
Θέλγει, ὅπως Ἰθάκης ἐπιλήσεται· αὐτὰρ Οδυσσεὺς,
Ἱέμενος καὶ καπνὸν ἀποθρώσκοντα νοῆσαι
Ἧς γαίης, θανέειν ἱμείρεται. Οὐδέ νυ σοί περ
Ἐντρέπεται φίλον ἦτορ, Ολύμπιε. Οὔ νύ τ᾽ Οδυσσεὺς
᾿Αργείων παρὰ νηυσὶ χαρίζετο ἱερὰ ῥέζων
Τροίῃ ἐν εὐρείῃ ; τί νύ οἱ τόσον ὠδύσαο, Ζεῦ ;”
61
Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς·
“ Τέκνον ἐμὸν, ποῖόν σε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων.
Πῶς ἂν ἔπειτ᾽ Οδυσῆος ἐγὼ θείοιο λαθοίμην,
Ὃς περὶ μὲν νόον ἐστὶ βροτῶν, πέρι δ᾽ ἱρὰ θεοῖσιν
᾿Αθανάτοισιν ἔδωκε, τοὶ οὐρανὸν εὐρὺν ἔχουσιν.
᾿Αλλὰ Ποσειδάων γαιήοχος ἀσκελὲς αἰεὶ
Κύκλωπος κεχύλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν,
᾿Αντίθεον Πολύφημον, ὅου κράτος ἔσκε μέγιστον
45
55
65
ча
P 2
4
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
Πᾶσιν Κυκλώπεσσι· Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη,
Φόρκυνος θυγάτηρ, ἁλὸς ἀτρυγέτοιο μέδοντος,
Ἐν σπέσσι γλαφυροῖσι Ποσειδάωνι μιγεῖσα.
Ἐκ τοῦ δὴ Ὀδυσῆα Ποσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων
Οὔτι κατακτείνει, πλάζει δ᾽ ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης.
᾿Αλλ᾽ ἄγεθ᾽, ἡμεῖς οἶδε περιφραζώμεθα πάντες
Νόστον, ὅπως ἔλθῃσι· Ποσειδάων δὲ μεθήσει
Ὃν χόλον· οὐ μὲν γάρ τι δυνήσεται ἀντία πάντων
᾿Αθανάτων ἀέκητι θεῶν ἐριδαινέμεν οἷος.”
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη·
“Ω πάτερ ἡμέτερε Κρονίδη, ὕπατε κρειόντων,
Εἰ μὲν δὴ νῦν τοῦτο φίλον μακάρεσσι θεοῖσιν,
Νοστῆσαι Οδυσῆα δαΐφρονα ὅνδε δόμονδε,
Ερμείαν μὲν ἔπειτα, διάκτορον, ᾿Αργειφόντην,
Νῆσον ἐς Ωγυγίην ὀτρύνομεν, ὄφρα τάχιστα
Νύμφῃ ἐϋπλοκάμῳ εἴπῃ νημερτέα βουλὴν,
Νόστον Οδυσσῆος ταλασίφρονος, ὡς κε νέηται.
Αὐτὰρ ἐγὼν Ἰθάκην ἐσελεύσομαι, ὄφρα οἱ υἱὸν
Μᾶλλον ἐποτρύνω, καί οἱ μένος ἐν φρεσὶ θείω,
Εἰς ἀγορὴν καλέσαντα καρηκομόωντας Αχαιοὺς
Πᾶσι μνηστήρεσσιν ἀπειπέμεν, οὔτε οἱ αἰεὶ
Μῆλ᾽ ἀδινὰ σφάζουσι καὶ εἰλίποδας ἕλικας βοῦς.
Πέμψω δ᾽ ἐς Σπάρτην τε καὶ ἐς Πύλον ἠμαθόεντα
Νόστον πευσόμενον πατρὸς φίλου, ἦν που ἀκούσῃ,
Ἠδ᾽ ἵνα μιν κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν ἔχῃσιν.” 95
Ὣς εἰποῦσ᾽ ὑπὸ ποσσὶν ἐδήσατο καλὰ πέδιλα,
᾿Αμβρόσια, χρύσεια, τά μιν φέρον ἠμὲν ἐφ᾽ ὑγρὴν
>
99
75
80
85
υ
90
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
5
เก
σαν το
Ἠδ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀπείρονα γαῖαν ἅμα πνοιῇς ἀνέμοιο.
Εἵλετο δ᾽ ἄλκιμον ἔγχος, ἀκαχμένον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ,
Βριθὺ, μέγα, στιβαρὸν, τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν κα
Ἡρώων, τοῖσίντε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη.
Βῆ δὲ κατ᾽ Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων ἀΐξασα,
ΙΟΙ
ܘ
Στῆ δ᾽ Ἰθάκης ἐνὶ δήμῳ ἐπὶ προθύροις Ὀδυσῆος,
Οὐδοῦ ἐπ᾿ αὐλείου· παλάμῃ δ᾽ ἔχε χάλκεον ἔγχος,
Εἰδομένη ξείνῳ, Ταφίων ἡγήτορι, Μέντῃ,
Εὗρε δ᾽ ἄρα μνηστῆρας ἀγήνορας. Οἱ μὲν ἔπειτα
Πεσσοῖσι προπάροιθε θυράων θυμὸν ἔτερπον,
Ἥμενοι ἐν ῥινοῖσι βοῶν, οὓς ἔκτανον αὐτοί.
Κήρυκες δ᾽ αὐτοῖσι καὶ ὀτρηροὶ θεράποντες
Οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ οἶνον ἔμισγον ἐνὶ κρητῆρσι καὶ ὕδωρ,
Οἱ δ᾽ αὖτε σπόγγοισι πολυτρήτοισι τραπέζας
Νίζον καὶ πρότιθεν, τοὶ δὲ κρέα πολλὰ δατεῦντο. προτ
Τὴν δὲ πολὺ πρῶτος ἴδε Τηλέμαχος θεοειδής·
Ἧστο γὰρ ἐν μνηστῆρσι φίλον τετιημένος ἦτορ,
ὀσσόμενος πατέρ᾽ ἐσθλὸν ἐνὶ φρεσὶν, εἴποθεν ἐλθὼν
Μνηστήρων τῶν μὲν σκέδασιν κατὰ δώματα θείη, 116
Τιμὴν δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔχοι καὶ κτήμασιν οἷσιν ἀνάσσοι.
Τὰ φρονέων, μνηστῆρσι μεθήμενος, εἴσιδ᾽ ᾿Αθήνην.
Βῆ δ᾽ ἐθὺς προθύροιο, νεμεσσήθη δ᾽ ἐνὶ θυμῷ
Ξεῖνον δηθὰ θύρῃσιν ἐφεστάμεν· ἐγγύθι δὲ στὰς
Χεῖρ᾽ ἕλε δεξιτερὴν καὶ ἐδέξατο χάλκεον ἔγχος,
Καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα· ---
?
(C
105
IIO
724
7PM - PubLLO
Χαῖρε, ξεῖνε, παρ᾽ ἄμμι φιλήσεαι· αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα
Δείπνου πασσάμενος μυθήσεαι ὅττεό σε χρή.”
120
6
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
Ὣς εἰπὼν ἡγεῖθ᾽, ἡ δ᾽ ἕσπετο Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη. 125
Οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἔντοσθεν ἔσαν δόμου ὑψηλοῖο,
Ἔγχος μέν ῥ᾽ ἔστησε φέρων πρὸς κίονα μακρὴν
Δουροδόκης ἔντοσθεν ἐϋξόου, ἔνθα περ ἄλλα
Εγχέ᾽ Οδυσσῆος ταλασίφρονος ἵστατο πολλὰ,
Αὐτὴν δ᾽ ἐς θρόνον εἶσεν ἄγων, ὑπὸ λῖτα πετάσσας, 130
Καλὸν δαιδάλεον· ὑπὸ δὲ θρῆνυς ποσὶν ἦεν.
Πὰρ δ᾽ αὐτὸς κλισμὸν θέτο ποικίλον, ἔκτοθεν ἄλλων
Μνηστήρων, μὴ ξεῖνος ἀνιηθεὶς ὀρυμαγδῷ
Δείπνῳ ἀδήσειεν, ὑπερφιάλοισι μετελθὼν,
Ἠδ᾽ ἵνα μιν περὶ πατρὸς ἀποιχομένοιο ἔροιτο.
Χέρνιβα δ᾽ ἀμφίπολος προχόῳ ἐπέχευε φέρουσα
Καλῇ χρυσείῃ, ὑπὲρ ἀργυρέοιο λέβητος,
Νίψασθαι· παρὰ δὲ ξεστὴν ἐτάνυσσε τράπεζαν.
Σῖτον δ᾽ αἰδοίη ταμίη παρέθηκε φέρουσα,
Εἴδατα πόλλ᾽ ἐπιθεῖσα, χαριζομένη παρεόντων·
Δαιτρὸς δὲ κρειῶν πίνακας παρέθηκεν ἀείρας
Παντοίων, παρὰ δέ σφι τίθει χρύσεια κύπελλα·
Κῆρυξ δ᾽ αὐτοῖσιν θάμ᾽ ἐπῴχετο οἰνοχοεύων.
Ἐς δ᾽ ἦλθον μνηστῆρες ἀγήνορες. Οἱ μὲν ἔπειτα
Ἑξείης ἕζοντο κατὰ κλισμούς τε θρόνους τε. 145
Τοῖσι δὲ κήρυκες μὲν ὕδωρ ἐπὶ χεῖρας ἔχευαν,
Σῖτον δὲ δμωαὶ παρενήνεον ἐν κανέοισιν,
Κοῦροι δὲ κρητῆρας ἐπεστέψαντο ποτοῖο.
Οἱ δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ὀνείαθ᾽ ἑτοῖμα προκείμενα χεῖρας ἴαλλον.
Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πόσιος καὶ ἐδητύος ἐξ ἴρον ἕντο
Μνηστῆρες, τοῖσιν μὲν ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ἄλλα μεμήλει,
135
140
150
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
7
/
Μολπή τ᾽ ὀρχηστύς τε· τὰ γάρ τ᾽ ἀναθήματα δαιτός.
Κῆρυξ δ᾽ ἐν χερσὶν κίθαριν περικαλλέα θῆκεν
Φημίῳ, ὅς ῥ᾽ ἤειδε παρὰ μνηστῆρσιν ἀνάγκῃ.
Ἤτοι ὁ φορμίζων ἀνεβάλλετο καλὸν ἀείδειν,
Αὐτὰρ Τηλέμαχος προσέφη γλαυκῶπιν ᾿Αθήνην,
῎Αγχι σχὼν κεφαλὴν, ἵνα μὴ πευθοίαθ᾽ οἱ ἄλλοι·
“ Ξεῖνε φίλ᾽, ἦ καί μοι νεμεσήσεαι ὅττι κεν εἴπω ;
Τούτοισιν μὲν ταῦτα μέλει, κίθαρις καὶ ἀοιδὴ,
Ῥεῖ, ἐπεὶ ἀλλότριον βίοτον νήποινον ἔδουσιν,
᾿Ανέρος οὗ δή που λεύκ᾽ ὀστέα πύθεται ὄμβρῳ
Κείμεν᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἠπείρου, ἢ εἰν ἁλὶ κῦμα κυλίνδει.
Εἰ κεῖνόν γ᾽ Ἰθάκηνδε ἰδοίατο νοστήσαντα,
Πάντες κ᾿ ἀρησαίατ᾽ ἐλαφρότεροι πόδας εἶναι
Ἢ ἀφνειότεροι χρυσοῖό τε ἐσθῆτός τε.
'
155
160
165
Νῦν δ᾽ ὁ μὲν ὣς ἀπόλωλε κακὸν μόρον, οὐδέ τις ἡμῖν
Θαλπωρὴ, εἴπερ τις ἐπιχθονίων ἀνθρώπων
Φῇσιν ἐλεύσεσθαι· τοῦ δ᾽ ὤλετο νόστιμον ἦμαρ.
᾿Αλλ᾽ ἄγε μοι τόδε εἰπὲ καὶ ἀτρεκέως κατάλεξον·
Τίς πόθεν εἷς ἀνδρῶν ; πόθι τοι πόλις ἠδὲ τοκῆες; 17ο
῾Οπποίης τ᾽ ἐπὶ νηὸς ἀφίκεο· πῶς δέ σε ναῦται
Ἤγαγον εἰς Ιθάκην ; τίνες ἔμμεναι εὐχετόωνται ;
Οὐ μὲν γάρ τί σε πεζὸν οΐομαι ἐνθάδ᾽ ἱκέσθαι,
Καί μοι τοῦτ᾽ ἀγόρευσον ἐτήτυμον, ὄφρ᾽ εὖ εἰδῶ,
Ἠὲ νέον μεθέπεις, ἢ καὶ πατρώϊός ἐσσι
Ξεῖνος, ἐπεὶ πολλοὶ ἴσαν ἀνέρες ἡμέτερον δῶ
῎Αλλοι, ἐπεὶ καὶ κεῖνος ἐπίστροφος ἦν ἀνθρώπων.”
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη·
175
سه
8
HOMERS ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
“ Τοιγὰρ ἐγώ τοι ταῦτα μάλ᾽ ἀτρεκέως ἀγορεύσω.
Μέντης ᾿Αγχιάλοιο δαΐφρονος εὔχομαι εἶναι
Υἱὸς, ἀτὰρ Ταφίοισι φιληρέτμοισιν ἀνάσσω.
Νῦν δ᾽ ὧδε ξὺν νηῒ κατήλυθον ἠδ᾽ ἑτάροισιν,
Πλέων ἐπὶ οἴνοπα πόντον ἐπ᾽ ἀλλοθρόους ἀνθρώπους,
Ἐς Τεμέσην μετὰ χαλκὸν, ἄγω δ' αἴθωνα σίδηρον.
Νηῦς δέ μοι ἥδ᾽ ἕστηκεν ἐπ᾽ ἀγροῦ νόσφι πόληος, 185
Ἐν λιμένι Ῥείθρῳ, ὑπὸ Νηΐῳ ὑλήεντι.
Ξεῖνοι δ᾽ ἀλλήλων πατρώϊοι εὐχόμεθ᾽ εἶναι
Ἐξ ἀρχῆς, εἴπερ τε γέροντ᾽ εἴρηαί ἐπελθὼν
Λαέρτην ἥρωα, τὸν οὐκέτι φασὶ πόλινδε
Ἔρχεσθ᾽, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπάνευθεν ἐπ᾽ ἀγροῦ πήματα πάσχειν
Γρηῒ σὺν ἀμφιπόλῳ, ἥ οἱ βρῶσίν τε πόσιν τε
Παρτιθεῖ, εὖτ᾽ ἄν μιν κάματος κατὰ γυῖα λάβῃσιν
Ερπύζοντ᾽ ἀνὰ γουνὸν ἀλωῆς οἰνοπέδοιο.
Νῦν δ᾽ ἦλθον· δὴ γάρ μιν ἔφαντ᾽ ἐπιδήμιον εἶναι,
Σὸν πατέρ᾽· ἀλλά νυ τόνγε θεοὶ βλάπτουσι κελεύθου.
Οὐ γάρ πω τέθνηκεν ἐπὶ χθονὶ δῖος Οδυσσεὺς,
᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔτι που ζωὸς κατερύκεται εὐρέϊ πόντῳ,
Νήσῳ ἐν ἀμφιρύτῃ, χαλεποὶ δέ μιν ἄνδρες ἔχουσιν,
῎Αγριοι, οἵ που κεῖνον ἐρυκανόωσ᾽ ἀέκοντα.
Αὐτὰρ νῦν τοι ἐγὼ μαντεύσομαι, ὡς ἐνὶ θυμῷ
᾿Αθάνατοι βάλλουσι καὶ ὡς τελέεσθαι δΐω,
Οὔτε τι μάντις ἐὼν οὔτ᾽ οἰωνῶν σάφα εἰδώς.
Οὔτοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης
Ἔσσεται, οὐδ᾽ εἴπερ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ᾽ ἔχῃσιν·
Φράσσεται ὥς κε νέηται, ἐπεὶ πολυμήχανός ἐστιν. 205
196
180
191
200
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
9
!
᾿Αλλ᾽ ἄγε μοι τόδε εἰπὲ καὶ ἀτρεκέως κατάλεξον,
Εἰ δὴ ἐξ αὐτοῖο τόσος παῖς εἶς Ὀδυσῆος.
Αἰνῶς γὰρ κεφαλήν τε καὶ ὄμματα καλὰ ἔοικας
Κείνῳ, ἐπεὶ θαμὰ τοῖον ἐμισγόμεθ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν,
Πρίν γε τὸν ἐς Τροίην ἀναβήμεναι, ἔνθα περ ἄλλοι 210
᾿Αργείων οἱ ἄριστοι ἔβαν κοίλῃς ἐπὶ νηυσίν·
Ἐκ τοῦ δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ Οδυσῆα ἐγὼν ἴδον οὔτ᾽ ἐμὲ κεῖνος.”
Τὴν δ᾽ αὖ Τηλέμαχος πεπνυμένος ἀντίον ηὔδα·
“Τοιγὰρ ἐγώ τοι, ξεῖνε, μάλ᾽ ἀτρεκέως ἀγορεύσω.
Μήτηρ μέν τ᾽ ἐμέ φησι τοῦ ἔμμεναι, αὐτὰρ ἔγωγε 215
Οὐκ οἶδ᾽· οὐ γάρ πώ τις ἑὸν γόνον αὐτὸς ἀνέγνω.
Ὡς δὴ ἔγωγ᾽ ὄφελον μάκαρός νύ τευ ἔμμεναι υἱὸς
᾿Ανέρος, ὃν κτεάτεσσιν ἑοῖς ἔπι γῆρας ἔτετμεν.
Νῦν δ᾽ ὃς ἀποτμότατος γένετο θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων,
Τοῦ μ᾿ ἔκ φασι γενέσθαι, ἐπεὶ σύ με τοῦτ᾽ ἐρεείνεις.”
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη·
“Οὐ μέν τοι γενεήν γε θεοὶ νώνυμνον ὀπίσσω
Θῆκαν, ἐπεὶ σέγε τοῖον ἐγείνατο Πηνελόπεια.
᾿Αλλ᾽ ἄγε μοι τόδε εἰπὲ καὶ ἀτρεκέως κατάλεξον·
Τίς δαὶς, τίς δὲ ὁμιλος ὅδ᾽ ἔπλετο ; τίπτε δέ σε χρεώ;
Εἰλαπίνη ἠὲ γάμος; ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἔρανος τάδε γ᾽ ἐστίν. 226
Ὥστε μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν
Δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα. Νεμεσσήσαιτό κεν ἀνὴρ
Αἴσχεα πόλλ᾽ ὁρόων, ὅστις πινυτός γε μ
})
Τὴν δ᾽ αὖ Τηλέμαχος πεπνυμένος ἀντίον ηὔδα·
“ Ξεῖν, ἐπεὶ ἂρ δὴ ταῦτά μ᾽ ἀνείρεαι ἠδὲ μεταλλᾷς,
Μέλλεν μέν ποτε οἶκος ὅδ᾽ ἀφνειὸς καὶ ἀμύμων
".
221
232
10
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
Ἔμμεναι, ὄφρ᾽ ἔτι κεῖνος ἀνὴρ ἐπιδήμιος ἦεν·
Νῦν δ᾽ ἑτέρως ἐβόλοντο θεοὶ κακὰ μητιόωντες,
Οἳ κεῖνον μὲν ἄϊστον ἐποίησαν περὶ πάντων
᾿Ανθρώπων, ἐπεὶ οὔ κε θανόντι περ ὧδ᾽ ἀκαχοίμην,
Εἰ μετὰ οἷς ἑτάροισι δάμη Τρώων ἐνὶ δήμῳ,
Ηὲ φίλων ἐν χερσὶν, ἐπεὶ πόλεμον τολύπευσεν.
Τῷ κέν οἱ τύμβον μὲν ἐποίησαν Παναχαιοὶ,
Ηδέ κε καὶ ᾧ παιδὶ μέγα κλέος ἤρατ᾽ ὀπίσσω.
Νῦν δέ μιν ἀκλειῶς ῞Αρπυιαι ἀνηρείψαντο
Ὤχετ᾽ ἄϊστος, ἄπυστος, ἐμοὶ δ᾽ ὀδύνας τε γόους
Κάλλιπεν· οὐδ᾽ ἔτι κεῖνον ὀδυρόμενος στεναχίζω
Οἶον, ἐπεί νύ μοι ἄλλα θεοὶ κακὰ κήδε ἔτευξαν.
Οσσοι γὰρ νήσοισιν ἐπικρατέουσιν ἄριστοι,
Δουλιχίῳ τε Σάμῃ τε καὶ ὑλήεντι Ζακύνθῳ,
Ἠδ᾽ ὅσσοι κραναὴν Ἰθάκην κάτα κοιρανέουσιν,
Τόσσοι μητέρ᾽ ἐμὴν μνῶνται, τρύχουσι δὲ οἶκον·
Ἡ δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἀρνεῖται στυγερὸν γάμον οὔτε τελευτὴν
Ποιῆσαι δύναται· τοὶ δὲ φθινύθουσιν ἔδοντες
Οἶκον ἐμόν· τάχα δή με διαρραίσουσι καὶ αὐτόν.”
>
ΤΕ
235
240
245
250
66
Τὸν δ᾽ ἐπαλαστήσασα προσηύδα Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη·
Ὢ πόποι, ἦ δὴ πολλὸν ἀποιχομένου Οδυσῆος
Δεύῃ, ὅ κε μνηστῆρσιν ἀναιδέσι χεῖρας ἐφείη.
Εἰ γὰρ νῦν ἐλθὼν δόμου ἐν πρώτῃσι θύρῃσιν
Σταίη, ἔχων πήληκα καὶ ἀσπίδα καὶ δύο δοῦρε,
Τοῖος ἐὼν οἷόν μιν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτ᾽ ἐνόησα
Οἴκῳ ἐν ἡμετέρῳ πίνοντά τε τερπόμενόν τε,
Ἐξ Εφύρης ἀνιόντα παρ᾽ Ἴλου Μερμερίδαο
Η
255
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
II
ου
κα
>
Ὤχετο γὰρ καὶ κεῖσε θοῆς ἐπὶ νηὸς Οδυσσεὺς
Φάρμακον ἀνδροφόνον διζήμενος, ὄφρα οἱ εἴη
Ἰοὺς χρίεσθαι χαλκήρεας· ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν οὗ οἱ
Δῶκεν, ἐπεί ῥα θεοὺς νεμεσίζετο αἰὲν ἐόντας,
᾿Αλλὰ πατρ οἱ δῶκεν ἐμός· φιλέεσκε γὰρ αἰνῶς.
Τοῖος ἐὼν μνηστήρσιν ὁμιλήσειεν Οδυσσεύς·
Πάντες κ᾽ ὠκύμοροί τε γενοίατο πικρόγαμοί τε.
᾿Αλλ' ἤτοι μὲν ταῦτα θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται,
Η κεν νοστήσας ἀποτίσεται, ἠὲ καὶ οὐκὶ,
Οἷσιν ἐνὶ μεγάροισι· σὲ δὲ φράζεσθαι ἄνωγα
῞Οππως κε μνηστῆρας ἀπώσεαι ἐκ μεγάροιο.
Εἰ δ᾽ ἄγε νῦν ξυνίει καὶ ἐμῶν ἐμπάζεο μύθων·
Αὔριον εἰς ἀγορὴν καλέσας ἥρωας Αχαιοὺς
Μῦθον πέφραδε πᾶσι, θεοὶ δ᾽ ἐπιμάρτυροι ἔστων.
Μνηστῆρας μὲν ἐπὶ σφέτερα σκίδνασθαι ἄνωχθι·
Μητέρα δ᾽, εἴ οἱ θυμὸς ἐφορμᾶται γαμέεσθαι,
*Αψ ἴτω ἐς μέγαρον πατρὸς μέγα δυναμένοιο·
Οἱ δὲ γάμον τεύξουσι καὶ ἀρτυνέουσιν ἔεδνα
Πολλὰ μάλ᾽, ὅσσα ἔοικε φίλης ἐπὶ παιδὸς ἕπεσθαι.
Σοὶ δ᾽ αὐτῷ πυκινῶς ὑποθήσομαι, αἴ κε πίθηαι·
Νῆ ἄρσας ἐρέτῃσιν ἐείκοσιν, ἥτις ἀρίστη,
Ἔρχεο πευσόμενος πατρὸς δὴν οἰχομένοιο,
Ἤν τίς τοι εἴπῃσι βροτῶν, ἢ ὄσσαν ἀκούσῃς
Ἐκ Διὸς, ἥτε μάλιστα φέρει κλέος ἀνθρώποισιν.
Πρῶτα μὲν ἐς Πύλον ἐλθὲ καὶ εἴρεο Νέστορα δῖον,
Κεῖθεν δὲ Σπάρτηνδε παρὰ ξανθὸν Μενέλαον·
Ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων.
αι
اد
260
265
270
275
280
185
12
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
•
Εἰ μέν κεν πατρὸς βίοτον καὶ νόστον ἀκούσῃς,
Η τ᾽ ἂν, τρυχόμενός περ, ἔτι τλαίης ἐνιαυτόν·
Εἰ δέ κε τεθνηῶτος ἀκούσῃς μηδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἐόντος,
Νοστήσας δὴ ἔπειτα φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν
Σῆμά τέ οἱ χεῦαι καὶ ἐπὶ κτέρεα κτερεΐξαι
Πολλὰ μάλ᾽, ὅσσα ἔοικε, καὶ ἀνέρι μητέρα δοῦναι.
Αὐτὰρ ἐπὴν δὴ ταῦτα τελευτήσῃς τε καὶ ἔρξῃς,
Φράζεσθαι δὴ ἔπειτα κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμὸν
Ὅππως κε μνηστῆρας ἐνὶ μεγάροισι τεοῖσιν
Κτείνῃς ἠὲ δόλῳ ἢ ἀμφαδόν· οὐδέ τί σε χρὴ
Νηπιάας ὀχέειν, ἐπεὶ οὐκέτι τηλίκος ἐσσί.
Ἢ οὐκ ἀΐεις οἷον κλέος ἔλλαβε δῖος Ορέστης
Πάντας ἐπ᾽ ἀνθρώπους, ἐπεὶ ἔκτανε πατροφονῆα,
Αἴγισθον δολόμητιν, ὅ οἱ πατέρα κλυτὸν ἔκτα ;
Καὶ σὺ, φίλος—μάλα γάρ σ᾽ ὁρόω καλόν τε μέγαν τε
῎Αλκιμος ἔσσ᾽, ἵνα τίς σε καὶ ὀψιγόνων εὖ εἴπῃ.
Αὐτὰρ ἐγὼν ἐπὶ νῆα θοὴν κατελεύσομαι ἤδη
Ἠδ᾽ ἑτάρους, οἳ πού με μάλ᾽ ἀσχαλόωσι μένοντες
Σοὶ δ᾽ αὐτῷ μελέτω, καὶ ἐμῶν ἐμπάζεο μύθων.”
0
300
-
ευ
66
Τὴν δ᾽ αὖ Τηλέμαχος πεπνυμένος ἀντίον ηὔδα·
‘Ἐεῖν᾽, ἤτοι μὲν ταῦτα φίλα φρονέων ἀγορεύεις,
Ωστε πατὴρ ᾧ παιδὶ, καὶ οὔποτε λήσομαι αὐτῶν.
᾿Αλλ᾽ ἄγε νῦν ἐπίμεινον, ἐπειγόμενός περ ὁδοῖο,
Ὄφρα λοεσσάμενός τε τεταρπόμενός τε φίλον κῆρ, 31ο
Δῶρον ἔχων ἐπὶ νῆα κίῃς, χαίρων ἐνὶ θυμῷ,
Τιμῆεν, μάλα καλὸν, ὅ τοι κειμήλιον ἔσται
Ἐξ ἐμεῦ, οἷα φίλοι ξεῖνοι ξείνοισι διδοῦσιν.”
290
295
305
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
13
6
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη·
“ Μή μ᾿ ἔτι νῦν κατέρυκε, λιλαιόμενόν περ ὁδοῖο. 315
Δῶρον δ᾽ ὅττι κέ μοι δοῦναι φίλον ἦτορ ἀνώγῃ,
Αὖτις ἀνερχομένῳ δόμεναι οἶκόνδε φέρεσθαι,
Καὶ μάλα καλὸν ἑλών· σοὶ δ᾽ ἄξιον ἔσται ἀμοιβῆς.”
Ἡ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ὣς εἰποῦσ᾽ ἀπέβη γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη,
῎Ορνις δ᾽ ὡς ἀνοπαῖα διέπτατο· τῷ δ᾽ ἐνὶ θυμῷ
Θῆκε μένος καὶ θάρσος, ὑπέμνησέν τέ ἑ πατρὸς
Μᾶλλον ἔτ᾽ ἢ τὸ πάροιθεν. Ὁ δὲ φρεσὶν ᾗσι νοήσας
Θάμβησεν κατὰ θυμόν· οΐσατο γὰρ θεὸν εἶναι.
Αὐτίκα δὲ μνηστῆρας ἐπῴχετο ἰσόθεος φώς.
ως
η
Τοῖσι δ᾽ ἀοιδὸς ἄειδε περικλυτὸς, οἱ δὲ σιωπῇ
Εἴατ᾽ ἀκούοντες· ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν νόστον ἄειδεν
Λυγρὸν, ὃν ἐκ Τροίης ἐπετείλατο Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη.
Τοῦ δ᾽ ὑπερωϊόθεν φρεσὶ σύνθετο θέσπιν ἀοιδὴν
Κούρη Ικαρίοιο, περίφρων Πηνελόπεια·
Κλίμακα δ᾽ ὑψηλὴν κατεβήσετο οἷο δόμοιο,
Οὐκ οἴη, ἅμα τῇγε καὶ ἀμφίπολοι δύ᾽ ἕποντο.
Ἡ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ μνηστῆρας ἀφίκετο δῖα γυναικῶν,
Στὴ ῥα παρὰ σταθμὸν τέγεος πύκα ποιητοῖο,
῎Αντα παρειάων σχομένη λιπαρὰ κρήδεμνα·
᾿Αμφίπολος δ᾽ ἄρα οἱ κεδνὴ ἑκάτερθε παρέστη.
Δακρύσασα δ᾽ ἔπειτα προσηύδα θεῖον ἀοιδόν·
ΟΤΕ
σε
“ Φήμιε, πολλὰ γὰρ ἄλλα βροτῶν θελκτήρια οἶδας,
Ἔργ᾽ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, τάτε κλείουσιν ἀοιδοί·
Τῶν ἕν γέ σφιν ἄειδε παρήμενος, οἱ δὲ σιωπῇ
Οἶνον πινόντων· ταύτης δ᾽ ἀποπαύε᾽ ἀοιδῆς
320
325
330.
335
340
14
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
66
οι
Λυγρῆς, ἦτε μοι αἰεὶ ἐνὶ στήθεσσι φίλον κῆρ
Τείρει, ἐπεί με μάλιστα καθίκετο πένθος ἄλαστον.
Τοίην γὰρ κεφαλὴν ποθέω μεμνημένη αἰεὶ
᾿Ανδρὸς, τοῦ κλέος εὐρὺ καθ᾽ Ἑλλάδα καὶ μέσον ῎Αργος.”
Τὴν δ᾽ αὖ Τηλέμαχος πεπνυμένος ἀντίον ηὔδα· 345
“ Μῆτερ ἐμὴ, τί τ᾽ ἄρα φθονέεις ἐρίηρον ἀοιδὸν
Τέρπειν ὅππῃ οἱ νόος ὄρνυται; οὔ νύ τ᾽ ἀοιδοὶ
Αἴτιοι, ἀλλά ποθι Ζεὺς αἴτιος, ὅστε δίδωσιν
᾿Ανδράσιν ἀλφηστῇσιν, ὅπως ἐθέλῃσιν, ἑκάστῳ.
Τούτῳ δ᾽ οὐ νέμεσις Δαναῶν κακὸν οἶτον ἀείδειν·
Τὴν γὰρ ἀοιδὴν μᾶλλον ἐπικλείουσ᾽ ἄνθρωποι,
Ἡτις ἀκουόντεσσι νεωτάτη ἀμφιπέληται.
Σοὶ δ᾽ ἐπιτολμάτω κραδίη καὶ θυμὸς ἀκούειν·
Οὐ γὰρ Οδυσσεὺς οἶος ἀπώλεσε νόστιμον ἦμαρ
Ἐν Τροίῃ, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι φῶτες ὄλοντο.
᾿Αλλ᾽ εἰς οἶκον ἰοῦσα τὰ σ᾿ αὐτῆς ἔργα κόμιζε,
Ἱστόν τ᾽ ἠλακάτην τε, καὶ ἀμφιπόλοισι κέλευε
Εργον ἐποίχεσθαι· μῦθος δ᾽ ἄνδρεσσι μελήσει
Πᾶσι, μάλιστα δ᾽ ἐμοί· τοῦ γὰρ κράτος ἔστ᾽ ἐνὶ οἴκῳ.
Ἡ μὲν θαμβήσασα πάλιν οἶκόνδε βεβήκει· 360
Παιδὸς γὰρ μῦθον πεπνυμένον ἔνθετο θυμῷ.
Ες δ᾽ ὑπερῷ ἀναβᾶσα σὺν ἀμφιπόλοισι γυναιξὶν
Κλαῖεν ἔπειτ᾽ Ὀδυσῆα, φίλον πόσιν, ὄφρα οἱ ὕπνον
Ἡδὺν ἐπὶ βλεφάροισι βάλε γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη.
Μνηστῆρες δ᾽ ὁμάδησαν ἀνὰ μέγαρα σκιόεντα: 365
Πάντες δ᾽ ἠρήσαντο παραὶ λεχέεσσι κλιθῆναι.
Τοῖσι δὲ Τηλέμαχος πεπνυμένος ἤρχετο μύθων·
350
355
""
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
15
T
CC
“ Μητρὸς ἐμῆς μνηστῆρες ὑπέρβιον ὕβριν ἔχοντες
Νῦν μὲν δαινύμενοι τερπώμεθα, μηδὲ βοητὺς
Ἔστω, ἐπεὶ τόγε καλὸν ἀκουέμεν ἐστὶν ἀοιδοῦ
Τοιοῦδ᾽, οἷος ὅδ᾽ ἐστὶ, θεοῖς ἐναλίγκιος αὐδήν.
Ἠῶθεν δ᾽ ἀγορήνδε καθεζώμεσθα κιόντες
Πάντες, ἵν᾽ ὑμῖν μῦθον ἀπηλεγέως ἀποείπω,
Εξιέναι μεγάρων· ἄλλας δ᾽ ἀλεγύνετε δαῖτας,
Ὑμὰ κτήματ᾽ ἔδοντες, ἀμειβόμενοι κατὰ οἴκους.
Εἰ δ᾽ ὑμῖν δοκέει τόδε λωΐτερον καὶ ἄμεινον
Εμμεναι, ἀνδρὸς ἑνὸς βίοτον νήποινον ὀλέσθαι,
Κείρετ· ἐγὼ δὲ θεοὺς ἐπιβώσομαι αἰὲν ἐόντας,
Αἴ κέ ποθι Ζεὺς δῷσι παλίντιτα ἔργα γενέσθαι·
Νήποινοί κεν ἔπειτα δόμων ἔντοσθεν ὄλοισθε.”
380
Ὣς ἔφαθ', οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα πάντες ὀδὰξ ἐν χείλεσι φύντες
Τηλέμαχον θαύμαζον, ὃ θαρσαλέως ἀγόρευεν.
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Αντίνοος προσέφη, Εὐπείθεος υἱός·
Τηλέμαχ᾽, ἦ μάλα δή σε διδάσκουσιν θεοὶ αὐτοὶ
Ὑψαγόρην τ᾽ ἔμεναι καὶ θαρσαλέως ἀγορεύειν·
385
Μὴ σέγ᾽ ἐν ἀμφιάλῳ Ἰθάκῃ βασιλῆα Κρονίων
Ποιήσειεν, ὅ τοι γενεῇ πατρώϊόν ἐστιν.”
T
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖ Τηλέμαχος πεπνυμένος ἀντίον ηύδα·
“᾿Αντίνο, ἦ καί μοι νεμεσήσεαι ὅττι κεν εἴπω ;
Καί κεν τοῦτ᾽ ἐθέλοιμι Διός γε διδόντος ἀρέσθαι. 390
Η φῂς τοῦτο κάκιστον ἐν ἀνθρώποισι τετύχθαι ;
Οὐ μὲν γάρ τι κακὸν βασιλευέμεν· αἶψά τέ οἱ δῶ
᾿Αφνειον πέλεται καὶ τιμηέστερος αὐτός.
᾿Αλλ᾽ ἤτοι βασιλῆες ᾿Αχαιῶν εἰσὶ καὶ ἄλλοι
(C
31
370
375
16
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
Πολλοὶ ἐν ἀμφιάλῳ Ἰθάκῃ, νέοι ἠδὲ παλαιοὶ,
Τῶν κέν τις τόδ᾽ ἔχῃσιν, ἐπεὶ θάνε δῖος Οδυσσεύς·
Αὐτὰρ ἐγὼν οἴκοιο ἄναξ ἔσομ᾽ ἡμετέροιο
Καὶ δμώων, οὕς μοι ληΐσσατο δῖος Οδυσσεύς.”
400
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Εὐρύμαχος, Πολύβου παῖς, ἀντίον ηὔδα·
Τηλέμαχ᾽, ἤτοι ταῦτα θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται,
Ὅστις ἐν ἀμφιάλῳ Ἰθάκῃ βασιλεύσει ᾿Αχαιῶν
Κτήματα δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔχοις καὶ δώμασι σοῖσιν ἀνάσσοις.
Μὴ γὰρ ὅγ᾽ ἔλθοι ἀνὴρ ὅστις τ᾽ ἀέκοντα βίηφιν
Κτήματ᾽ ἀπορραίσει, Ιθάκης ἔτι ναιεταώσης.
᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐθέλω σε, φέριστε, περὶ ξείνοιο ἐρέσθαι,
Ὁππόθεν οὗτος ἀνὴρ, ποίης δ᾽ ἐξ εὔχεται εἶναι
Γαίης, ποῦ δέ νύ οἱ γενεὴ καὶ πατρὶς ἄρουρα·
Ἠέ τιν᾽ ἀγγελίην πατρὸς φέρει ἐρχομένοιο,
Ἢ ἑὸν αὐτοῦ χρεῖος ἐελδόμενος τόδ᾽ ἱκάνει ;
Οἷον ἀναΐξας ἄφαρ οἴχεται, οὐδ᾽ ὑπέμεινεν
Γνώμεναι· οὐ μὲν γάρ τι κακῷ εἰς ὦπα ἐῴκει.”
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖ Τηλέμαχος πεπνυμένος ἀντίον ηὔδα·
Εὐρύμαχ᾽, ἤτοι νόστος ἀπώλετο πατρὸς ἐμοῖο·
Οὔτ᾽ οὖν ἀγγελίῃ ἔτι πείθομαι, εἴποθεν ἔλθοι,
Οὔτε θεοπροπίης ἐμπάζομαι, ἥντινα μήτηρ
᾿Ες μέγαρον καλέσασα θεοπρόπον ἐξερέηται.
Ξεῖνος δ᾽ οὗτος ἐμὸς πατρώϊος ἐκ Τάφου ἐστὶν,
Μέντης δ᾽ ᾿Αγχιάλοιο δαΐφρονος εὔχεται εἶναι
Υἱὸς, ἀτὰρ Ταφίοισι φιληρέτμοισιν ἀνάσσει.”
66
66
ܕܝ
395
405
410
415
Ὣς φάτο Τηλέμαχος, φρεσὶ δ᾽ ἀθανάτην θεὸν ἔγνω.
Οἱ δ᾽ εἰς ὀρχηστίν τε καὶ ἱμερόεσσαν ἀοιδὴν
421
HOMER'S ODYSSEY, BOOK I.
17
Τρεψάμενοι τέρποντο, μένον δ᾽ ἐπὶ ἕσπερον ἐλθεῖν.
Τοῖσι δὲ τερπομένοισι μέλας ἐπὶ ἕσπερος ἦλθεν·
Δὴ τότε κακκείοντες ἔβαν οἶκόνδε ἕκαστος.
Τηλέμαχος δ᾽, ὅθι οἱ θάλαμος περικαλλέος αὐλῆς 425
Ὑψηλὸς δέδμητο, περισκέπιῳ ἐνὶ χώρῳ,
Ἐνθ ἔβη εἰς εὐνὴν πολλὰ φρεσὶ μερμηρίζων.
,
Τῷ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἅμ᾽ αἰθομένας δαΐδας φέρε κέδν᾽ εἰδυῖα
Εὐρύκλει᾽, Ωπος θυγάτηρ Πεισηνορίδαο,
Τήν ποτε Λαέρτης πρίατο κτεάτεσσιν ἑοῖσιν,
Πρωθήβην ἔτ᾽ ἐοῦσαν, ἐεικοσάβοια δ᾽ ἔδωκεν,
Ισα δέ μιν κεδνῇ ἀλόχῳ τίεν ἐν μεγάροισιν,
Εὐνῇ δ᾽ οὔποτ᾽ ἔμικτο, χόλον δ᾽ ἀλέεινε γυναικός·
Η οἱ ἅμ᾽ αἰθομένας δαΐδας φέρε, καί ἑ μάλιστα
Δμωάων φιλέεσκε, καὶ ἔτρεφε τυτθὸν ἐόντα.
Ωϊξεν δὲ θύρας θαλάμου πύκα ποιητοῖο,
Ἕζετο δ᾽ ἐν λέκτρῳ, μαλακὸν δ᾽ ἔκδυνε χιτῶνα·
Καὶ τὸν μὲν γραίης πυκιμηδέος ἔμβαλε χερσίν.
Ἡ μὲν τὸν πτύξασα καὶ ἀσκήσασα χιτῶνα,
Πασσάλῳ ἀγκρεμάσασα παρὰ τρητοῖς λεχέεσσιν, 440
·
Βῆ ῥ᾽ ἴμεν ἐκ θαλάμοιο, θύρην δ᾽ ἐπέρυσσε κορώνῃ
Αργυρέῃ, ἐπὶ δὲ κληΐδ᾽ ἐτάνυσσεν ἱμάντι.
Ενθ' ὅγε παννύχιος, κεκαλυμμένος οὐὸς ἀώτῳ,
Βούλευε φρεσὶν ᾗσιν ὁδὸν τὴν πέφραδ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη.
Odys. Book T.
430
435
ABBREVIATIONS.
a. or act.
acc.
adj.
ady.
Eol.
aor.
art.
cf.
•
•
comm. gen.
comp.
conj..
contr.
dat.
dem.
Dor.
Eng.
Ep.
et al.
or
monstr.
•
•
•
·
•
•
-
•
•
•
•
inf.
Ion.
irreg.
m. or masc.
mid.
•
·
•
•
•
•
gen.
gen. omn.
imperat.
imperf. or imp.
de-} demonstrative.
aorist.
article.
{ confer, i...
compare.
common
der.
comparative.
conjunction;
conjunctive
mood.
contracted.
dative.
etym.
f. (with subst..} feminine.
or pron.)
f. or fut..
future.
folld., follg followed, following.
fr.
•
{
•
•
•
·
active.
accusative.
adjective.
•
adverb.
Eolic.
Doric.
English.
Epic
et aliter.
etymology.
milit..
n. or neut.
gen-pass.
from.
genitive.
of all genders.
imperative.
imperfect.
infinitive.
Ionic.
irregular.
masculine.
middle.
neg.
nou.
poss.
pres.
prob.
opp.
opt.
P. or part.
p. or perf.
pron.
prps.
rel.
Sans.
sing.
sts.
*
•
C
•
subj.
subst.
substt,
sup..
t. t.
V.
VOC.
vv.
·
V. a.
v. mid.
V. n.
•
•
perfect.
passive.
paulo-post fut. or future perf.
pass. for brevity 3. fut. (pass.)
pluperf
pluperfect.
plur..
Poet.
·
·
·
·
❤
•
•
•
•
•
•
·
*
•
•
•
J
·
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
·
•
•
·
•
·
•
·
military.
neuter.
#
negative.
nominative.
{opposite or op-
optative.
participle.
plural.
poetical.
possessive.
present.
probably.
pronoun.
perhaps.
relative.
Sanscrit.
singular.
sometimes.
subjunctive.
substantive.
substantives.
superlative.
technical term.
verse.
verb active.
verb middle.
verb neuter.
vocative.
verses.
equal to.
paragraph.
N.B. Where the etymology is not given, the word is of very
uncertain or unknown origin.
In the Verbs such tenses alone are given as are known to
exist; the authorities chiefly followed being "Veitch's Irregular
and Defective Greek Verbs," and "Liddell and Scott's Greek
Lexicon."
N.B. Regularly-formed Participles and Tenses of Verbs
are not separately given, except for special reasons.
VOCABULARY.
-
A' (= πρŵтоs), First:
First
with A'iu 'Odvoσeías A'supply
'Payudía, a portion of an Epic
poem adapted for recitation
at one time; i. e. Book.
ă, nom. and acc. neut. plur.
of is.
CC
siege of Troy] Son of Aga-
memnon; see 'Opéσrns.
tr
OS,
ảyyed-in, ins, f. [Ep. and
Iou. for ayyed-ia; fr. ǎyyed-
a messenger" ("A
(“A
thing pertaining to an ǎyyeλ-
os"; hence) 1. A message, tid-
ings, news.-2. With Attribu-
tive Gen. Tidings, or news,
of or respecting.
å-yăð-ós, ý, óv, adj. Good,
excellent, of the kind. As
Subst.: åyăðá, ŵv, n. plur.
Good, or excellent, things. ἄγε, ἄγεθ' ; see ἄγω.
Comp. (irreg.): åpeíwv, ȧy-ývwp, Gen. ývopos, adj.
κρείσσων, λωΐων, φέρτερος; m. and f. [tor ἄγανερ; fi.
Sup. (irreg.): apiσtos, pép-áy, base of adv. ǎy-av, “very
τᾶτος, φέριστος [γαθ (like|much” ; ἀνήρ, ἀνέρ-οs,
àvép-os,
German gut, English good), man"] (" Being very much a
akin to Sans. part. khyát-a, man "; hence) 1. Manly,
fr. root KHYÂ in original force brave, courageous.-2. Ina bad
of "to shine"; and so, literally, sense: Proud,in olent,haughty,
"shining": à is an inseparable overbearing, arrogant.
prefix].
>>
ἀγκρεμᾶσας (poet. for ἀνα-
κρεμᾶσας), άσα, αν, 1. 1.
Αγάμεμνον-ΐδης, ίδου, m.
[᾿Αγαμέμνων, ᾿Αγαμέμνον-ος, aur of ἀνακρεμάννυμι.
Agamemnon," king of Myc- ἀγόρευεν, Epic for ἠγόρευεν,
enæ, and commander-in-chief 3. pers. sing. imperf. ind, of
of the Greek forces at the | ¿yopeúw.
CE
Fil
20
VOCABULARY.
ȧyóρɛvσov, 2. pers. sing. 1.
aor. imperat. of ȧyopeúw.
ἀγορ-εύω, f. ἀγορεύσω, 1.
aor. nyóрevσa, v. a. and n.
ἠγόρευσα,
[ἀγορ-ά, an assembly " of
the people] ("To speak in
| aλ-os, "near the sea"; fr.
ἄγχι, neir”; ἅλς, ἁλ-ός,
"the sea"] (“Near the sea")
Anchialus; the father of
Mentes; see Mévтns.
ἄγω, f. ἄξω, p. ἦχα, later
a. With Acc. of thing: To
speak, utter, etc., words, etc.
the ἀγορά”; hence) 1. Act. :ἀγήχα, 2. aor. ἤγαγον, v. a. :
1. Of personal Objects: To
lead, conduct, bring.-2. Of
things as Object: To bring,
convey, carry, bear.-3. Im-
perat. pres., sing. and plur., as
Adv.: aye, ayeTe (before an
aspirated vowel ǎye0'), Come,
come on :-strengthened by
àλλá: But come, come then.-
For ei d' ǎye vûv, see ei, no. 4;
-at v. 76 ǎyee' is used in cou-
nexion with the first person
[akin to Sans. root AJ,
"to drive"].
b. With Dat. of person and
Acc. of thing: To speak, tell,
or declare something to a
person.-2. Neut.: a. Alone:
To speak, harangue, etc.-b.
With Dat. To speak, etc.,
to a person.
¿yop-n, ns, f. [Epic form of
ἀγορ-ά, for ἀγερ-ά; fr. ἀγείρω,
"to collect, assemble," through
verbal root ȧyep] ("An as-plur.
sembling"; hence) 1. An as·
sembly :—άyophvde, to the
assembly, v. 372; see 2. dé.-
2. A place of assembly.
ǎyp-ios, la, io, adj. [àyp-concord with the Subject, is
frequently joined to a finite
verb, whero in English two
finite verbs are used. The
foregoing Greek idiom is most
correctly rendered into English
by two finite verbs, as above.
ἀδήσειε(ν), for ἀδήσαι, 3.
pers. sing. 1. aor. opt. of
obsol. àdéw, "to be sated":
With Dat. of thing: (“To be
sated with"; hence) To feel
loathing at, to loathe.-N.B.
The only other form of the
above obsolete verb known to
[exist is the part. perf. ἀδηκώς.
ós, “a field"] ("Pertaining
to aypós "; hence, "living in
the country"; hence, "living
wild"; hence, in a moral
sense) Of persons: 1. Wild,
fierce, savage.-2. Boorish,
rude, uncivilized.
CC
ȧyp-ós, où, m. ("A field,"
esp. of arable land; hence)
Country [akin to Sans. ajr-
as cf. Eng. acr·e].
ǎyxɩ, adv. Near, nigh, close.
'Ayxiăλoto, Ionic for 'Ayxi-
ἅλου, gen. of ᾿Αγχίαλος.
Αγχί-αλ-ος, ον, n. [ἀγχί-
ἄγων, ουσα, ον, P. pres. of
ἄγω:-εἶσεν ἄγων, he led and
seated. A participle, in
VOCABULARY.
21
1.
I
I
same root as ed-qv, "enough,"
i. e. ád-éw ;
see ainσeler]
("Pertaining to adŋv"; hence)
Crowded, or thronged, to-
gether; numerous, etc.
àð-ĭvós, ¡vý, ivóv, adj. [fr. |ary.-2. In adverbial force:
Unwillingly, involuntarily,
against one's etc. will, by
constraint or compulsion.
ἀθανάτοισι(ν), Ion. and
Poet. for àlaváтois, dat. plur.
of ἀθᾶνατος.
|
ἄεθλος (Epic form of ἆθλος),
ov, m.: 1. A contest.-2. A
conflict, struggle;-at v. 18
àé0xar is the separative Gen.
after πεφυγμένος.
<<
å-Oăvăt-os, n, ov (so, always
in Homer-and os, ov), adj.
"negative"; Oărăт-os,
[ả,
θανατος,
death"] ("Not having, or
without, eărăros"; hence)
Immortal.-As Subst.: ả-
C
ǎede, 2. pers. sing. pres.
imperat. of ȧeídw; v. 339.
ἄειδε(ν), for ἤειδε(ν), 3. pers.
sing. imperf. ind. of àelow;
vv. 325, 326.
θανατοι, ων, m. plur. The
immortal gods, the immort-
als.
ȧeíd-w (Ion. and Poet. for
&dw), f. àelooμai and gooμai,
v. a. and n.: 1. Act.: To sing,
sing of, celebrate in song or
verse.-2. Neut.:
Neut. To sing
[akin to Sans. root vad, to]
speak "].
CE
άeipas, āσa, av, P. 1. aor. of
άelpw for mode of rendering
ἀείρω :
παρέθηκεν ἀείμας, v. 141, see
ἄγων at end.
ȧeípw, f. àµw, 1. aor. heipa,
v. a. (Ep. and Poet, for aïpw):
1. To lift, or raise, up.-2.
To bear, carry.
å-ék-ntɩ, ailv. [à, nega
tive"; ek, base of к-wr,
willing"] ("After the man-
ner of one, etc, not willing";
hence) Against his, their,
etc., will.
ἀ-έκων, έκουσα, εκον, adj.
[à, “negative”; év, "will
ing"] 1. Unwilling, involunt
<<
<<
᾿Αθήνη, ης,
'A0ývn, ns, f. Athënë, the
Roman Minerva; the goddess
of wisdom, of skill in the arts,
and of warlike prowess con-
ducted with wisdom [akin to
ἀνθ-έω, "to bloom"; hence,
"to be brilliant ";
and so,
"The brilliant, or bright,
One"].
ȧ-Opó-os, n, ov (also, os,
ov), adj. [à, iu "intensive "
force; Opó-os, "a confused
noise"] ("Having great opó-
os "; hence) 1. Of persons:
Assembled ; collected together,
or in a body.-2. Of things
All together, at once ;—at
43 in connexion with
ཙཱ.
пávтα.
1. ai, fem. nom. plur. of us,
%, 8.
2 ai, Ep. and Dor. for ei,
conj. If.
ala, Gen. ains (Poct. for
22
VOCABULARY.
v. 41.
yaîa = yî),f. A land, country; | burn "] 1. Burning, blazing.
-2. Of metals: Bright, glit-
Aiyíoboto, Ion. for Aly-tering, flashing.
ίσθου, gen. of Αἴγισθος.
aiké(v), or as two words a
Ke (Ep. and Doric for ẻáv =
ei av), conj. If Very fre-
quently, but especially in
Homer, the conjunctions éáv,
v, at кe, El ke
ať KE,
are joined
with verbs (in the Subj.) ex-
pressing any action whate、 ?r,
there being implied in these
conjunctions the notion of
Alylolos, ou, m. Egisthus;
a son of Thyestes, and the
paramour of Clytemnestra the
wife of Agamemnon, king of
Mycenæ. When Agamemnon
returned from the Trojan war,
Ægisthus invited him to a
banquet, and treacherously
murdered him.
..
""
αἰδο-ῖος (trisyll.), ία, ῖον, σκοπεῖν οι πειρᾶσθαι, to see,
adj. [aidús, aidó-os, in force of or try, if, or whether :-éjà
reverence, respect "] (" Per-SE DEOÙS ETTIẞwσoμaι
taining to αἰδώς ; hence)
Regarded with reverence or
respect; deserving respect,
respected.
aiel, aiév (Ion. and Poet.
for deí), adv. Always, con-
tinually, for ever [akin to
Sans. ayus, "life"].
άiels, 2. pers. sing. pres.
ind. of ato.
alév; see aiel.
Ail-i-o, отоs, m. [aï0-w,
"to burn"; (4) connecting
vowel; o, ỏπós, "the face"]
("One with a burnt-i. e.
sun-burnt-face") An Ethiop-xwv
ian; a man of Ethiopia, a
country of Africa.
aïow (only found in pres.
and imperf.), v. a. and n.: 1.:
a. Act. To light up, kindle.
-b. Neut. To burn, blaze.
-2. Pass.: allopat no. 1, b.
αἴθομαι
aï0-wv, or, adj. [aïl-w, "to
:
=
ať
·
Ké modi Zevs Swoi, but I will
call upon (or invoke) the
gods, (to see or try) if ever
Jove will grant, v. 379.
αἱμύλιος, α, ον, adj. Flat-
tering, wheedling, coaxing,
wily.
•
aiv-ŵs, adv. [aiv-ós, of
persons, "dread, terrible"]
("After the manner of the
airós" ; hence, dreadfully,
terribly "; hence) Strangely,
exceedingly.
(6
ài§as, āσa, av, P. 1. aor. of
ἀΐσσω:-for βῆ ἀΐξασα cf.
at end.
airús, eîa, ú, adj. (“High,
steep'; hence) Of destruction,
etc.: Sheer, utter.
aipéw -ŵ, f. aipńow, p. Hp-
nka, 2. aor. eλov, v. a.: 1.
Act.: a. To take with, or in,
the hand; to lay hold of,
grasp, seize.-b. To take from
t
VOCABULARY.
23
aiya, adv. Quickly, with
speed, forthwith.
a store, etc.; to choose, select;
v. 318.-2. Mid.: aipéopar
-οῦμαι, f. αἱρήσομαι, p. pass.
in mid. force йpηµai, 2. aor.
eiλóµny, To take, seize, etc.,
as one's own especial act or
for one's self, etc.
aĭpw, f. ¿¿ŵ, p. ñρка, 1. aor.
ἀμῶ, ἦρκα,
¾pa, v. a.: 1. Act.: To lift,
or raise, up.-2. Mid.: aip-ed,
ομαι. f. ἐροῦμαι, 1. aor. ἠρᾷ-
μην, 2. aor. (poet.) ἀρόμην, ¦ 2. aor. opt. of' ἄχομαι.
(To lift, or raise up, for
one's self"; hence) a. To win,
gain, acquire.-b. To obtain,
receive; v. 390.
ato (found only in pres. and
imperf.), v. a. To hear, hear
of; to perceive by hearing.
ἀκαχμένος, η, ον, P. perf.
pass. found prps. only in
Homer [prob. fr. root aк,
"sharp"] Sharpened, point-
sharp-edged.
ȧκăɣоíμηv, 1. pers. sing.
ἀκαχοίμην,
|
ἀκλει-ῶς, Ep. for ἀκλε-ῶς,
adv. (ákλe-ýs," inglorious "]
("After the manner of the
akλens"; hence) Ingloriously.
ἀΐσσω, f. ἀΐξω, 1. aor. ϊξα,
v. n. To move with a quick
shooting motion; to rush,
shoot, speed, hasten, etc.
ἄ-ϊσ-τος, τον, adj. [for ἄ-
id. Tos; fr. à, "negative"; 18,
root of eidw, "to see"] Unseen.
aioxos, eos ous, n.: 1. Shame,
disgrace.-2. Piur.: Shameful,
or disgraceful, deeds.
ǎkoLT-Ls, ĭos, f. A wife,
spouse [à, akin to Sans. sa,
"one and the same "; KolT-n,
кот-п
"a bed"; and so, literally,
"she who has one and the
same bed"].
ȧkovéμev, Ion. for àkovei,
ἀκουέμεν,
pres. int. of aкоśw.
ἀκούοντεσσι, Poet. for
ἀκούουσι, dat. plur. of ἀκούων.
αἰτι-άομαι -ὦμαι, f. αἰτι- ἀκούω, f. ἀκούσομαι (and
άσομαι, 1. aor. ᾐτιασάμην, ¦ lute, ἀκούσω, p. ἀκήκοα (and
v. mid. [airĭ-a, in force of "alate,
charge, accusation"] With
Acc. of persou: To bring a
charge against, or to accuse,
a person.
Koukα), 1. aor. коvσα
ἤκουκα), ἤκουσα
(Ep. ǎkovou), v. a. and n. : 1.
Act. a. With Acc. of thing
or Gen. of person: To hear.
-b. With Gen.: To hear of;
a,
aĭtĭ-os, α, ov, adj. [airi-a,
"blame"]("Pertaining to
alria "; hence) Blameworthy,
blameable, worthy of blame.
at v. 94 supply avтoû after
ȧkovon.-c. With Gen.: To
listen to, give ear to;-at
v. 370 àkovéuer is a Substau-
tival Inf., and is in apposition
to the demonstrative TóYE
(= TOûTÓ YE); this, indeed, is
aiTιówvTaι, Ep. for airi@v-
Tai, coutr. 3. pers. plur. pres.
ind. of αἰτιάομαι.
M
}
24
VOCABULARY.
good, viz. to listen to such a
minstrel.-2. Neut.: To hear,
give ear, listen [prob. to be
divided a-ko-úw; fr. à, inse- ἁλί, dat. sing. of ἅλς,
parable prefix in strengthening ἄλκ-ιμος, ἴμη, ἵμον, adj.
force; root ko, found in Ko-éw, [ȧλк-ń,
[ἀλκή, strength"] 1. Of
"to hear"].
persons: Strong, brave, stout-
2. Of things:
ἀκούων, ουσα, ον, P. pres. of | hearted.
ȧкúш.-As Subst.: ȧKOVOVTES, Strong.
w", m. plur. Hearers, listeners;
v. 352.
(ảλaów -ŵ, found only in)
1. aor. àλáwoa, v. a. With
Acc. of person and Gen. denot-
ing "eye": To blind a person
of his eye; i. e. to deprive a
person of his eye by blinding
him; v. 69.
,
ἄ-λασ-τος, τον, adj. [for
-λa0-тos; fr. à, "negative";
λαθ, root of λανθάνω, “ to lie
hid"]("Not lying hid";
hence) 1. Not to be forgotten,
unceasing, incessant.-2. In-
sufferable, intolerable.
áláwoa, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀλαίω.
ǎλye', by elision for yea,
acc. plur. of ǎryos.
or
ἄλγος εος ους, n.: 1.
Pain, whether of body
nind.-2. Grief, sorrow.
ἀλεγύνω, 1. που. ἀλέγυνα,
v. a. To mind, pay heed to,
find; v. 374.-This verb is
found only in pres. and imperf.
in Homer.
ἀλέεινε, Ep. for
3 pers. sing. imperf.
ἀλεείνω,
ἠλέεινε,
iud. of
åλɛɛívw, found only in pres.
and imperf. in Homer, v. a.
To shun, avoid.
<<
1. ăλλa, neut. nom. and
acc. plur. of aλλos.
2. åλλá (before a vowel
ảλλ'), conj. [originally neut.
acc. plur. of Aλos, "another,'
with the accent changed] ("In
another way, otherwise
hence) But.
;
ảλdýλocσi(v), Ion. and Poet.
for ἀλλήλοις, masc. and neut.
dat. plur. of ả\λý^wv.
ἀλλ-ήλ-ων, pron. plur.
without nom. [reduplicated
and changed
and changed from ἄλλος,
"another "] Of, etc.,
one
another.
ἀλλό-θρο-ος,ον, adj. [ἄλλος,
(uncontr. gen.) čλλo-os, “an-
other "; @pó-os, in force of" a
sound"]("Having another
sound"; hence) Of persons:
of another language; speaking
another, or a foreign tongue.
ǎλλoiσi(v), Ion. and Poet.
for aλois, masc. and neut.
dat. plur. of ăλλos.
ãλλ-os, n, o, pron. adj. : 1.
Sing. Another, other.-As
Subst. : ἄλλος, ου, m. Another
man or person; another.-2.
Plur. Other.-As Subst.: a.
:
VOCABULARY.
25
äddoɩ. wv, m. plur. Other men
or persons; others.-b. (In
Greek in general with the
article, but in Homer without
it; see 1. 8) The other, the
rest of.-As Subst.: (a) Masc.
plur. The others, the rest;
v. 11, etc. ;--(b) Neut. plur. :
The other, or the rest of the,
things [akin to Sans. an-ya,
"other"].
¦
ἀλλό-τρῖος, τρία, τρῖον, adj.
[&Aλos, (uncontr. gen.) &Aλo-
os, "another"] Of, or belong-
ing to, another; another
man's; another's.
CC
ἀλφηστῇσι(ν), Ion. for
àλøηoraîs, dat. plur. of aλon-
ἀλφησταῖς, ἀλφη-
GTS.
ἀλωή (Ep. for ἅλως), ἧς, f.
A vineyard, garden, orckard ;
at v. 193 in the first of the
foregoing meanings.
:
ἅμα (before a vowel ἅμ᾽),
prep. and adv.: 1. Prep. gov.
Dat.: At the same time with,
together with.-2. Adv.: At
once ; at the same time, forth-
with.
ἀ-μβρόσ-ιος, ἵα, ῖον, adj.
("Inimortal, divine"; hence)
Of things pertaining to the
gods: Divinely fair or beau-
tiful; ambrosial [lengthened
and changed fr. a-ußpor-OS,
"immortal"; akin to Sans.
a-myit-a, "immortal"].
|
ἀμείβω, f. ἀμείψω, 1. aor.
ueita, v. a. "To change, ex-
change."-Mid. àµeíßoμal,
: ἀμείβομαι,
f. ἀμείψομαι, l. aor. ἠμειψάμην,
("To change for one's self";
hence) 1. To go in turn or al-
ternately :-άμειβόμενοι κατὰ
οἴκους, going from house to
in turn, v. 375.-2.
With Acc. of person:
To
answer, reply to.
ἄ-λοχ-ος, ου, f. ("One
Occupying the same bed";
hence) A spouse, wife [for &-
Aex-os; fr. prefix à, akin to
Sans. sa, "
one and the same";
λéx-os," a bed "; and so, liter-
λέχτος,
ally, "she who has one and
the same bed "; cf. &koitis].
ἅλς, ἁλός, f. The sea [like
äλs, m. (“salt "), akin to Sans.
sar-as, salt," and so "the
salt-water"].
ἀλφη-στής, στοῦ, m. [ἀλφή, |
(uncontr. gen.) ἀλφή-ος; | house
gain "]("One who gains";
hence) A gain-seeker, an en-
terprising person; —at v. 319
in apposition to ȧvdpáσiv, to
men who are gain-seekers, etc.,
i. e. in adjectival force, to
gain-seeking, or enterprising,
men.-N.B. The word is some-
times explained as meaning
"inventive reasoning."
ἀμείνων, ov, comp. adj.
Better, preferable. Pos.:
àyăðós; Sup.: ăpiσros.
ἄριστος.
ἄμμε, ἄμμι, Pol. and Ep.
for huas, uir, acc. and dat.
plur. of eye.
un-
ἀμό-θεν, adr. [ἀμός,
contr. gen.) àµó-os, an old
T
26
VOCABULARY.
|
adj. els, "one," and, in in-
definite force, "some one or
other"; suffix 0e (=k),
"from"] From some one
source or other.-At v. 10
Tŵv (= ŵv) is not dependent
on aμóeer, but is a partitive
Gen. of Object dependent on
einé: (Some) of which things
from some one source or other
tell unto us.
ἀμοιβ-ή, ἧς, f. [for ἀμειβ-ή;
fr. ἀμείβ-ομαι, in force of “ to
requite " ("A requiting";
hence) Requital, recompense,
return.
Sea-girt ;-an epithet fre-
quently applied to Ithaca; cf.
vv. 386, 395.
ἀμφΐ-πέλομαι, r. dep. [ἀμφί,
"around"; Téλoμaι, "to be"]
Of music, etc.: With Dat. of
person:
To be, or float,
around;-at v. 352 the em-
ployment of the Subj. alone
shows that a statement of a
fact is not made, but a mere
supposition is advanced.
|
ả-µūµ-wv, ov, adj. [for å-
μώμ-ων; fr. ἀ, “ negative";
μŵμ-os, "blame," the w being
changed into v acc. to the
Eol. dialect]("Not having
μwμos"; hence) Distinguished,
noble, etc.
ȧµpă-8óv, adv. [Poet. for
ἀμφᾶ-δόν,
obsol. àvăpă-ôóv, for àvăpar-
dóv, ir. åvăḍav, verbal root of
àvŭ paívw, “to show forth"]
("Showing forth"; hence)
Openly, publicly, without dis-
guise.
ἀμφιπόλοισι(ν), Poet. for
ảµpiñóλois, dat. plur. of åµpi-
ἀμφιπόλοις, ἀμφί.
woλos.
ἀμφίπολ-ος, ου, f. [ἀμφί-
TOλ-os, "being about "; for
άupì-πeλ-os; fr. àµupí, “about”;
Téλ-w or Téλ-oµaι, "to be"]
("She who is about, or engaged
in," some employment; hence)
A hand-maid, waiting-woman.
ἀμφί-ρύ-τος, τη, τον, adj.
[aupi, “around"; pu, a root
[ἀμφί,
of péw, to flow"] Flowed
around, around which water
flows; sea-girt;-as an epi-
thet of islands, and always in
fem, in the Odyssey.
CC
ἀμφί (before a vowel ἀμφ'),
prep. gov. dat. (and acc.)
With Dat.: 1. Locally
Around, round.--2. In causal
force: About, for, respecting,
on account of; v. 48.
ἀμφίς, adv. [akin to ἀμφί,
"around"] (“On both sides";
hence, with the accessory no-
tion of separation) Apart,
asunder: - αἳ γαϊάν τε καὶ
oùpardv àµpls exovo1(v), which
keep both heaven and earth
asunder, v. 54.
ἀμφι-ἅλ-ος, ον, adj. [ἀμφί,
|
"around ››
; äλs, åλ-ís, "the av (Ep. кé, Kév), condi-
sea"]("Having the sea a- tional particle modifying the
round or round about "; hence) power of the word to which
VOCABULARY.
27
it is subjoined: 1. With verbs ἀνα-βαίνω, f. ἀιᾶ βήσομαι,
of all moods except the ina- p. ἀνᾶ-βέβηκα, 2. ποι. ἀν-έβην,
perative: a. With Imperf. v. n. [ává, "up"; Baivw, "to
|
βαίνω,
and 1. Aor. Indic.: (a) Con- go "] 1. To go up, ascend ;-
dition not fulfilled: Would, at v. 362 folld. by ès (— eis) and
should; would have, should Acc. of place.-2. To go up
have. (b) Condition fulfilled: from the coast to a place
To denote frequently. - b.inland.
g
|
With Fut. Indic. in Homer: ἀνα-βάλλω, f. ἀνα-βάλω,
Το express that which will p. ἀνα-βέβληκα, v. a. [ἀνά,
certainly happen, if something "up"; Báλλw, "to throw "]
βάλλω,
else happens first, thus modi- 1. Act.: To throw, or toss,
fying the peremptory force up.-2. Mid. :
To lift up
of the tense: Perhaps, I etc. one's voice; at v. 155 åv-
suppose, probably, perchance; BánλETO is folld. by Inf.
cf. v. 268.-c. With Opt.: (àcide) denoting a purpose
(a) Condition being, or not or intention
or intention: lifted up his
being, fulfilled: Would, voice to sing; i. e. for the
could. (b) Condition not purpose of singing, or in order
fulfilled: Would, would have; to sing.
could, could have.-(c) Con-
dition fulfilled: Will, I think.
(d) In apodosis to hypo-
thetical statements: Per-
haps, possibly :-the protasis
is sometimes omitted. d.
With Subj.: (a) The force of
the particle is thrown ou some
åvă-yɩyvóokw (later ảvă-
γινώσκω), f. ἀνα-γνώσομαι, p.
ȧv-éyvwka, 2. aor. àv-éyror,
v. a. [ává, in “strengthening"
preceding conjunction or rela-force; yiyvwok, "to know"]
To know well, to know for a
certainty. In this sense only
in Epic poetry and in 2nd aor.
tive word; see below. (b)
In Homer: In a modified
future force.-2. With Rela-
tive pronouus, adverbs, etc. —
English affix -ever: ds av, ös
кe, whoever; öπov år, wherever.
ȧváyêη, ns, f. Need, necess-
ity, constraint. Adverbial
Dat.: άváyкn, Perforce, by
constraint, of necessity; v. 154.
ȧvá, prep. gov. dat. and
ace. : 1. With Dat.: On,
upon.-2. With Acc. : a. Up,
up along, throughout.-b. In
time: Through, throughout.
·
åvăßás, āσa, áv, P. 2. aor
of àvăßaíivw.
ἀναβήμεναι, Doric for ἀνᾷ-
βῆναι, 2. aor. iuf. of ἀναβαίνω.
,
ἀνάθη-μα, ματος, n. [ἀναθη,
verbal root of arătionµi, “to
set up as a votive gift"]
("That which is set up as a
28
VOCABULARY.
votive gift"; hence, in Homer | of pov-euw, "to slay "] Man-
slaying, man-killing.
ouly in sense of) A delight,
glory, ornament;—at v. 152
in plur., as speaking of both
μολπή and ὀρχηστύς.
ȧvéyvw, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
ind. of àvăyīvάoкw.
ἀν-αιδ-ής, és, adj. [av,
"negative"; aid-ús, "shame"]
("Not having aidés "; hence)
Devoid of shame, shameless.
ἄν-ειμι, v. n. [ἀν-ά; εἶμι, “to
go"] 1. [ává, "up"] ("To go
up"; hence) Of the sun,
heavenly bodies, etc.: To rise.
-2. [avá, "back"] To go
ἀναΐξας, άσα, αν, P. 1. aor.back, go home, return.
of ȧvatoow.
ἀνείρεαι, Ion. for ἀνείρῃ,
(C
|
ἀνείρομαι.
dv-aiσow, 1. aor. àv-ńïça, 2. pers. sing. pres. ind. of
v. n. [ἀν-ά, “ up”; ἀΐσσω, “to
rush"] ("To rush up"; hence)
To start, or rise, up suddenly
from a sitting posture.
ἀνα-κρεμάννυμι, 1. aor.
àv-ekρéµãσa, v. a. [àvá, "up";
креμάνvõμι, “to hang"] To
hang up, suspend.
ܪ
ǎvaέ, akтos, m. Lord, mas-
ter, king;-applied to
to all
gods, especially to Apollo, and
also to the Homeric heroes
[akin to Sans. janaka,
father"].
(C
(C
a
CC
áváσow, f. ávážw, 1. aor.
Ep. ἄναξα, v. u. [for ἀνάκτ-σω;
fr. ἄναξ, ἄνακτος, a lord,
king," etc.] 1. With Dat. of
place: To be lord, or master,
in; to hold sway in or over.
2. With Dat. of person :
To hold rule, or sway, among;
to rule; to be king of.
avdpeσσi, Poet. for àvdpáσi,
ἄνδρεσσι,
dat. plur. of ȧvýp.
ἀνδρ-ο-φόν-ος, ov, adj.
[ἀνήρ, ἀνδρ-ός, man"; (0)
connecting vowel; pov, root
ἀν-είρομαι, 2. aor. ἀν-ηρόμην,
v. mid. [av-á, in "strengthen-
ing" force; elpoμaι (mid.),
"to ask "] With Acc. of per-
son and Acc. of thing: To
ask, or question, a person about
something; to inquire some-
thing of a person; v. 231.
ἀνέμοιο, Ion. for ἀνέμου,
gen. sing. of aveµos.
ἄν-εμος, έμου, 1. (“The
blowing thing"; hence) Wind
[akin to Sans. root AN,
blow"].
"to
ἀνερείπομαι, 1. aor. ἀνήρειψε
auny, v. mid. To snatch up
and carry off-Homer uses
only the 3. person plur. of
1. aor.
ἀν-έρχομαι, 2. aor. ἀν-ήλυθ-
ov and more frequently av-
ñλ0ov, v. mid. [àv-ά, “back ”;
ῆλθον,
ěpxoμal, "to come, to go"]
To come back, to go back, to
return.
|
ἀ-νήρ, νέρος νδρός, m.: 1. A
man:-often joined to another
VOCABULARY.
29
C
subst. denoting a person's pro- | In a hostile scuse: With Gen.:
fession, occupation, etc.; cf. In opposition to, against;
v. 100.-2. A husband [akin to v. 78.
Sans nar-a, (C
a man ": à is a
åvrĭ-áw -ŵ, f. àvтiãow, 1.
prefix].
aor. nvtična, v. n. [àvτi-os,
ȧvηpeí avтo, 3. pers. plur.
ἀνηρείψαντο,
over against, opposite "]
1. aor. ind. of àrepeiñoμai. (To be avτios "; hence, "to
ἀντῖος
ἀνθρώποισι(ν),
Ion. for go towards"; hence) Of the
avoρúτois, dut. plur. of aveрwπ-gods, and with Gen. of thing
offered: 1. To go, or come, to
meet as it were; and so in past
tenses, to have received, ac-
cepted, etc.-2. To partake
of, enjoy; v. 25.
ἀντί-θε-ος, η, ον, adj. [ἀντί,
-ŵ, f. aviãow, p. “equivalent to, like "; e-ós,
hvīāka, v. a. [āvī-a, grief"]"a god"] Equivalent to, or
1. To cause grief to; to grieve, like, a god; equal to a god
vex, etc.-2. Pass. : To be or the gods; godlike :—in
grieved, vexed, etc.-Pass.: Homer an epithet of heroes.
ἀντ-άομαι -ῶμαι, p. ἠνῖᾶμαι,
1. aor. ǹvíãðny, f. mid. in pass.
force aviãσouai, (regular 1. fut.
pass. ἀνιαθήσομαι, only in late
imedical writer).
Os.
ǎveρwños, ou, comm. gen.:
ἄνθρωπος, ου,
1. A human being; a man,
person.-2. Plur. : Men [akin
to àvýp, the Gr. stem of which
is ἀνδρ].
ảvi-áw
åvīnbeís (Ion. for åvīādels),
éîoa, év, P. 1. aor. pass. of
àviaw.
᾿Αντίνο”, by elision for ᾿Αντί-
voe, voc. of 'Avtĭvoos.
᾿Αντίνους, ου, 1. [ἀντῖνος,
opposite in mind "; fr. àvrí,
ἀντί,
opposite "; vóos, "mind"]
(“One opposite in mind ")
Antinous; a son of Eupeithēs
a chieftain in Ithaca, and one
of Penelope's suitors.
|
CC
(4
ἀντών, οὖσα, όν, P. of ἄκειμι.
ávoraîa, found only in ἀντίον, adv. [adverbial
Odyssey 1, 320; and variously neut. sing. of avrios, “ ' op-
explained 1. As adv.: Un-posite, over against "] Over
noticed, unobserved.-2. As against, straight before:
adj. High up in the air, àvтiov avdây (to speak over
aloft, on high.
against a person; i. e.) to
speak to, or address, a person
to the face; cf. vv. 213, 230,
345, etc.
ǎvтa, prep. [akin to àvrí,
"over against "] With Gen:
Over against, before; v. 331.306,
avria, adv. [adverbial neut.
plur. of avrios, " opposite"]
åvr-ios, ¡a, ¡ov, adj. [àrt-í,
over against"](" Being
CC
30
VOCABULARY.
avrí"; hence) 1. Locally: pres.
ἀντί
of ἀπαμείβομαι :-for
Over against, opposite.-2. mode of rendering anaμeißÓ-
Opposite, contrary, the re- μενος προσέφη sce ἄγων at
verse.
end.
ἀπ-άνευθε, adv. [ἀπ-ό, in
"strengthening" force; avevee,
"away, apart"] Away, apart,
far off.
å-tās, rāva, πāv, adj. [å,
in "intensive" force; as,
"all"]("Quite all "; hence)
The whole of anything; the
entire ;-Plur. a. All to-
by-gether, all.-b. The whole of
that denoted by the subst. to
which it is in attribution.
ȧπéßη, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
ἀπέβη,
ind. of arоßairw.
ἀπειπέμεν, Ion for ἀπειπεῖν,
inf. of àπεîπov.
p.
ἀπ-εῖπον, f. ἀπερῶ,
àл еíрпка, v. a. [άπ-ó, iu
"strengthening" force; elmov,
"to say "] 1. To speak out,
declare; v. 373.-2. With
Dat. of person: To give full
notice to a person; v. 91.
of
åπeípwv, ov, adj. [poet. form
ἄπειρος ; fi. d, “ negative”;
répas, "an end"] Endless,
boundless.
ἀντιόω -ῶ, Epic for ἀντιάω
see ἀντιάω.
P.
ἀντιόων,όουσα, όον, uncontr.
pres. of ἀντιόω.
avwya, old Ep. perf. used
in sense of a pres. imperat.
arwx0, 3. pers. sing. subj.
áváyn. To order, bid, com-
mand, etc.
aios;
ǎžios, ia, iov, adj. [for
fr. ay-w," to weigh" so
mach]("Weighing" so much;
hence, "worth"; hence) 1.
Worthy, deserving.-2. With
Gen. Worthy of, deserving
of.
ἀοιδ-ή, ἧς, f. [for ἀειδή;
fr. àcid-w, "to sing"] 1.
Singing, song.-2. A song,
lay.
CC
ảoɩd-ós, oû, m. [for acid-ús;
fr, ἀείδω, to sing"]("He
who sings "; hence) A singer,
minstrel, bard.
ομαι,
ἀπ-ἀμείβομαι, f. ἀπ-αμείψ.
ouai, 1. aor. pass. in mid. force
ἀπ-ημείφθην, [ἀπ-ό,
àπ-nμeíponν, v. mid. [àπ-6, in
"strengthening" force; aueiß-
ομαι, "to answer"] To an-
swer, reply to:-in Homer
always in combination with ns, not caring for any-
a second more definite verb; thing"] ("After the manner
e.g. ἀπαμειβύμενος προσίφη,¦of the ἀπηλεγής”; hence) In
v. 63; ἀπαμείβετο φώνησέν sneaking: Without caring
ἀπηλεγ-έως, adv. [ἀπηλεγ-
TE (Odyssey 7, v. 298).
for anything; outright, plain-
ȧлăμeißóμevos, n, or, P.ly, bluntly.
ἀπαμειβόμενος, η,
άπéτīσe, 3. pers. sing. 1.
ἀπέτισε,
aor. ind. of aπoтivw.
66
VOCABULARY.
31
ȧó (before a soft vowel Poet. ἀπ-ύλεσσα, p. ἀπο
åπ'; before an aspirated vowel оλúλeкα, V. a. [àπ-ó, in
[ἀπ-ό,
ảḍ'), prep. gov. gen.: From ; strengthening" force; oλau-
away, or at a distance, from;μ, "to destroy "; also, "to
—at v. 49 àñó follows its case lose "] 1. Act. a. To destroy
(pixwv), and hence its accent utterly.-b. To lose utterly;
is thrown back on the former v. 354.-2. Mid.: åπ-óddŭµai,
syllable, viz. &πо;
ἄπο; this is f. ἀπ-ολοῦμαι, p. ἀπόλωλα,
termed "anastrophë" [akin 2. aor. àπ-wλóμn", (“ To de-
to Sans. apa," away from"]. stroy one's self"; hence) a.
ἀπο-βαίνω, f. ἀπο-βήσομαι, Το perish, die ;—at v. 47 ἀπ-
ῃ. ἀπο-βέβηκα, 1. aor. ἀπ- όλοιτο is used in the strict
eßnoăµnv, 2. aor. àπ-éẞny, optative force of wishing:
v. n. [àπó, "away"; Baivw,
perish, or I would
"to go"] To go away, de-
may perish;-at
part.
v. 166 àπóλwλe is folld. by acc.
of cognate meaning, (кαкòv)
μópov, hath died an evil death.
b. To be utterly lost:-
νόστος ἀπώλετο πατρὸς ἐμοῖο,
the return of my father is
utterly lost; i. e. has gone for
ever, there is no hope of it.
áróλoito, 3. pers. sing.
2. aor. opt. mid. of àπbaaūµí.
ảτóλwλɑ, perf. mid. of à¤-
ὁλλυμι.
άπоеíтш, Ер. for àπeinw,
ἀποείπω,
1. pers. sing. subj. of άπeîπov;
see ἀπεῖπον; v. 373.
ἀπο-θρώσκω, f. ἀπο-θοροῦμαι,
2. aor. άπ-éloрov, v. n. [àπó,
from "; рwσкw, "to leap "]
ρúσkW,
With Gen. ("To leap from
or up from"; hence) Of
smoke: To rise up from;
v. 58.
<<
may
that
ảπ-óλλūµı (and ảπ-oλλŭw),
f. ἀπολέσω, 1. aor. ἀπώλεσα,
•
ἀποπαύε, by elision for
r
ἀπ-οίχομαι, f. ἀπ-οιχήσομαι,
2. aor. ἀπῳχόμην, v. mid.
[άπ-ó, "awaу"; otxoμai, “to | ἀποπαύεο, Ion. for ἀποπαύου,
be gone"] Alone: To be gone 2. pers. sing. pres. imperat.
away, to have departed; | mid. of àñоñаús.
v. 135.
ἀπο-παύω, f. ἀπο-παύσω,
"from"; Taúw,
"to make to cease "] 1. Act.:
To make to cease from; to
stop or hinder from.--2. Mid.:
ἀπο-παύομαι, f. ἀπο-παύσομαι,
("To make one's self cease
from"; hence) With Gen. : To
cease or desist from ; v. 310.
ἀποιχομένοιο, Ion. for ἀπ-] v. a. [ἀπό,
oixoμévov, masc. gen. sing. of
àπоιxóμEVOS, Р. pres. of άπ-
oíxoμai; v. 135;-at v. 253
the regular gen. ἀποιχομένου
is found.
32
VOCABULARY.
tr
K
>>
ἀπο-ρ-ῥαίω, f. ἀπο-ῤῥαίσω, |1. aor. ἀπέωσα, v. a. [ἀπό,
V. a. [ἀπό, away from ";" away"; wéw, "to drive or
paiw, "to break," with the thrust"] 1. To drive, or
δαίω,
doubled] ("To break away thrust, away.-2. Mid.: άπ-
åπ-
from a person, etc.; hence) |ωθέομαι -ωθοῦμαι, f. ἀπ
With Acc. of person and Acc. wσoμai, 1. aor. åñ-wσăµŋv, To
of thing: To deprive, or be- drive, or thrust, away from
reave, a person of something; one's self.
to wrest away something from
a person.
ἀπώσεαι, Ion. for ἀπώσῃ,
2. pers. sing. 1. aor. subj. mid.
of ἀπωθέω.
άp; see ǎpa.
ǎpa (before a vowel ǎp';
Ep. ap before a consonant;
also Ep. pá), adv.: 1. Then,
straightway, at once, forth-
with.-2. Then, indeed.
|
ἀρ-άομαι -ῶμαι, f. ἀρᾶσομαι,
Ion. ἀρήσομαι, 1. aor. ἠρησᾶ-
uŋy, v. mid. [àp-ά, “a prayer”]
("To offer a prayer, to pray";
hence) With Acc. and Iuf., or
with Inf. alone when its Sub-
66
ἀπο-τίνω, f. ἀποτίσω, 1.
a01. ἀπ-έτισα, v. a. [ἀπό, in
strengthening" force; rivw,
in force of "to repay "; also,
"to pay "] 1. To repay, pay
back.-2. To pay for, or make
atonement for, a thing.-3.
Mid.: Alone : ἀπο-τίνομαι, f.
ἀπο-τίσομαι, 1. aor. ἀπ-ετισά-
uny, ("To get atonement made
to one's self"; hence) To take
vengeance, to avenge one's self,
etc.
ά-потμ-оs, oν, adj. [à, inject is omitted as being the
"intensive force; TOTμ-os, same as that of the preceding
"fate, destiny"; esp. "evil finite verb of its clause: To
fate or destiny" ("Having pray, or wish, that; v. 164.
much evil fate or destiny"; ἀρ-αρ-ίσκω, f. ἀρῶ, p. ἄρημα,
hence) Ill-starred, unfortun-1. aor. pra, Ion. apoa [re-
ate. Comp.: àπотμúтер- duplicated fr. root ȧp,
ἀποτμίτερ-
os ; Sup. : ἀποτμότατος. join"] ("To join"; hence, "to
ἀποτμότατος, η, ov, sup. join together, construct";
adj.; see ǎтотμos ;-at v. 219 hence) To equip, fit, furnish,
ἄποτμος
folld. by partitive Gen.
provide, etc.
"to
ἄ-πυσ-τος, τον, adj. [for ᾿Αργεῖοι, ων ; see ῎Αργος.
ǎ-πVO-TOS; fr. a, "negative";
ἄ-πυθ-τος
Αργειφόντης, ου, in. [poet.
πυνθάνομαι, σε to hcare of,” | for Αργο-φονευ-τής ; fr.῎Αργ-
through root πve] Unheard os, (uncontr. gen.) ˇApyo-os,
of, not heard of.
Argos" (the man appointed
ἀπωθέω -ωθῶ, f. ἀπ·ώσω, [ by Hera (Juno) to take charge
[C
>>
ܕܕ
VOCABULARY.
33
E
of the cow into which Ino hand
been metamorphosed); poveú-
ω, "to slay"] Argos-slayer,
slayer of Argos; an epithet
of Hermes (Mercury) as having
slain Argos.
CC
Apyos, eus ous, n. [ăpyos,
Thessalian or Macedonian for
ἀγρός, a plain"] Argos ;
the chief city of Argolis, a
country of the Peloponnesus
(now the Morēa), in S. Greece.
-Hence, Apy-eîos, eía, eîov,
adj.: a. Of, or belonging to,
Argos; Argive.- As Subst.:
Ἀργεῖοι, ων, m. plur. The
men of Argos, the Argives.
b. Greek, Grecian. As
Subst. 'Apyeîot, av, m. plur.
The Greeks.
S
K
rr
ἄρ-νῦμαι (only found in pres.
and imperf. tenses and part.),
v. mid. [åp, root of alpw,
take"] 1. To take, or oblain,
by one's own act; to win, gain,
earn, etc.-2. To strive to
secure; v. 5.
to
ǎp-oupa, oúpas, f. [àp-ów,
"to plough"] ("Ploughed-
land"; hence, "land"
general; hence) Land, coun-
try.
in
a
Αρπ-υιαι, υἱῶν, f. plur.
[åρπ, root of åµπ-ā(w, ˜“to
snatch"] The Snatchers;
name frequently employed in
the Odyssey for whirlwinds,
hurricanes,
personified
deities.
ǎpoas, āva, av, P. 1. aor. of
¦ἀμαρίσκω.
as
ἀργυρέοιο, Ton. for ἀργυρέου,
masc. gen. sing. of apyùpeos.
ȧpyйp-ens, éα, cor, adj.
ἀργύρεος,έα,
ǎpyup-os, "silver"] (“Of, or
belonging to, apyŭpos"; hence)
Made of silver, silver-.
|
¿péoðaɩ, 2. aor. inf. mid. of
alpw.
apnoaíar', by elision for
apnσaiŭro, Ion. and Poet. for
àрhσaiто, 3. pers. plur. 1. aor.
ἀρήσαιντο,
opt. of ἀράομαι.
ἄριστος, η, ον (see ἀγαθός),
sup.adj.: 1. Best.-2. Noblest.
åpvelós, où, m. A young
male lamh; a young ram,
ἀρνέομαι -οῦμαι, f. ἀρνή.
σομαι, 1. aor. ἠρνησάμην, ν.
mid. With Acc. of thing: To
refuse, decline.
|
ἄρχω, f. ἄρξω, p. ἦρχα, v. a. :
1. Act.: With Gen. of thing:
To begin ; — at v. 28 folld, also
by Dat. of person.-2. Mid. :
ἄρχομαι, f. ἄρξομαι, 1. aor.
ἠρξάμην : With Gen, of thing :
To begin as one's own especial
act or for one's self; v. 367,
D
Odys. Book I.
àptŭvéovoi(v), 3. pers. plur.
Ion. fut. ind. of apruvw.
ἀρύνω, f. ἀρτυνῶ, Ion.
åpnŭréw, 1. aor. žр1ūva, v. a.
[Epic form of ȧptúw] To pre-
pare, make ready, provide.
CC
cpx-n, ns, f. ipx-a, to
begin"] A beginning, com-
mencement:-¿§ àpxîs, (from
the beginning; i.e.) from of
old.
34
VOCABULARY.
where it is also folld. by Dat. | the cause of the distres is
expressed by the part. Méyo
of person.
άσkelés, adv. [adverbial OFTES.
ἀσκελές,
neut. acc. sing. of a-σkeλ-ns,
dried up"; fr. à, "without
force"; σkéλ-λw, "to dry up"]
("In a dried up way "; hence)
Toughly, obstinately, stub-
bornly.
ἀσχαλόωσι, Εp. for ἀσχαλ-
wai, contr. 3. pers. sing. pres.
ind. of ảo xăλáw.
ȧτáρ (Eр. avтáp), conj. But,
yet, however, nevertheless.
áσkéw -ŵ, f. ȧσкhow, p.
ήσκηκα, ἥσκησα,
ʊкηка, 1. aor. ňσkŋσα, v. a.
("To form by or with art";
ἀτασθαλία, as, f. Pre-
sumptuous sin or wickedness ;
recklessness;-at vv. 7, 34 in
plur. to denote the several
hence) Of a garment as Ob- acts of aтaolăλia of which
ject: To arrange skilfully or the persons denoted were
carefully; to sn oothe; v. 439. | guilty. A similar force at-
άoπeρxés, adv. Hastily, taches to the plural of abs-
hotly, perseveringly, unceas- tract words in general accord-
ingly.-N.B. The etymologying to their respective mean-
of this word is not a matterings.
of certainty. Probably it is to
be traced, through an obsol.
adj. ἀ-σπερχ-ής, to d, in “in.
tensive" force; σméрx-w, "to
set in rapid motion "; pass.,
(C
to be set in rapid motion, to
move hastily"; so that the
adj. would imply "moving
very hastily"; hence, "hasty,
impetuous." Homer uses the
part. σπερχόμενος, in
force of "hastily, hurriedly
(Odyssey 9, v. 101, etc.).
the
"}
ἀσπίς, ἴδος, f. 1 shield.
ἄστεα, acc. plur. of ἄστυ.
aσ-TV, EOS OUS, n. A city.
town [akin to Sans. root VAS,
"to divell "].
ảoxăλáw -ŵ, found only in
pres. tenses, v. n. To be dis-
tressed or grieved ;-at v. 301
ἀτασθαλίῃσι(ν), Ion. for
àraσlăriais, dat. plur.
ἀτασθαλία.
of
*Α-τλ-ας, αντος, m. [d, ina
"intensive ""
force; TA-ά,
"to bear"] ("Mighty Bearer”)
Atlas; one of the older
deities, who according to
mythology supported the pil-
lars of heaven; v. 52.
Ατρείδαο, Αl. for ᾿Ατρε-
ίδου, gen. of ᾿Ατρείδης.
Ατρε-ίδης(trisyll.), ίδου, m.
[Ατρεύς, 'ATрé-os, "Atre-
Ατρέος,
us"; son of Pelops ard
Hippodamia, king of Argos
and Mycenae, father of Mene-
lāus and Agamemnou] A son
of Alreus, esp. Agamemnon.
ἀτρεκ-έως, adν. [ἀτρεκ-ής,
real, true"]("After the
CC
1
VOCABULARY.
35
manner of the aтрEкns"; hence)
Really, truly.
31.
ἀτρυγέτοιο, Ion. for ἀτρυγ-
ÉTOV, masc. and fem. (v. 72)
gen. sing. of aτрÚYETOS.
rr
ȧ-трйу-εтos, εTOV, adj. [à,
“ negative”; τρυγάω, "to
gather in the harvest"]
"From which no harvest is
gathered in "; hence) Barren,
unfruitful, yielding no har-
vestan epithet of the sea.
av, adv. 1. Of place or
direction: Back, backwards.
-2. In time: Again, anew,
once more, afresh [akin to
Sans. ava,
Co away-
aúd-áw -w, f. avdhow,
1. aor. nidnoɑ, v. a. [aúd-ń,
speech" ("To utter audń";
hence) To speak to, address.
CC
5)
aúd-ń, î‹, f. The human
voice, speech ;—at V. 371
folld. by Acc. of "Respect
[akin to Sans. root VAD, to
speak"].
'
αὔλ-ειος, εία, ELOV, adj.
[avλ-n, "open court" before
a dwelling; a court-yard"]
Of, or belonging to, the court
or court-yard.
aŭpĭov, adv. On the mor-
row, to-morrow.
αὐτάρ, Ep. for ἀπάρ; see
àτáρ.
αὖτε (before a vowel αὖτ᾽),
adv.: 1. Or time: Again.-2.
In speaking, etc. In turn, in
reply.-3. Furthermore, next.
αὐτή, αὐτήν, αὐτῆς, fen.
nom., acc., and gen. sing. of
oí
autós.
I
αὐτ-ΐκα (before a soft vowel
avтík'; before an aspirated
vowel avrix'), adv. [aùt-ÓS,
self, very" ("At the self-
same, or very," time; hence)
Forthwith, immediately, at
once.
CC
avris (Ion. for avis, a
lengthened form of av) Again,
a second time.
auroîo, Ion. for auro, masc.
gen. sing. of aùrós; v. 207.
αὐτοῖσι(ν), Ion. for αὐτοῖς,
masc. dat. plur. of autós.
αὐτός, τή, τό, pron. adj. :
1. Self, very.-As Subst.: a. Of
all persons: m. aud f.: I my-
-
self, you yourself, he himself,
etc.-When apposition to a
possessive or reflexive pron.
av-λý, λñs, f. ("A court-occurs, the noun in apposition
yard"; hence, " a dwelling- is put in the Gen., and refers
place" surrounding the court- to the Gen. of the personal
yard; hence," a dwelling or pron. implied in the possessive
abode" in general; hence) A or reflexive pron.: thus as
palace, etc. [either fr. &w, v. 7, in auтŵv σOетeṛņоLV
"to blow," fr. Sans. root VA; àтασðаλíŋow, autor is in ap-
VÀ; ἀτασθαλίῃσιν, αὐτῶν iu
or akin to Sans. root VAS, position to the personal pron.
"to dwell"].
opar (gen. plur. (f), implie l
TOE TE
D 2
36
VOCABULARY.
....
•
in the possessive or reflexive
pron. σDETÉρnow; ef. v. 409,
where αὐτοῦ is in apposition to
οὗ (personal pron.), implied in
(the possessive pron.) éóv; cf.,
also, tà σ' (= σá) avrîs čpya,
v. 356.--When a verb is folld.
by a reflexive pron. in Gen.,
Dat., or Acc., the reflexive
sense becomes emphasized by
the use of the nom. aurós, etc.,
as it brings the "self" of the
Subject prominently forward:
thus at vv. 33, 34, in aùrol
Σφῇσιν ἀτασθαλίῃσιν . . . ἄλγε᾽ once.
ἔχουσιν, the nom. pron. αὐτοί,
as Subject, denotes that they
themselves (i.e. men and men
alone) are the cause of their own
sorrows, not the gods; cf. the
preceding context.-b. As sim-
ple pron. of third person: In
all genders and numbers: He,
she, it, thy, etc.-2. With the
article prefixed: The same.--
As Subst., of all genders and
numbers: The same person,
etc.; the same thing, etc.
[akin to pron. av-a, preserved
in the Zend langunge].
1. auтoû, masc. gen. sing.
of pron. αὐτός.
2. αὐτοῦ, adv. [adverbial|=
gen. neut. of aùrós, "self;
very "]("At the very " place;
hence) There, just there, ctc.
ἀφ-αιρέω -αἱρῶ, f. ἀφ-αιμήσω,
p. ἀφύρηκα, Σ. aor, ἀφ-εῖλον,
v. a. [àp' (= åñó), away,
from"; aip.éw, "to take "] 1.
**
:
Act. To take away, take
away from.-2. Mid.: ảp-
αιρέομαι -αιροῦμαι, f. ἀφ-αιρή-
σομαι, 2. aor. ἀφ-ειλόμην: With
Acc. of thing and Dat. of per-
son: To take away (for one's
self or by one's own especial
act) something from a person;
to deprive a person of some-
thing; cf. v. 9, where Tolow is
the "Dat. of disadvantage'
after apeiλero.
""
apap, adv. Straightway,
forthwith, immediately,
at
ảþeíλeto, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
ind. mid. of àpaipéw.
ἀφίκεο, Ion. for ἀφίκου, 2.
pers. sing. 2. aor. ind. of àp-
invéouai.
ȧpīкeтo, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
ind. of apivéoµai.
ἀφ-ικνέομαι -ικνούμαι, f
ap-lgouai, p. àp-îyμai, 2. aor.
ἀφ-ικόμην, v. wid. [ἀφ (=
άró) denoting "completeness";
invéoμaι, "to come"] 1. To
arrive.-2. In Homer, folld. by
Acc. of person reached: To
reach, come up to; v. 332.
ἀφν-ειός, ειόν (also in Hesiod
with a fem. -eiń), adj. [ăqv-os
ἄφενος, "wealth, abund-
ance"] ("Pertaining to tør-
os "; hence) 1. Of persons: a.
Rich, wealthy.-b. With Gen.
of thing: Rich, or auealthy,
in ; v. 165, where xpugoło
is not the Gen. of thing com-
pared, but Gen. of that wherein
VOCABULARY.
37
F
}} <!-
wealth consisted.-2. Of a 1. Act.: a. To throw, cast,
house, etc. Abounding in etc.-b. Of sleep as Object:
|
wealth or goods; rich, To shed, let fall ;-at v. 36-1
wealthy. J Cup.: ἀφιει· ἐπὶ (βλεφάροισι) βάλε is sail
ÓTEрos, v. 165; (Sup. : à¢re-by some to be an instance of
ότᾶτος ; and irreg. àpre- thesis; but for this there is
έστατος).
no necessity: ἐπιβάλλω, low.
Axatoí, ar, m. plur. (" The ever, is inserted in Vocabulary.
Achæans"; the inhabitantsc. To put, or place, in the
of Achain, a district of S. W. mind, etc.; v. 201.-2. Mid.:
Thessaly; hence, in Homer) Báλλopal, f. Baλoîμai, 2. aor.
βάλλομαι, βαλοῦμαι,
The Greeks generally.
¿Băλóµny, (“To throw one's
ǎx-oμai (and ȧk-ax-iloμai), seif, or for one's self"; hence)
ἄχ-ομαι
ῃ. ἀκάχημαι, 2. μων. σκαλίμην, Montally: Το cast in one's
v. pass. [ăx-os, "pain, ache, miud, resolve,
miud, resolve, determine ;
distress of mind] To beat v. 234 some editions
pained, or distressed, in mind; give Báλorto; others have
to be vexed or grieved.
ἐβύλοντο, as in the present
text; see Boúλoµar [ukin to
Sans. root GAL,
"to fall";
hence, literally, in causal force,
"to cause to fall "].
ἐβάλοντο;
m.
(૬
ǎų, adv. Back, back again. |
ἄωτος, ου,
ǎwтos, ov, 111. and awтov,
ov, n. ("The best, or choicest,
part of a thing; hence, in
Homer) Folld. by Gen. oiós,
gen. of ois, "a sheep," and
in reference to its fleece:
The finest wool; v. 443.
|
βασιλευέμεν, Ion. for βασιλ-
ever, inf. pres. of Bãoiλeuw.
βασιλεύω.
βασιλεύς, έως, w. A king,
prince, chief.
>>
βαίνω, f. βήσομαι, p. βέ-
βηκα, pluperf. ἐβεβήκειν, 2. aor.
ěßŋv, v. n.: 1. a. To walk or
step.- b. With Inf.: To set
out to do, etc. :-B tuev, set
out to go, v. 441.-2. To go,
go away, depart [akin to Sans.
root GAM, “to go"].
Báλe, Ep. for ĕßăλe, 3. pers.
βάλε, ἔβαλε,
sing. 2. aor. ind. of ßáλλw;
v. 364.
Balλw, f. Băλŵ, p. Bé-
Bλŋkа, 2. aor. čßăλov, v. a.:
|
βασιλ-εύω, f. βασιλεύσω,
1. aor. ἐβασίλευσα, V.
[βασιλ-εύς, “a king”] 1.
Alone: To be a king; to rule,
to reign;-at v. 392 Baoiλ-
βασιλο
evéμer is a substantival luf.
forming the Subject of čotí
to be supplied; and as a sub-
stantival Inf. is regarded as a
neut. noun, the complement
of the clause (kakór) is in the
neut gender.-2. With Gen. :
To be king of or over; to
rule, or reign, over.
11.
38
VOCABULARY.
Bǎoiλña, Băoines, Ion.
βασιλῆα,
acc. sing. and nom. plur. of
βασιλεύς.
Băσiλños,
of βασιλεύς.
Ion. gen. sing.
βεβήκει, Ion. for ἐβεβήκει.
3. pers. sing. pluperf. ind of
βαίνω.
βίη, ης, f. [Ion. for βία] 1.
Strength, force, bodily might.
-2. a. Force, violence, etc.
b. Bíŋ-div, dat. case of Bin, with
old dat. case ending p or piv:
By force or violence; v. 403.
Bi-OTOS, Óтov, m. [Bi-lw,
"to live"] 1. Life; v. 287.-
2. Means of life, i. e
stance, property; vv. 160, 377,
etc.
βένθος, εος ous, n. The βούλευε, Ep. for ἐβούλευε,
depth of the sea;-at v. 53 3. pers. sing. imperf. ind. of
the final vowel of βένθεα | βουλεύω.
(acc. plur.) is not elided before βουλ-εύω, f. βουλεύσω, p.
οἶδεν, as that word takes the | βεβούλευκα, 1. aor. ἐβούλευσα,
digamma [akin to Sans. root v. n. [Bouλ-ń, "counsel"]
GAH, "to dive into "].
("To take counsel"; hence)
With (dat.) opeoir: To pon-
der, revolve, debate, in the
mind.
[βουλ-ή,
B₁, Ion. and Ep. for B,
3. pers. sing. 2. aor. ind. of
βαίνω.
("The seeing thing"; hence,
Plur., "the eyes "; hence)
The eyelids; always in this
meaning in Homer.
βλάπτω, f. βλάψω, p. βέ-
Bλăpa, v. a. 1. To hinder,
stop.-2. With Acc. of person
and Gen. of thing (as se-
parative Gen.): To hinder a
person from a thing; to stop,
or arrest, a person in some-
thing; v. 195.
Bo-nτús, vos, f. [Ion. for
βόλησις, fr. βυ-άω,
"to cry
out"] Clamour,
outery,
shouting.
βλέφ-αρον, ἄρου (mostly
plur.), n. [for Вλéπ-ăрov; fr.
βλέπω, "to see, have sight"]
βούλομαι, f. βουλήσομαι,
p. Beßoúλnual, v. mid. ("To
wish "; hence) Of the gods:
To will; v. 23ł; see Báλλ@,
sub-no. 2 [root Bouλ (= Boλ),
βουλ βολ),
akin to Sans. root VI, "to
choose"].
βουλ-ή, ἧς, f. [βούλομαι,
"to will" 1. Will, purpose.
2. Plan, counsel.-3. Ad-
vice, counsel.
|
1. βοῦς, βούς, comm. gen.
A cow, ox;-Plur.: Cattle in
collective force [acc. to some
from the natural sound Bo,
and so the lowing or bellow-
ing one"; acc. to others, akin
to Sanscrit go, "a bull, a
cow"; and in plur. "cattle "].
2. Boûs, contr. fr. Bóas, acc.
plur. of 1. Bous; v. 8.
Bowv, gen. plur. of 1. Boûs.
VOCABULARY.
39
ponderous.
βρῖθύς, εῖα, ύ, adj. Heavy, ἐγημᾶμην: Of a woman as Sub-
ject: To give herself in mar-
mortal¦riage, to get married; to wed
[akin to Sans. root JAM, an
old form of yam, to tame ";
and, in some combinations,
"to marry"].
ẞporós, où, m. A
man as opposed to the gods;
a mortal [akin to Sans. marta
(fr. MRI," to die "), "a mort-
al man "].
βρῶ-σις,
(
σκω,
σεως, f. [βι-βρώ-
to eat," through root
Bpw] ("An eating "; hence)
Food, meat.
γάμ-ος, ου, m. [γαμ-έω, “ to
marry "] 1. A marriage, a
wedding. — 2. A wedding-
feast.
yăμéeσlaɩ, uncontr. pres.
inf. mid. of yăuéw.
γάμ-έω -ώ, f. γαμήσω, p.
yeyάuŋka, 1. aor. ¿yάunoa and
ěynua, v. a.: 1. Of a man as
Subject: To marry a woman;
v. 36-2 Mid.: γαμ-έομαι
-οῦμαι, f. γαμοῦμαι, Ep. γαμ·
έσσομαι, litte γαμήσαμαι, l. aor.
yáp, conj. For :-usually
the second word in the clause
or sentence.
y'; see yé.
yaîa, as, Ep. ns (Poet. for
yn), f. 1. The earth.-2. The
ground, soil.-3. A land,
country.
yain-ox-os, ov, adj. [for
γαιή-οχ-ος, ον,
yain-ex-os; fr. yaîa, (Ep.
γαιή-εχ-ος;
gen. and uncontr.) yain os,
yé (1 efore a vowel y'), en-
clitic particle, throwing its
force on the word which it
immediately follows: At least,
indeed, at any rate; cf. v. 229
[prob. akin to Sans. gha or
"earth"; xw, "to hold"]ghâ, an old pronominal base j.
(Earth-holding "; i. e.) 1.
Earth-upholding, earth-sup-
porting.-2. Earth-surround-
ing, earth - encompassing.
This word, in whichever of the
two above-given meanings it is
taken, is always an epithet
of the sea-god Poseidāōu or
Poseidon, the Roman "Nept-
une."
γείν-ομαι, 1. aor. mid.
eyeш-aμny, v. pass. aud mid.
[akin to yiyvopai; see yíyr-
ouaι] 1. Pass.: In pres. To
be born.—2. Mid. : In 1. aor. :
Of a mother: To bear, bring
forth; v. 223.
|
yev-eń, ens, f. [Ion. for yev-
ed; through yev, root of ylyv-
ομαι, "to be born"] ("A
being born, birth"; hence)
1. a. Family, race. - b. Aả-
verbial
dat. : γενεῇ, By.
family, i.e. by family-rights,
by birth-right; v. 387.-2. Á
birth place.
yevéoðaɩ, 2. aor. inf. of
γίγνομαι.
γένετο (before a vowel γέν·
4.0
VOCABULARY.
ET'), Ion. for éyéveтo, 3. pers.
sing. 2. aor. ind. of yíyroµaı.
YevоíǎTO, Ion. and Poet. for
YÉVOITO, 3. pers. plur. 2. aor.
γένοιντο,
opt. of γίγνομαι.
Yép-wv, OVTOS, adj. Old,
γέρων, οντος,
aged. As Subst.: yépwv,
OVTOS, M. An old, or aged,
man [akin to Sans. root JRI,
“to grow old"].
;
"know"].
γλαυκ-ώπις, ῖδος, adj.
[Hr herto usually referred to
an
yλаûк-os,
γλαύκ-ος, (of the eres)
glaming”; ὤψ, ὠπός, “a:
eye"] 1. With gleaming eyes.
2. But since numerous
idols representing Athënë or
Minerva (the patron deity of
Troy) with an owl-face bave
recently been dug up on the
site of Troy, the etymology of
the word must rather be
CC
γῆμ' (by elision for γῆμε),
Iou. for ynue, 3. pers. sing.
1. aor. ind. of yǎuéw.
γῆρας, ἄος ως, 11. Old
age [akin to Sins. root JRI,
"to grow old"].
γίγνομαι, f. γενήσομαι, p.
γέγονα, Ξ. aor. ἐγενόμην, v.
inid. 1. a. To come into
being, to be born.-b. With
:
γνώμεναι, Ep. for γνῶναι,
2. aor. inf. of yiyvŵσкw;-at
v. 411 the Inf. denotes a pur-
K and Gen. denoting the pose or intention for the
father: To be born, or sprung, purpose of knowing him, i. e.
from; v. 220.-2. Of things:"so that we may know and
To be produced. 3. To be, become acquainted with him";
become, be made [akin to Sans.-supply aùtóv (= şeîvov) as
αὐτόν
root JAN, "to become "J. the Ojbect of γνώμεναι.
γι-γνώ-σκω (γινώ-σκω), yóv-os, ou, m. [for yév-os;
f. yvwow, yvwooμaι, p. ě-through yev, root both of yev-
γνώσομαι,
γνωκα, 2
aor. ěyvwv (im- váw, "to beget"; and yíyr-
ἔγνων
perat. yvw0, subj. yvŵ, ŵs, ŵ, ouaι, "to be born"] 1. (" A
opt. yvoíny, inf. yv@rai, part. begetting"; hence, concrete)
yvoús), v. a.: 1. To perceive, A father.-In like manner at
consider, etc.-In past tenses, Iliad 14, 201 Oceanus is termed
to know.-2. To recognize, by Homer yéveris deŵv, i. e.
discern, etc. [root yvw, akin "the origin, source, producing
to Saus. root JNA, "to know "; cause of the gods"; (concrete)
cf. Lat. <<
nosco," Eng. "the father of the gods."-3.
("That which is born"; hence)
Race, stock, descent.—N.B.
Each of the foregoing mean-
|
|
tr
assigned to γλαύξ, γλαυκ-ός,
"an owl"; &, wr-ós, "a face,"
and so, Owl-faced.
γλαφ-ῦρός, ἅμά, Πρόν, adj.
[yλáp-w, "to hew, carve, dig"]
("Hewn, carved, dug"; hence)
Iulion.
VOCABULARY.
4.I
ings is variously assigned to v. 362 [akin to Sans, root JAN,
γόνον at v. 216. The Schol-in transitive force, "to bring
iast on Homer explains the forth "].
word as yourτopa (acc.), that
is, "father."
S'; see dé.
γόνυ, γόνατος (Ep. Gen. δαιδάλ-εος, έα, εον, adj. [δαι-
γαυνός, Dat. γουνί ; Pl. γοῦνα, δάλ-λω, “to work cunningly
γούνων, γούεσσι), n. A knee: or skilfully"] Curiously,
—TaÛTA DEŵv ev yoúrãoi keîtai, | skilfully, or cunningly work-
these things lie on the knees of ed or wrought;-at v. 130
the gods, where the English δαιδάλεον belongs to θρόνον.
idiom would rather say, "rest SatSas, acc. plur. of dats.
in the bosom of the gods" [akin δαίνυμι, f. δαίσω, 1. aor.
to Sans. júnu, “a knee "]. ědaioa, v. a.: 1. Act.: To gire
a banquet or feast to; to feast,
entertain.-2. Mid. : Saívõµaι,
|
yoos, ou, in. Weeping, wail-
ing, lamentation, mourning;
-at v. 242 in plur.; see
ἀτασθαλία at end.
δαίσομαι, 1. aor. ἐδαισᾶμην,
To feast one's self, banquet
[akin to Sans. root DÂ, "to
divide"; and so, literally, "to
divide, or apportion," food
to a person].
Saívvolai, pres. inf. mid.
of δαίνυμι.
|
found
(δαίομαι), v. pass.:
only in 3. pers. sing. pres.,
dalera (cf. v. 48), and in
3. pers. plur. perf.. dedalarai,
Ion. for dédaiтai (cf. v. 23):
To be divided [akin to Sans.
root DA, "to divide"].
".
1. Să-ts, idos, f. [da-lw
(dissyll.),
to kindle"; pass.,
"to burn, blaze "]("The
burning, or blazing, thing
hence) A torch;-at v. 428
in plur.
2. Sa-ís, Iтós, f. A feast,
banquet [fr. same root
dalvūμ, and so, literally, "a
as
yoúvăσɩ, Ion. for yóvŭσı,
dat. plur. of yóvu.
youvós,oû,m. Fruitful land.
ypain, ns, f. Ep. for ypaûs;
γραίη, ης,
see ypaûs.
γραῦς, γραός (Ep. γρης,
yonós), f. An old woman [like
yépwr, akin to Sans. root JRI,
"to grow old"].
Ypηť. dat. sing. of ypnûs;
see ypaûs.
yuîov, ou, n. A limb :—in
Homer always in plur.
γυναικός, γυναιξί(ν), gen.
sing and dat. plur. of yuvn
|
yŭv-ý, aikús, f. ("She who
brings forth "; hence) 1. 4
woman, whether married or
single, and without regard to
age or station; v. 332.—2. A
wife; vv. 13, 433.-3. Plur.:
Maids, female attendants;
25
42
VOCABULARY.
portion" of food divided out,
or apportioned, to one; ste | δάμνημι.
daiviu at end].
δαῖτας, δαιτί, δαιτός, acc.
plur., and dat. and gen. sing.
of 2. δαίς.
δαι-τρός, τροῦ, m. [δαί-ω,
"to divide"]("A divider";
hence) A carver of meat;
v 141.
•
δατέομαι -τοῦμαι, f. δατή.
σoμal, p
δέδασμαι, 1. aor.
éduσăun", v. mid. To divide
or portion out; to distribute,
share, etc. [akin to Sans. root
Opovos, adj.
δα-ΐ-φρων,
[for dă i-øpev; fr. an old root | DA, "to divide”].
Sa, whence a perf. de-dά-nica, SǎTEûvто, Ep. and Ion. for
"to know"; (1) connecting edaтoûтo, contr. fr. ¿daT-
vowel; opηv, Opev-ós, “mind"]éovто, 3. pers. plur. imperf.
("Having a knowing mind "; ind. of daréoμal.
δατέομαι.
hence) Wise of mind, prudent,
wise.
P.
1. Sé (efore a vowel 8'),
conj.: 1. And, also, further,
too.—2. But; see μέν.-3.
To introduce the final clause:
Then in that case; yet.
δακρῦσας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1.
ao οἱ δακρύω.
δακρ-ύω, δακμήσω,
Sakр-uw, f. dakpйow, p.
δεδάκρυκα, 1. aor. ἐδάκρυσα,
v. n [dá×р-v, "a tear"] To
[δάκρυ,
shed tears, to weep.
2. Sé, enclitic accusatival
suffix (= πpós), denoting “mo-
tion towards": To, towards:
-when a possessive pron. is
joined to aù acc. to which dé
is attached, dé is sometimes
repeated with it; e g. övde
dóµovde, v. 83.
δάμ-άζω, f. διμάσω, p.
δεδάμακα, 1. nor. ¿dáuăσa,
v.a.: 1. To subdue, conquer.
-2. To strike dead, kill,
slay, esp. in fight. Pass. :
δἅμ-άζομαι, p. δέδμημαι, late
δεδάμασμαι, 1. aor. ἐδαμάσθην
and ἐδμήθην, fut. δεδμήσομαι,
2. aor. édăµny [akin to Sans.
root DAM, "to tame"; cf.
Lat. "dom-o"; Eng. "tame"].
3.
δεδαίαται ; εee δαίομαι.
Sédµηтo, Ion. and Ep. for
ἐδέδμητο,
pers. sing.
pluperf. ind. pass. of déµw.
δεῖπνον, ου, n. A meal,
whether dinner or supper.
δάμη, Ep. for ἐδάμη, 3.
pers. sing. 2. aor. pass. of
δημάζω.
δέμω, 1. aor. ἔδειμα, v. a.
To build.-Pass.: perf. dédun-
μαι, plup. ἐδεδμήμην (found
perhaps only in 3. pers. sing.
and plur.).
Apr
Sáμvηot, 3. pers. sing. of
Sáμvnui, Poet. for Săuásw;
see δαμάζω.
Aăvăoí, âv, m. plur. ("The
Danai"; . e. the people of
Danãos, king of Argos; hence)
The Greeks in general.
VOCABULARY.
43
: δενδρήεις, ήεσσα, ηεν, adj. |vergy time that. — 3. With
[dévdp-ov, “a
"a tree"] Abound- verbs: Terily, truly, cer-
ing in trees, well-wooded, tainly.
woody.
Sŋbá, adv. For a long time,
| long.
δεξ-ϊτερός, ἵτερά, ἵτερόν, adj.
[poet. form of de-iós, "right,"
as opposed to "left"] Right,
as opp. to "left" [akin to
Sans. daksh-á, "right"].
δῆ-μος, μου, n. [prob. fr.
dé-w, "to bind " ("That
which is bound" together;
hence) A tract of enclosed
land; a district; "land, terr-
itory, country, as opp. to πóxis,
"a city"; vv. 103, 237.
δήν, adv. For a long
while, long.
δέ-σμα, σμᾶτος, [δέω,
dé-oµа, oμătos, n. [dé-w,
"to bind " ("That which
binds "; hence) A bond, chain.
Seún. 2 pers. sing. pres.
ind. of devopai.
δεύομαι, f. δεύσομαι, v. mid.
With Gen. ("To feel the
want, or loss, of "; hence) To
stand in need of.
δεύτατος, η, ον, sup. adj.
Last, latest ;-at v. 286 folld.
by Gen. of thing distribu ted
Coup.: δεύτερος, sec-
66
ond."
δέχ-ομαι, f. δέξομαι, p.
δέδεγμαι, ἐδεξάμην,
dédeyμai, 1. aor. éde§ăµny, v.
mid. To receive, take [akin
to Sans. root DAGH, to
attain "].
66
Séw, f. snow, p. dédeкa and
δήσω, δέδεκα
δέδηκα, 1. aor. ἔδησα, r. . :
1. To bind, tie, tie on.-2.
Mid. Séoμa, f. doua,
: δέομαι, δήσωμαι, |
1. aor. ¿dýoăµŋv, To bind,
tie, tie or put on, by one's
own act [prob. akin to Sans.
root DÂ, “to bind "].
δή, adv.: 1. Now, just,
indeed.-2. With pronouns
"to mark strongly" a person
or thing :—¿§ où dn, from the
23
Snpóv, adv. [adverbial neut.
acc. sing. of dnpós, "long" in
time] Long, for a long time.
1. Siă, fem. nom. sing. of
| 2. δῖος.
1.
2. Sĩá, prep. gov. (gen.
and) acc.: In this book only
with acc. :
Locally:
Through, throughout. 2.
Through, by means of, etc.
[akin to Saus. dva, "two"].
"to
διάκ-τορος, τόρου, m. [for
diúy Topos; fr. diay-w',
carry, 01 convey, over"]
("He who carries, or conveys,
over "; hence) 1. A conductor,
guide.-2. As if conveying
messages: A messenger.-N.B.
The word is an epithet of
Hermès or Mercury, and its
meaning is much disputed.
δια-πέτομαι, f. δια-πτήσο·
paι (and dia-Teтnσoµαι, not
in Homer), 2. aor, di-entăµnv
and di-ETT buny, v. mid. [dìá,.
di-ent
through”; πέτομαι, "to
*C
44
VOCABULARY.
fly"]("To fly through" the
air; hence) To fly away as
a bird does; v. 320.
1.
and also of the verb to be
supplied, is the person ad-
dressed, and so, if expressed,
would be in the nominative.
Hence if an adj. or part. be
employed respecting it, such
adj. or part. is put in the nom.
This explains the employment
of eλúr (uom.) at v. 318; -cf.,
also, the foregoing mode of
construction at vv. 290–292
[lengthened and strengthened
from root So, akin to Saus.
root DA, "to give "].
Stéπrăто. 3. pers. sing. 2.
διέπτατο,
aor. ind. of diăréтouai.
δίζημαι, 1. aor. ἐδίζησάμην,
Ion. and Ep. v. mid. With
Acc. of thing: To seek, look
for with a view of obtaining.
1. Διός, gen. sing. of Ζεύς.
2. Sîos, a. ov, adj.: 1. Div-
aine.-2. Of illustrious persons:
Noble, godlike.-N.B. At vv.
14, 332 this adj. is used in
reference to Calypso and Pěně-
lopë respectively; and in each
instance is folld. by a partitive
Gen. (δία θεάων, δῖα γυναικῶν)
as partaking of the nature of
a superl. [akin to Sans. divya,
"celestial"].
dia-p-paíw, t. dia-p palow,
v. a. [diά, "asunder "; paíw,
[διά,
"to break, shatter"; with
reduplication of $] (“To break
asander, to shatter to pieces";
hence) To destroy utterly.
Sĭ-dá-σкw, f. didacw, p.
δί-δά-σκω,
Sedijăxa, 1. uor. ¿didaţa, v. a
and n.:
With personal
Object: To teach, instruct.
2. With Acc. of person and
Inf: To teach a person to do,
etc.; v. 381 [akin to lost Saus.
rot Daç].
Sĭdóvros, masc. gen. sing.
of διδούς, P. prus. of δίδωμι ;
at v. 390 Aids didóvTos is the
Gen. Abs.
―
Sidoûσi(v), 3. pers. plur.
pres. ind. of didwui, as if fr.
form didów.
|
Sí-Sw-μi, f. dúow, p.) dé-
δί-δω-μι, δώσω,
Swxα, 1. aor. (only in indic.)
ědwka, 2. aor. ědwv, v. a. To
give;
;—at v. 317 dóµevai (Ep.
for δοῦναι, inf. 2. aor.) is an
Imperatival Iuf. Such an
inf. is used in the place of an
imperat. to express a com-
mand, or wish, that the person
addressed would himself do
something. It depends on a
verb of wishing, or desiring,
in the speaker's mind, and can
staud only for the second |
person sing. or plur. Further,
the Subject of the Inf. itself,
|
διχθά, adv. [Pout. for δίχα,
fr. 8is, "twice"] Into, or in,
two parts; in twain.
Suwάwv, Eolic for duwwv,
δμωάων,
gen plur. of duwń.
Sp-w, is, f.--in Homer only
in plur. [for daμ-wn; fr. dăμ-
dw, "to conquer"] (“A con-
VOCABULARY.
45
i. e.
quered woman,'
female captured in war
hence) A female slave in
general; a female attendant,
etc.
"
>>
CC a δόρυ, δόρατος (Ep. δουμές),
n. A spear [akin to Sans.
daru, "wood "].
Δουλίχ-ϊον, ἴου, n. [δουλῖχ-
ós, Ion. for doλix-ós, "long"]
Suús, wús, m. [for deriva- Dulichium; one of the Echin
tion see duwn] ("A slave ades (i. e.
δμωή]
"Sea-urchin is-
taken in war"; hence) Alands "), a group of islands in
slave, servant in general; the Ionian Sea, off the coast
v. 398.
of Acarnania. It derived its
name from its long form, and
bears at the present day the
synonymous appellation of
Makri (from old Gr. μakpús,
"long").
Suwwv, gen. plur. of duús;
v 398.
Sokéel, Sokéovσl, uncontr.
3. pers. sing. and plur. pres.
of δοκέω.
δοκέω -ω, f. δόξω and δοκ-
ήσω, p. δεδόκηκα, 1. aor. ἔδοξα,
v. a. and n.: 1. Act.: To
think, suppose, imagine.-2.
Nent. To seem, appear.
Soλó-μnt-is, i, adj. [86λ-
δολό-μητ-ις, ι, [δόλ-
os, (uncontr. gen.) dóλo-os,
δόλους,
"craft"; μnt-louai, "to de-
μητ-ίομαι,
vise "]("Devising craft";
hence) Crafty of counsel, wily.
Sóλos, ov, m. ("A bait" for
fish; hence) Craft, deceit,
guile.
2
of
Sóμevaι, Fp. for doûva, inf.
δόμεναι,
nor. oι δίδωμι; see δίδωμι
for explanation of this inf. at
v. 317.
|
|
δόμος, ου, m. [for δέμ-ος;
fr. deu-w, "to build "] ("That
which is built"; hence) 1. 4
house, dwelling-nt v. 380
in plur. :—övde dóuorde, to his
house or dwelling, v. 83; see
2. dé.—2. A house; i.e. house-
hold, family.
Soûval, 2. aor. inf. of didwui.
Soûpe, Ep. for dópăte, acc.
dual of dópu.
CC
δουρ-ο-δόκ-η, ης, f. [for
fr. δόρυ,
dop-o-déx-n;
spear"; (o) connecting vowel;
déx-ouai, "to receive"]("That
which receives spears; spear-
receiver "; hence) A stand for
spears, a spear-stand.
δύο, by elision for δύο;
v. 331.
રી
δυναμαι, f. δυνήσομαι, p.
dedurnuai, v. mid.: 1. With
δεδύνημαι,
Inf.: Το be able, have the
power, to do, etc.-2. Alone:
To he powerful or mighty.
δυναμένοιο, Ion. for δυνα-
μévov, masc. gen. sing. of
durάueros, P. pres. of durăµai:
—uéya dīvaµéroto, very power-
δυναμένοιο,
ful or mighty; v. 276, where v
is lengthened by poetic licence.
Súo or Súw (Gen. and Dat.
dvoîv), dual numeral, adj. Two;
46
VOCABULARY.
—at v. 331 in attribution to
a plural word, àµpínoλo [akin
to Sans. dvi, "two"].
δυόμαι, f. δύσομαι, 1. aor.
édvoăµŋv, v. mid. ("To go into
ἐδυσάμην,
or under; to enter "; hence)
Of the heavenly bodies: To
set.
δύσ-μορ-ος, ον, adj. [δυς ' οὗ ; see v. 321.
(inseparable particle), "hard,
evil, ill," etc.; μóp-os,
"fate "]("Of hard or evil
fate ";
hence) Ill-starred,
unlucky, ill-fated.
Suσóμevos, n, ov, P. fut.
mid. of dów, used in a present
force.
——
house, dwelling, whether of
gods or men.
δῶ-ρον, ρου, 11. [δω, a' root
of δί-δω-μι, “to give’] (“Tht
which is given "; hence) A
gift, present.
Sŵke (v), Ion. and Ep. for
Sw×е(v), 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
ind. of didwul.
น
, acc. sing. of reflexive pron.
δῶ-μα, μᾶτος, n. [for δέκα
pa; tr. Séμ-w, "to build "]
δέμω,
("That which is built; a
building"; hence) An abode,
ἔβαν, Dor. for ἔβησαν, 3.
pers. plur. 2. aor. ind. of
δύ-στη-νος, νον, adj. [for|βαίνω;—at v. 424 αὐτοί, the
dúo-σtηė-vus; fr. dus (insepar-nom. implying the whole Sub-
able particle),
particle), "unlucky";ject of Bar, is not expressed,
στĥ0-0s, "breast"] ("Having, but only implied in the plural
or with, an unhappy breast or verb; ekαOTOs, which denotes
heart ; hence) Unhappy, the several parts of the whole,
unfortunate, wretched. As is in apposition to the implied
Subst. : δύστηνος, ου, m. An αὐτοί.
unhappy, or unfortunate,
wretch; a wretched man;
-at V. 55 by dúσTηrov,
Odusseus is intended.
""
δῶ, Ep. for δῶμα ; see δῶμα;
-at v. 176 S is the Acc.
denoting "motion to a place
after ἵπαν.
>>
káv (Ion. ñv), conj. [contr.
fr. ei-áv; fr. ei, "if"; con-
ditional particle av] 1. With
Subj.: If haply, if so be that.
2. In indirect questious:
If, whether.
1
ἔβην, 2. aor. ind. of βαίνω.
ἐβόλοντο, Ep. for ἐβούλοντο,
3. pers. plur. imperf. ind. of
Bouλouai;-at v. 234 the read-
|ing of some editions is ἐβάλ.
ovro; see Báλλw.
οντο βάλλω.
"the
ἐγγύ-θι, adv. [for ἐγγύς-
01; fr. évús, “near"; insepar-
able suffix 0, denoting
place at which"] Near, nigh,
at hand, hard by, close.
ἐγείνατο,
eyeívăтo, 3. pers. sing.
1. aor. ind. of yeívoμai.
čyvw, 3. pers. sing. 2. acr.
ind. of yiyvokw.
VOCABULARY.
47
eyxe, by elision for yxea,
nom. plur, of ěyxos; v. 129.
ěyxos, eos ous, n. A spear,
lance.
¿yú (Ep. ¿yŵv hefore vowels),
Gen. quod, enclitic μov, pers.
pron. I;-at v. 37 the nom.
plur. ues with a plur. verb
is used for èy and a verb in
sing. The speaker is Zeus
[akin to Sans. aham, "I"].
eywyɛ (before a vowel ěywy')
ἐγώ and enclitic γέ: I at
least or for my part; I in-
deed.
édéţăтo, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
ind. of' δέχομαι.
édýσăto, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
mid. of déco.
ἐδ-ητύς, ητύος, f. [ἔδω,
"to eat"]("An eating";
hence) Food, meat, as that
which is eaten.
S-w (old Ep. pres., for
which in Attic èool is used),
f. ἔδομαι, p. part. ἐδηδώς, v. a.
("To eat "; hence) To eat up,
devour, a person's property,
etc. [akin to Saus. root AD,
"to cat”; cf. Lat. ed-o; Eng.
"cat"].
ἔδωκείν). 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
ind. of didwut.
:
čεSva (Ep. for ědva), ar, n.
ἔεδνα
plur. (very rare in sing.):
1. Generally Wedding-gifts
presented by a suitor to a
bride or her parents;-the
bride's "portion or dowry
was termed peprn, as that
which she brought to her hus-
band. But-2. At v. 276, Wed-
ding-gifts made to a bride by
her parents and friends; cf.
the immediate context.
25
ἐεικοσ-ά-βο-ιος (six
(six syl-
lables), tov, adj. [éeíkoσ-1 (Peet.
for loσ-), "twenty"; (a)
connecting vowel; Boûs, Bo-ós,
"a head of cattle; an ox"]
("Pertaining to twenty oxen";
hence) Worth twenty oxen;
rr
at v. 430 supply κтéανα.
ἐείκοσι (Poet. for εἴκοσι),
num. adj. indecl. Twenty [akin
to Sans. vimçati (contr. fr. dvi,
"two"; daçant (original form
of daçan), “ten"; (1) suffix);
whence also Lat. viginti).
ἐέλδομαι and ἔλδομαι,
v. mid. found only in pres.,
imperf., and pres. part., and
in Epic poetry: With Acc. :
To desire.-N. B. Verbs de-
noting "to desire or long
for" a thing commonly take
a Gen. of that whence the
desire arises. Sometimes they
take an equivalent Acc. of
that wherewith the desire is
connected; as at v. 409, xpeîos
ἐελδόμενος. The difference
between the two cases is this:
—the Object in the Acc. is re-
presented as dwelt upon by the
feeling; in the Gen. as awaken-
ing the feeling.
Loua, imperf. and 2. aor.
égóµne, v. mid. To seat one's
self, sit, sit down [for Ed-
48
VOCABULARY.
coμal; fr. root 8, akin to
Sans. root SAD, "to sit"?,
¿ðéλyoɩ(v), Poet. for 20éλ-
ῃτι. ἐθέλῃ,
Ti. old form of 0éλn, 3. pers.
sing. pres. subj. of ¿ðéλw.
A
To
|
ἐθέλω, f. ἐθελήσω, p. ἠθέλ-
nua, 1. aor. ǹléŋoa, v. n. [an-
other form of θέλω] 1. Το
will, be willing.-2. To wish,
desire, etc.-N.B. The form
éλw does not occur in Homer.
ei, conj. : 1. If.-2. In com-
bination with d to express a
supposition which cannot be
contradicted: If now as is the
case; seeing that.-3. In com-
bination with μèv dn at the
beginning of a sentence: If,
or since, then indeed, emphasis
being laid on ei; v. 82.-4.
Elliptical expression: ei d' aye
vûy for el dè Boúλei, ¿ye vûv,
(but, if you are willing, come
on now; but commonly render-
cd) but come on now, v. 271.
omens. 3. The 2. aor.
applies to the sight: (I) saw,
beheld, etc.-4. Mid. : eïdopaι,
1. aor. eirăuny, Ep. deiàµn”,
("To appear or seem "; hence)
With Dat. of person: To make
one's self, etc., like; to assume
the form of; v. 105 [akin to
Sans. root VID, "to perceive,
to know "].
|
eïăтo, Ep. for hvтo, 3. pers.
plur. imperf. ind. of huai.
8
eid-ap, ăтos, n. [ěd-w, "to
ent"; with the root
lengthened to ei8] (That
which is eaten "; hence) Food,
meat, victuals ;-at v. 140 in
plur.
I
1. eïdw, obsol. in pres., f.
εἰδήσω aud εἴσωμαι, ν. οἶδα,
subj. ew, part. perf. eidós,
pluperf. ᾔδειν, 2. aor. εἶδον,
(imperat. de, subj. tw, opt.
ἴδοιμι, inf. ἰδεῖν, p. ἰδών) 2.
aor. mid. eidóµn", v. a. : 1. To
know, to perceive mentally.-
2. Perf. and pluperf. are used
as a pres. and imperf. : (I
know, (I) knew ;—at v. 202
folld. by Gen.: οἰωνῶν σάφα
eidés, clearly knowing-i. e.
having a clear knowledge of
―
of
olsa,
2. eïdw, subj.
εἴδω,
v. 174; see 1. eïdw.
eiôús, vìa, ós, P. perf. of
eĭdw; see 1. eldw.
eidămĭvn, ns, f. A feast, or
banquet, given at a sacrifice
or on some great occasion, and
prepared in a lavish manner
at great cost;-at v. 226 the
final vowel of eìxănĭvn is elided
before the following vowel.
CC
εἰλ-ΐ-πους, πουν, gen. ποδος,
adj. [elλ-w, “to roll"; (4)
eidăra, acc. plur. of eîdap.connecting vowel; woús,
εἴδατα,
eldvia, fem. of eidus; see
εἰδώς.
a
foot"] ("Having, or with, a
rolling foot"; hence) Of cat-
tle: Rolling in their gait.
1. εἶμι, imperf. ᾔειν, Ion.
hia, imperat. 101, subj. Ye, opit.
ἴοιμι, fuf. ἰέναι, part. iών, v. 1.
1
VOCABULARY.
49
|
¦
To go or come :-in pres.
mostly in force of a future
[akin to Sans. root I, "to go"].
2. eiμí, f. tooμai, Ep. ooo-
ἔσομαι,
μai, v. n.: 1. As Copula: a.
To be;-at v. 225 éσrí has
for its Subject a neut. nom.
plur., viz. Táde.-b. With
Gen.: To belong to, to be the
property of; v. 215.-c. With
Dat. of person: ("To be to a
person": i. e. of the person as εἴπομεν ; see προεῖπον.
Subject) To have.-d. Impers.: Elπov, 2. aor. without pres.,
εἶπον,
ein, With Dat. of person: It 1. elπa, v. a. : 1. To say, speak.
|
might be possible for -õppa-2. To tell, relate, mention,
oi et̃n lovs xpieσdai xaλkýрeas, etc.-3. a. With Acc. of person
that it might be possible for and Acc. of thing: To speak,
him-i. e. that he might have tell, or proclaim something
the power or be able-to smear of a person.-To this construc-
the bronze-tipped arrows, tion belongs, b. eu eineîv and
v. 261, where the clause loùs Acc. of person, eu being at
Xpieσdai xaλkńpeas is the Sub- times used as a predicate: To
ject of eĭn.—e. A tense of the speak well of a person; to
verb eipí and a part. in con- laud, praise, extol a person
cord with the Subject of the [akin to Sans. root VACH,
46 to
verb are sometimes used in- speak "].
stead of the simple verb of
such part. in the tense corre-
sponding to that of eiµí, etc.
This construction is used for
the purpose of emphasis; see
peúyw.-2. As copula and
predicate (or complement): a.
To be.-b. To be in existence;
to be, exist, live; v. 378.
civ; see èv.
1. eine, 3. pers. sing. ind.
of εἶπον.
·
2. elmé, 2. pers. sing. im-
perat. of elmov; v. 10, etc.
εἶπον
Odys. Book I,
εἰπεῖν, inf. of εἶπον.
ㅠ
​εἴ-περ, conj. [εί, “if”;
enclitic particle rep] Even if,
even though, although in truth.
einy, eiπyoi, 3. pers. sing.
subj. of elπov; cf. ¿déλņoɩ.
εἴ-ποθεν (more correctly as
two words, e Tobev), conj.
[ei, "if"; modév,
ποθέν, "from some
place"] If from some place or
quarter.
eiπw, 1. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. of elπov; vv. 158, 389.
εἰπών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. οἱ εἶπον.
eĭpeo, Ion. for elpov, 2. pers.
sing. imperat. pres. of elpouaι.
elpnai, Ion. for eten, 2.
pers. sing. pres. subj. of expo-
μai.
|
εἴρομαι, Ion. for ἔρομαι; see
ἔρομαι.
1. eis (Iou. ès), prep. gov.
1. Into.-2. To, unto.-
regard to, as to, in z
acc.
3. In
v. 411.
EX
50
VOCABULARY.
2. els, µía, ev, num. adj.
One;-at v. 339 folld. by
Partitive Gen.
ἑκάτερθε; sce ἑκατέρωθε.
ἑκατέρῳ-θε (shortened ἑκά-
τερθε), adv. [for ἑκατέρο-θε;
fr. áтepos, (uncontr. gen.)
EKATÉрo-os, "each "; suffix 06
ἑκατέ
(= èk), “"from"]("From each
side" of a person, etc.; hence)
On each, or either, side.
CC
ἑκατόμ-β-η, ης, f. [for ἑκᾶ-
τον-βό-η ; fr. ἑκατόν, “
Boûs, Bo-ós,
;
a hun-
elo-eîdov, 2. aor. without a
pres., v. a. [eis, "towards, at";
elov, in force of "to look "]
To look towards or at; to
see, perceive, observe.
εἰσ-έρχομαι. f. εἰσελεύσο-|dred”; βοῦς, βο-ός, “ a head of
μαι, Ion, ἐσ-ελεύσομαι, p. εἰσ-|cattle, au ox"] ("A thing
€λýλŭ¹α, 2. aor. eio-havlov and pertaining to a hundred head
eio-λov, v. mid. [eis, "into"; of cattle, or a hundred oxen";
έρχομαι,
pxoua, "to come or go"] hence) An offering of a hun-
To come, or go, into or in; to dred oxen, etc.; a hecatomb.
enter ;-at v. 144 put alone,
and also in tmesis, és d'λoor.
ěkdūve, Ion. and Ep. for
¿ésūve, 3. pers. sing. imperf.
ind. of èkdúvw; see ěkdùw.
་
|
σeld', Ion. and Ep. and by
elision for eireîde, 3. pers. sing.
of εἰσεῖδον.
¿k-dūvw and ¿k-dŭw, f. ék-
δύσω, p. ἐκ-δέδυκα, 2. aor. ἐξ-
éduv, 1. aor. ¿§-édūσa, v. a. [èk,
"out of, from "; duw, "to get
into, or put on," clothes]
("To make to get out of
clothes into which a person
has got, or which he has put
on"; hence) 1. In pres. éκdvw,
ἐκδύω,
imperf. cédňov, fut. èкdiow,
and 1. aor. èçédūσa: a. With
arc. of person and Acc. of
thing: To strip a person of
something; to take something
off from a person.-b. With
Acc. of person: To strip.-
2. In pres. èκdūvw, imperf.
éédurov, 2. aor. ¿žéduv, p. èk-
δέδυκα, Το put off from one's
self, to take off; cf. v. 437.
ekeî-Oev (Ion. and Ep. кe-
3. eis, 2. pers. sing. pres.
ind. of 2. eiuí; v. 170.
K (before a vowel ), prep.
gov. gen. 1. Of place: From,
:
forth from, out of.-2. From
a person.-3. Of a point of
time: From.-4. To denote a
father or parentage: From;
see v. 220, where è follows
its case; and as it is folld.
immediately by the enclitic
paol, it has the accent thrown
on it, and becomes ěk; see,
also, amb at end.
ÉKασTOS, n, or, prou. adj.
Each, every. As Subst.:
ἕκαστος, ου,
m. Each one,
each;-at v. 349 Endory is in
apposition to ἀνδράσιν ἀλφη-
στnow:-for eBay Eкaσтus,
v. 424, see ěßav.
VOCABULARY.
51
Dev), adv. [èkeî, "there"
suffix 0e(v) (= èk), "from"]
("From there"; i. e.) From
that place, thence.
èλealpw.
ἐλέαιρον, Ep. for ἠλέαιρον,
èkeî-vos (lou, and Ep. кe-3. pers. plur. imperf. ind. of
vos), vn, vo, pron. dem. [èreî,
"there"] The person or thing ἐλε-αίρω (Poet. for ἐλε-έω),
there; that person, or thing; v. a. [exe-os, "pity"] With
[ἔλεος,
-frequently to mark some- | Acc. of person: To have pity
thing that has preceded. As or compassion on; to pity,
Subst. &. Masc.: That per- compassionate.
son, he.-b. Neut.: That
thing, that.
¿λevσeoðaɩ, fut. ind. of
ἔρχομαι.
¿λ0é, 2. pers. sing. 2. aor.
imperat. of pxouai.
ἐλθεῖν (v. 422); see ἐπέρχ·
•
éλe, Ep. for elλe, 3. pers.
sing. of exov, 2. aor. ind. of
aipéw.
ἐκεῖσε (Ion. and Ep. κεῖ-
σe), adv. [èkeî, "there";
adverbial suffix σe, denoting
"motion towards a place]
("To there"; hence) To that
place, thither.
"
ἔκτα ; see κτείνω.
ἔκταν, by elisiou for ἔκτανε,
3. pers. sing. of ктăvоν; v. 30.
čkтăvov, 2. aor. ind. of
κτείνω.
|
|
ἐλαφρότερος, a, oy, comp.
adj. ;—at v. 164 folld. by wódas |
as Acc. of "Respect."
ομαι.
ἔλθῃσι, Poet. for ἔλθῃτι,
3. pers. sing. 2. aor. subj. of
ἔρχομαι; see ἐθέλῃσι.
ἔλθοι,
λ0, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
opt. of pxoμai;—at v. 403
λ00 is used in a strictly
optative force, i. e. it denotes a
wish. The wish is ironical; see
the context.
ĚKTо-0ev, adv. [for EKTOσ-
θεν; fr. ἐκτό-ς, "without ";
suffix 0e(v) (=¿K), "from"]
("From without, outside ";
hence) With Gen.: Outside
of, apart from; v. 132.
ἐ-λαφ-ρός, ρά, ρόν, adj. | or
("Light, not heavy"; hence)
Light, nimble, active.
Comp.: λappóтepos; Sup.:
ἐλαφρότερος
ἐλαφρότατος [akin to Sans.
lagh-u, "light": e is a pre-
fix].
ἐλθών, οὖσα, όν, P. 2. aor. of
pxoμai.
ἔρχομαι.
ἔλιξ, ἴκος, adj. [for ἔλιγος;
fr. ἑλίσσω = ἑλίγ-σω, “to roll
wind round ”] (“ Rolling
or winding round"; hence)
Of cattle: With twisted, or
spiral, horns.
ἔλλαβον, Poet. for ἔλαβον,
2. aor. ind. of λaµßărw.
Ἑλλάς, ἄδος, f. Greece.
ἑλών, οῦσα, όν, Ρ. 2. aor. of
aipéw.
ἔμβαλε, Poct. for ἐνέβαλε,
E 2
52
VOCABULARY.
ἐμβάλλω.
❤
3. pers. sing. 2. aor. ind. of ἐμ-φύω, f. ἐμφύσω, p. ἐμε
πέφυκα, 1. aor. ἐν- έφυσα,
2. aor. ἐν έφυν, v. a. and n
[for ἐν φύω; fr. ἐν, “ it”;
"f in
púw, in force of "to engender"]
("To engender in"; hence)
1. Act. : In pres., imperf., fut.,
1. aor.: To implant, or pro-
duce, in.-2. Neut.: In perf.,
pluperf., 2. aor.: ("To be im-
planted in "; hence," to grow
in "; hence) With Dat. To
cling to ;-at v. 381 in tmesis,
ὀδὰξ ἐν χείλεσι φύντες (for
ἐμφύντες); see ὀδάξ.
èv (Poet. and Ep. eiv, èví),
prep. gov. dat.: 1. In.—2. lu
Epic poetry for eis, èπí, or
πpós with Acc.: a. On, upon;
vv. 267, 400.-b. Into; v. 200.
-3. To form a dat. of the
"instrument "
" means ":
By, by means of.
or
ἐμ-βάλλω, f. ἐμβαλω, p.|
ἐμ-βέβληκα, 2. aor. ἐν έβαλον,]
v. a. [for ev-ßáλλw; fr. év,
“ in ”; βάλλω, "to throw "
("To throw in"; hence) With
Acc. and Dat. To put, or
place, something in some-
thing.
ué (before a vowel u'),
acc. sing. of ¿yw.
pres.
queval, Ep. for elvai,
inf. of 2. elui; v. 385.
ἐμεῦ, Ep. for ἐμοῦ,
sing. of ¿yw.
gen.
ěμiктo, Ep. for μéμikтo,
3. pers. sing. pluperf. ind.
pass. of μίγνυμι.
¿µioyóµeda, 1. pers. plur.
imperf. ind. pass. of μíoyw.
μίσγω.
ěμɩoyov, 3. pers. plur. im-
perf. ind. of uloyw.
ἔμμεναι, Ep. for εἶναι, pres.
inf. of 2. eiui; v. 33, etc.
ἐμοί, dat. sing. of ἐγώ.
ἔμοιγε èuol, dat. sing. of
ἐγώ; enclitic γέ.
¿-µ-ós, ń, óv, pron. adj.
[μ-e, root of oblique cases of
¿yú, “I”] Of, or belonging
to, me; my, mine.
ἐμπᾶζεο, Ion. for ἐμπᾶζου,
2. pers. sing. pres. imperat. of
ἐμπᾶζομαι.
ἐμπάζομαι (found only in
pres. tenses), v. mid. With
Gen. To busy one's self
about, to pay attention to, to
care for.
:
(C
ἐν-ἀλίγκιος, ἀλίγκιον, adj.
[èv, expressing a " modified"
degree ; ἀλίγκιος,
like"]
Somewhat like, like;
v. 371 folld. by Dat. of person
and Acc. of "Respect."
at
ἐνέπω and ἐννέπω (both
used by Homer), f. ¿vionńow
and ἐνίψω, 2. aor. ἔνισπον (the
only forms used by Homer are
EVVETE, pres. imperat. (as at
v. 1), évveπe, 3. pers. sing.
imperf., ἐνέποιμι, pres. opt.,
and événwv, part. pres.), v. a.
[prob. only a lengthened form
of (eπw) elπov] With Acc. of
nearer Object and Dat. of per
VOCABULARY.
53
son: To relate something to
a person; to tell a person of,
or the tale of, that denoted by
the Acc.
|
ἔνθα (before a vowel ένθ'),
adv. 1. Locally: a. There.-
b. Where.-2. In time, etc.;
a. Hereupon, thereupon.-b.
There, at that time.
éveă-de (before a
ἐνθάδε (before a vowel
¿vôă-8'), adv. [évoa, "there";
δέ, to" ("To there";
hence) 1. To that place,
thither.-2. a. To this place,
hither.-b. Here.
ἔνθετο, ἐνέθετο,
eveeтo, Ep. for évébeтo,
3. pers. sing. 2. aor. ind. mid.
of' ἐντίθημι.
ἐνί; see ἐν.
ἐνιαυτός, οὗ, m (“ Any
m. ("Any
long period of time, a cycle";
bence) Plur.: Times; at
v. 16 πерiλоµévwv èviavт@v
is Gen. Abs.
¿v-vaíw, v. a. [èr, "in";
[ἐν,
vaiw, "to dwell"] With Acc.
of abode: To dwell in, in-
habit;-at v. 51 in tmesis,
ἐν δώματα ναίει,
evveπe, 2. pers. sing. imperat.
pres. of évvéπw. In the Ep.
ad Pisones Horace has a free
rendering of the first two
lines of the Odyssey: "Dic
mihi, Musa, virum, captæ
post tempora Troja, Qui
mores hominum multorum
vidit et urbes.”
ἐννέπω, a lengthened
of évéπw; see événw.
Evós, masc. gen. sing. of
2. eîs; v. 277.
31
ἐνοσί-χθων, χθονος, m.
[ἔνοσις, ἐνόσι-οs, “ a shaking
χθών, χθονός, “the earth”]
("A shaking of the earth ";
hence, concrete) Earth-
shaker; an epithet of Poseid-
ōn or Neptune.
ἐν-τίθημι, f. ἐν-θήσω, v. a.
[èv, “in "; tíonμi, “to put "]
I. Act. To put in ;-at vv.
320, 321 in tmesis: év Ovμậ
θυμῷ
Onke μévos (for évéůnke),
θήκε μένος
placed spirit in his soul';
i.e. filled him with spirit,
v. 321-2. Mid.: ἐν-τίθεμαι,
2. aor. év-e0éµny, ("To put in "
as one's own act, or for one's
self; hence) With Acc. of
nearer Object and Dat. de-
noting the "mind," etc.: To
lay, or store up, for one's self,
etc., in the mind; to lay
something to one's heart, etc.;
v. 361.
ἕντο, r. 150 ; see ἐξίημι.
έντοσθεν, adv. [ἐντός,
within"; suffix 0e(v) (= èk),
"from"] With Gen.: 1.
From within. 2. Like
simple érés: Within, in-
side, inside of;-at vv. 128,
380 ěvToo0ev follows its case.
ἐν-τρέπω, f. ἐν-τρέψω, v. a.
[èr, "without force"; Tрénw,
"to turn, to turn about "] 1.
Act.: To turn about.—2. Pass.:
form|ἐν-τρέπομαι (“Το be turned
about"; hence) In feeling,
54
VOCABULARY.
¿§; see ěk.
ἑξείης, alv. [ Poet. and Ep.
for ἑξῆς] One after another,
in order, in a row.
etc.: a. To be turned towards fit, proper, etc.;-at v. 278
a person.-b. Το be turned or the clause ὅσσα φίλης ἐπὶ
changed.
παιδὸς ἕπεσθαι is the Subject
of couce;-at v. 292 booɑ
ἔοικε
όσσα
|ἔοικε = ὅσσα κτερεΐξαι ἔοικε,
where ὅσσα κτερεΐξαι is the
Subject of coke.
ἔξ-ειμι,
imperf. ἐξῄειν,
v. n. [è, “out, forth "; elu,
"to go"] With Gen.: To go,
or come, out or forth from;
v. 374.
ἑνικώς, υία, ός : 1. P. of
čolka.-2. As Adj.: Fitting,
seemly, meet, suitable; v. 46.
toio, Poet. for fois, neut.
dat. plur. of éós; v. 430.
éóv, masc. acc. sing. of éós;
v. 216.
¿ţepénτal, 3. pers. sing.
subj. pres. of ètepéouaι, Ep.
forin of ἐξέρομαι ; see ἐξέρομαι.
ἐξ-έρομαι (Ep. ἐξ-ερέομαι),
f. ἐξ ερήσομαι, v. mid. [ἐξ (Ξ
ék), in "strengthening" force;
poμai, "to ask, or inquire,
about] To ask, or inquire,
about or respecting.
ἐξιέναι, inf. of ἔξειμι.
éóvτas, masc. acc. plur. of
ἐών, Ep. for ὤν, P. pres. of
2. εἰμί.
|
éóvтes, masc. nom. plur. of
av, Ep. for wv, P. pres. of
čv,
2. eiuí.
¿-ós, ʼn, óv (Ep. ös, %, 8v),
pron. reflex. [ễ, root of pers.
pron. où, "of himself," etc.]
-ínui, 2. aor. mid.
eíunv, Ïon. è§-éuny (at v. 1501.
in tmesis, è pov Évтo), v. a.
[€¢, “out or forth"; Inui, "to
send"] 1. Act. To send out
or forth; to despatch.-2.
Mid.: ("To send out, or away,
from one's self"; hence) Of a
desire for food: To get rid of;
appease, satisfy.
His, her, or its, own; his,
etc.-2. For σốs, on, oồv, Thy,
thine ;—at v. 402 the reading
in some editions is dúμaσIV
olow
οἷσιν Ξ σοῖσιν,
2.
éoûσav, fem. acc. sing. of
év, Ep. for čv, P. pres. of
2. ciµl.
|
ἐπ᾽; see ἐπί.
:
COLкa (perf. without pres.
and in force of pres.), pluperf.
éke (as imperf.), v. n.: 1.
With Dat. To be like to,
to resemble ;—at v. 208 folld.
also by Acc. of "Respect
at v. 411 folld. also by eis and
Acc.-2. Impers.: čoike, It is
Ι
étalaoréw, 1. aor. part.
èñaλaorýoas, v. n. To be full
of wrath.
ἔπεα (before a vowel ἔπε),
acc. plur. of ěños.
1.
éret, adv. and conj.:
Adv.: When. - 2. Conj.:
Since, seeing that, inasmuch
M
VOCABULARY.
55
(C
((
·
• +5
]
occurs.
as;-at v. 231 èreí connects ἐπ-έρχομαι, p. ἐπ-ελήλυθα,
the vocative {eîv' (= §eîve) | 2. aor. èπ-îλlov, v. mid. [ẻπ-í,
with the following clause, and upon”; ἔρχομαι, to come
is equivalent to since I or go" ("To come upon ";
upou";
will tell you.
This use of a hence) 1. To go to, approach:
particle for the above-named -for mode of rendering expna
purpose after a Vocative often ἐπελθών, v. 188, see ἔχων at
end. -- 2. Of evening, etc. : a.
ἐπείγω, 1. aor. ἤπειξα, v. a. Alone: To come on, full ;-at
(1. To press by weight.-2. v. 422 éπeλdev is in tmesis,
To drive on, urge forward.- viz. en eσneρov èλ0еîv.—В.
ἕσπερον ἐλθεῖν.—b.
3.) Pass. With Gen. : (“ To be With Dat of
:
person: To
urged forward with respect to" come on, fall upon ; at
a thing, etc.; hence) To be v. 423 éπnλdev is in tmesis,
eager for, to long for; v. 309. viz. nl eσπEGOS λOEV.
éπeteíλăto, 3. pers. sing.
ἐπετείλατο,
1. aor. ind. mid. of èπitéλλw.
étĭtéλAW.
Téɣeve, 3. pers. sing. Ep.
1. avr. ind. of èñìxéw.
π-ηv, couj. [contr. fr. éπel,
"when"; av, see v] When-
ǎv,
ET-ELTα (before a soft vowel
Ễπ-EɩT'), adv. [èπ-í," upon ";
εἶτα, "then"] 1. To mark
sequence: Thereupon, then.-
2. Just then, just at the time;
v. 106-3. Then, in the next
place, etc.-4. After a condi-
tional conj. Then surely,
then of a surety.
ÉTEKλwσaνTO, 3. pers. plur.
1. aor. ind. mid. of éπikλ ÚOW.
¿πeλlúv, oûoa, óv, P. 2. aor.
of ἐπέρχομαι.
|
M
|
ever.
ἐπί (before a soft vowel ἐπ᾽,
before an aspirated vowel p'),
prep. and adv.: 1. Prep. gov.
gen., dat., and acc.: a. With
Gen.: (a) On,upon.—(b) In, at.
-(e) Of a ship, etc.: On board
ἔπερσε,
Teрσe, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.of, in.-(d) In the case of.—
ind. of πέρθω.
b. With Dat.: (a) On, upon.
éréρvoσe, Ep. for énépvσe, (b) At.—(c) In, in possession
ἐπέρυσσε,
3. pers. sing. 1. aor. ind. of of;-at v. 218 follows its
case, and its accent is thrown
'
་
ἐπερύω.
ἐπ-ερύω, f. ἐπ-ερΰσω, 1. aor. [ back; viz. ἔπι; see ἀπό at
ἐπ-είρυσα and ἐπ-έρῦσα, v. a. | end. c. With Acc.: (a)
[èπ-í, “to”; èpow, "to draw | On, upon.—(b) To, towards.
or pull" With Acc. of nearer—(c) Over.~(d) As regards.
Object and Dat. of instrument: -2. Adv. Besides, in addi-
To pull to, or fasten something|tion, moreover,
with something; v. 441.
ἐπϊ-βάλλω, f. ἐπὶ βαλω,
56
VOCABULARY.
CC
2. aor. ἐπ-έβαλον, v. a. [ἐπί,
upon ; βάλλω, “to throw |1.
or cast"] ("To throw or cast
upon"; hence) Of sleep as
Object, and folld. by Dat.
dependent on eri in the verb:
To shed sleep upon; to let
sleep fall upon; -at v. 361
El Baλe is sometimes said to
be in tmesis ; see Báλλw.
But whether it be so, or not,
ἐπι-κλώθω, f. ἐπι-κλώσω,
aor. ἐπ-έκλωσα, v. a. [ἐπί,
"to"; KλOW,
κλώθω, "to spin"]
1. To spin to a person; pro-
perly of the Fates who spun
the thread of men's destinies,
and hence were called Karα-
Kλ@es, "The Spinners," but
applied to other deities and
powers.-2. Mid.: ("To spin"
as one's own act; hence) Of
βλεφάροισι depends on ἐπί;|the deities as Subject: Το
while the dative of (which as
an enclitic loses its own accent
on account of the acute accent
on the penultima of the pre-
ceding word) is a "Dativus
Commodi."
ordain, will, decree, etc.;
v. 17, where it is followed by
inf. véeo@al, before which
autóv must be supplied (from
the preceding personal pron.
of-which being an enclitic
Subject.
ἐπί-βοάω -βοῶ, f. ἐπϊ-βοή- ¦luses its accent on account of
σομαι, Ep. ἐπί-βώσομαι, late |the circunflex on τῷ which it
èñï-Bohow, v. a. [èrí, "upon "; immediately follows) as its
Boάw, "to call aloud "] (“To
call aloud upon "; hence)
With Acc. denoting a deity,
elc. To invoke, call upon.
ἐπιβώσομαι ; seu ἐπιβοάω.
ἐπί-δήματος, τον, adj. [ἐπί,
“ 11”; δῆμος, “ the people”] |
(“ Being in the δῆμος”; hence)
Among the people; i. e. among
his own countrymen, or in the
land; v. 233.
"in";
|
در
<<
¿mideís, eîoa, év, P. 2. aor.
of ἐπιτίθημι.
"
ἐπι-κλείω, v. a. [erí, in
strengthening
force; émiλýσetai, 3. pers. sing.
κλείω, poet. for κλέω, “to | fut. ind. of ἐπιλήθομαι.
celebrate "] (“To celebrate ἐπὶ μάρτυρος, μαρτύρου, m.
highly"; hence) To extol, [êπí,
ἐπί, in strengthening
praise highly.
force; μáprupo's, Epic for
29
"C
ἐπι-κρατέω, f. ἐπι-κρατήσω,
v. n. [ení, "over"; Kрaтéw,
κρατέω,
"to rule " With Dat.: To
rule over, hold sway over.
"
ἐπι-λήθομαι (more common
than ἐπι-λανθάνομαι), f. ἐπί-
λήσομαι, p. ἐπι-λέλησμαι, v.
mid. [èní, in “ strengthen-
ing force; noual, collat-
eral form of λανθάνομαι, “to
forget "] With Gen.: To
forget; to lose thought or
memory of.
¦
VOCABULARY.
57
>>
| versant with; having dealings,
or intercourse, with. The
éπíμεLvov, 2. pers. sing. notion of "being acquainted
1. aor. imperat. of ἐπιμένω. is connected, as a result, with
ἐπι-μένω, 1. aor. ἐπ-έμεινα, "conversant, having deal-
v. n. [ění, in “strengthening" ings," and hence the employ-
force; μένω,
"to wait"]ment of the Gen. after éní-
Folld. by ὄφρα: Το wait, or |στροφος.
stay, until; v. 309.
1. aor.
<<
μαι, 1.
|
ἐπί-τἄνύω, Epic 1.
ἐπι - μιμνήσκομαι (Ion.|ἐπ-ετάνυσσα, v. a. [ἐπί, in
ἐπι-μνάομαι), p. ἐπι-μέμνη- strengthening" force; Tav-
aor. ἐπεμνήσθην, f. πω (= τείνω), “to stretch”]
ἐπι-μνήσομαι, rarely έπι-
π-("To stretch greatly"; hence)
μvnovno oμas, v. mid. [ění, Of a bolt in a door: To draw
μνησθήσομαι,
in "strengthening" force; fast; to push, or pull, home;
μιμνήσκομαι, "to call to -at v. 442 in tmesis, el dè
mind, remember"] With |κληῗδ᾽ ἐτάνυσσεν.
Gen. To call to mind, re-
member, betkink one's self,
etc., of.
:
cc
μάρτυς, a witness"]
witness.
<<
2.
w,
ἐπι-τέλλω, f. ἐπί-τελῶ, p.
ἐπι-τέταλκα, 1. aor. ἐπ-έτειλα,
v. a. [èní, upon”; τέλλω,
ἐπιμνησθείς, εῖσα, έν, Ρ. “to make, accomplish”) (“ Το
1. aor. of ἐπιμιμνήσκομαι. make (to be) upon "; hence)
¿mɩ-oté¿w, v. a. [èxí, in 1. Act. With Acc. of thing:
strengthening" force; σrép- To lay upon one; to enjoin,
"to put around"; hence, impose, prescribe, etc.
"to encircle"] 1. To encircle, Mid. : èπĭ-Téλλoµaɩ, 1. aor.
wreathe, etc.-2. Mid. : Étɩ- éπ-eteiλăuny: With Acc. of
στέφομαι, 1. aor. ἐπ-εστεψ-|thing ordered: To enjoin, oι
ǎμny, ("To encircle," etc., as prescribe; to ordain, com-
one's own act; hence) With mand as one's own especial
Acc. of vessel, and Gen. of act.
liquid: To fill a bowl, etc.,
high with wine, etc.
or
<<
¿míσrpop-os, ov, adj. [for
Enlσтрep-os; fr. èπioтрép-w,
to "turn about "; mid., "to
turn one's self about "; hence,
as a result of turning one's
self about, or being, some-
where) With Gen.: Con- |τολμάω.
!
-
ἐπί-τίθημι, f. ἐπι-θήσω, p.
ἐπὶ τέθεικα, 2. aor. ἐπ-έθην,
v. a. [èní, "on, upon "; Tiðnui,
"to put or set "] Of food, etc.,
as Object: To put, or set, on
or upon the table; v. 140.
éñitoàµātw, contr. 3. pers.
sing. pres. imperat. of ènì-
58
VOCABULARY.
66
;
ἐπι-τολμάω -τολμῶ, f. ἐπί. | inperf. εἱπ-όμην, f. ἕψομαι (=
τολμήσω, 1. aor. ἐπ-ετόλμησα, ἕπ-σομαι), 2.
2. aor.
aor. ἑσπόμην,
v. a. [èní, in "strengthening" v. mid. To follow ;—at v. 125,
force; Toλμów (folld. by Inf.), alone ;-at v. 331 folld. by
to have heart, or courage, | qua and its dependent dat.
to " do, etc.] With Inf. To at v. 278 folld. by πí and its
take heart, or have courage, dependent gen.: this last cou-
to do, etc.; to submit to struction is rare. It is found,
doing, etc.
however, again at Odyssey 2,
197 [akin to Sans. root SACH,
"to follow"; cf. Lat. sequ-or].
J
π-os, EOS Ous, n. A word
[akin to Sans. vach-as,
"speech," fr. root VACH, "to
speak "].
ἐπ-οτρύνω,
úτρuvα,
·
ἐπι-χέω, f. ἐπι-χεῶ, 1. aor.
ἐπ-έχεα, Ep. ἐπ-έχευα, v. a.
[ἐπί, "upon "; xéw,
χέω, "" to
pour "] Of water as Object:
To pour upon, or over, the
hands;-at v. 136 supply
χερσίν after ἐπέχευε (at
Odyssey 4, 213 the expression |
is given in full, χερσὶ δ᾽ ἐφ᾽
üdwρ Xevávтæv; so, also, at
ὕδωρ χευάντων;
Iliad 24, 303, xepolv vdwp
ἐπιχεῦαι ἀκήρατον) οι χεῖρας,
as at v. 146; Tрoxów is dat.
of instrument;-at v. 146 the
1. aor. is in tmesis, el xeîpas
ἔχευαν.
CC
ἐπι-χθόν-ίος, ἵον, adj. [ἐπί,
upon"; xowv, x0ov-ós, "the
χθών,
earth"] That is, or are, upon
the earth; earthly, mortal.
ἔπλετο, by syncope for
ÉTÉλето, 3. pers. sing. imperf.
ind. of πέλομαι.
<<
èñ-oíxoµaɩ, v. mid. [èπ-í,
"to"; oixoμal, "to go"] 1.
With Acc. or Dat. of person :
To go to; vv. 324, 143.-2.
With accessory notion of pur-
pose: To go to and perform
or do work, elc.; v. 358.
ἕπ-ομαι (Ep. ἕσπ-ομαι),
1.
V.
in
aor. ἐπ-
[ἐπί,
strengthening" force; oтp-
vw, "to stir up"] To stir
up, rouse, stimulate, urge on;
at v. 89 Tотрuvw is 1. pers.
sing. pres. subj.
ἐπῴχετο, 3. pers. sing.
imperf. ind. of èñoíxoµai.
a.
ěpăvos, ov, m. A friendly
meal, to which cach person
present contributed his share.
From the context at v. 226 it
would appear that it was of a
frugal character, being opposed
to both eixamĭvŋ and yáμos.
4:
ěpy-ov, ov, n. [obsol. čpy-w,
to do work "] 1. Work.-2.
Women's work; i. e. weaving;
rv. 356, 358.-3. A deed,
action, act.
ἔρδω, f. ἔρξω, 1. aor. ἔρξα,
p. čopya, v. a. To do, perform,
accomplish.
¿p-ecívw, v. a. [an Ep. and
VOCABULARY.
59
Poet. verb akin to ěpoμai; see
poμa] With Acc. of person
and Acc. of thing: To inquire
something of a person; to ask
a person about something;
v. 220.
ἔρεσθαι, pres. inf. of ἔρομαι. Epέns, 2. pers. sing. 1. aor.
ἐρέτης, του, m. [for ἐρέτ- subj. of ἔρδω.
της ; fr. έρετ, root of᾽ ἐρέτ-τω ἔρομαι (Ion. εἴρομαι), f.
(Ξ ἐρέσ-σω), “ to row ”] 4 ἐρήσομαι, Ion. εἰρήσομαι, 2.
rower; usually in plur. aor. póuny, v. mid.: 1. To
inquire.-2. With Acc. of
person: To inquire of, ques-
4]
rowers.
tion.
épérηoi(v), Ion. for épérais,
dat. plur. of épéτns.
ἐρίδαινέμεν, Ion. for ἐρίδ-
αίνειν, pres. inf. of ἐρϊδαίνω.
CC
épid-aívw, Ep. 1. aor. èpid-
nva, v. n. [ěpis, épid-os, a
quarrel "] To` quarrel, wran-
gle, etc.
CC
épí-np-os, ov, adj. [epi,
ἐρί-ηρ-ος, [ἐρι,
inseparable prefix, very,
greatly"; np, lengthened fr.
ap, root of ap-w (obsol.), "to
fit"]("Greatly fitting";
hence) Morally: Faithful,
loyal, i. e., at v. 346, to his
master's house.
ἕρκ-ος, εος ους, n. [for ἔργ-
os; fr. ěpy-w, "to shut in "]
("That which shuts in";
hence, " a fence"; hence) In
the phrase ἕρκος ὀδόντων:
The fence, or wall, of the
teeth, i. e. which the teeth
form round the tongue; v. 64.
ury of the Romans; the son
of Jupiter and Maia, the
messenger of the gods, the
god of cunning and stratagem,
and the conductor of departed
souls to Hades.
ep-os (Acc. ěpov, Dat. ěpy;
other cases prps. not found),
m. [old form of ep-ws, "love";
fr. ép-áw, "to love"] ("Love";
hence) Desire; v. 150.
ἑρπ-ῦζω, 1. aor. εἵρπῦσα,
v. n. [intensive verb fr. epπ-w,
"to creep"] To creep, or
crawl, about: in Homer
always of persons of advanced
age, or weighed down by deep
affliction.
éppúσăтo, 3. pers. sing.
ἐῤῥύσατο,
1. aor. ind. of púouai.
ἐρυκ-ἄνάω -ἄνῶ, v. a. [Poet.
for éрúк-w,
ἐρύκ-ω, "to hold back,
restrain," etc.] To hold, or
keep, back; to restrain.
ἐρϋκανόωσ᾽, by elision for
epikǎvówσi, Poet. for èpukar-
|ŵr, contr. 3. pers. plur. pres.
| ind of épūkăváw.
ěρūкe, Ion. for hрuke, 3. pers.
sing, imperf. ind. of epuкw.
Ἑρμείαο, Aiolie for Ἑρμ-
είου, gen. sing. of Εμμείας.
Ἑρμείας, ου, m. [Epic for
'Epuns, oû] Hermes, the Merc-
|
لد
ἐρύκω, f. ἐρύξω, 1. aor.
ňpuša, v. a. ("To hold back,
бо
VOCABULARY.
restrain"; hence) To detain
by force, elc.; to confine.
ἔρχεο, Ion. for ἔρχου,
2. pers. sing. pres. imperat.
of ἔρχομαι ; v. 281.
ἔρχεσθ’, by elision for
ἔρχεσθαι, pres. inf. of ἔρχομαι;
v. 190.
oav, Ion. for oar, 3. pers.
plur. imperf. ind. of 2. eiµí.
¿σeλeúσopal, Ion. for eio-
ελεύσομαι, f. ind. of εἰσέρχο-
μαι.
ἐσ-θῆς, θῆτος, f. (“That
which is worn"; hence) Cloth-
ing, dress;-at v. 165 in col-
lective force [akin to Sans.
root VAS, "to wear "; cf. Lat.
ves-tis].
EσTEто, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
ind. of eπoμal.
ἔσσεται, Poet. for ἔσεται,
3. pers sing. fut. ind. of 2. eiuí.
ool, Poet. for els or el,
2. pers. sing. pres. ind. of
ἐστ᾽, by eligion for ἐστί;
ἔρχομαι, f. ἐλεύσομαι, p.
éλýλйoa, Ep. eiλýλoula, 2.
aor. ἤλυθον and ἦλθον, v. mid. | 2. εἰμί.
To come or go;-at v. 168
supply autóv (i. e. Odusseus) see σT((v).
as Subject of ἐλεύσεσθαι [Suns.
archchha (fr. root RICHH or
RI, "to go")].
épxouévolo, Ion. for pxo-perf. ind. of loτnui.
ἐρχομένοιο,
μένου, misc. gen. sing. of čorηoe, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
ἐρχόμενος, P. pres. of ἔρχομαι. ind. of ἵστημι.
EστηKε(V), 3. pers. sing.
čotηke(v),
|
ές ; see 1. εἶς.
ẻσrí(v), 3. pers. sing. pres.
ind. of 2. eiul ;-at v. 226
éσTív has a nom. neut. plur.
for its Subject.
EσTW, 3. pers. sing. pres.
ἔστω,
imperat. of 2. eiµí.
ἔστων, Poet. for ἔστωσαν,
3. pers. plur. pres. imperat. of
2. eiuí.
|
ἔσσ᾽, by elision for ἔσσο,
Poet. for ěσo =
ἔσω ίσθι, 2.
too, 2. pers.
sing. pres. imperat. of 2. eiuí;
v. 302.
ἐσθλός, ή, όν, adj. Good of
the kind, excellent.
ἔσται, Poet. for ἔσεται ; see
oσETAL.
,
ἔσχατος, η, ον, adj. Furth-
est, most remote; -ut v. 23
folld. by partitive Gen.
ἑταῖρος (Ep. and Ion. ἕτἄρ-
os), ou, m. [prob. akin to ĕrns,
čσke, Poet. for 7, 3. pers."a clansman, a neighbour”]
sing. imperf. ind. of 2. eiµl.
ἔσομ᾽, by elision for ἔσομαι;
see ἔσομαι.
Companion, comrade, etc.
ἐτἄνυσσε(ν); see ἐπιτα τω
and παρατἄνθω,
ἔσομαι, fut. ind. of 2. εἰμί.
EσπEpos, ov, m. Evening,
eventide.
ἑτάροισι(ν), Ion. for ἑτάροις,
dat. plur. of ¤Tăpus;
ἑταῖρος.
seo
VOCABULARY.
61
CC
ἑτέρ-ως,
adv. [Tep-os,
"another"]("After the
manner of the repos"; hence)
In another way or manner;
otherwise.
ETETμOV (and without aug-
ment Téτμov), 2. aor. without
a pres., v. a. To reach, come
up to, find.
ἐτήτυμος, ον, adj. [length.|πλόκαμος.
ened poet. form of ěтμos,
"true"] True.
:
Tɩ (before a soft vowel er'),
adv. 1. Of time: a. Present:
Yet, as yet, any longer, still.
b. Past: (a) Yet, still.
(b) Already.-c. Future: (a)
εὑρ-ίσκω, f. εὑρήσω, p. εὕρ-
Yet, longer, still.-(b) Here-nка, 2. aoг. eûрov, v. a. [root
after.-2. Of degree: Further, evp] To find, discover.
moreover, besides, etc.
ἕτοιμος, η, ον, adj. Ready,
prepared.
Ευρύκλει᾽, by elision for
Εὐμύκλεια, voc. of Ευρύκλεια.
*C
ἔτος, eos ous, n. A year
[akin to Saus. vatsas,
year"].
ev, adv. Well [like
good," akin to Sans.
which signifies both "good
and "well"].
Εὐρύ-κλε-ια (quadrisyll.),
las, f. [eupv (base of many
roots formed from evpús),
"far-reaching, far-extending";
KλÉ-OS, renown"]("She
who has far-reaching renown")
Euryclea; a female slave,
whom Laërtes purchased for
twenty head of cattle, and
who is represented at v. 429
as attending on Telemachus.
cuvn, ns, f. A couch, bed.
1. Eŭ-§o-os, ov, adj. [for
εὔ-ξε-ος ; fr. εὖ, well"; éw,
"to polish "by scraping]
Well-polished.
2. ΰξοος, Ep. for εὔξοος.
Εὐπείθης, FOS ous, m.
[εὐπειθής, "ready to obey,
obedient"; also, in active
force, "
Evpŭ-µăx-os, ov, m. [evpv,
see Ευρύκλεια ; μάχη, "bat-
tle"]("He of the far-extend-
ing battle") Eurýmăchus ;
the son of Polybus, and one of
Penelope's suitors.
persuasive, convinc- evpús, eîa, ú, adj.: 1. Wide,
ing"] Eupeithes ; an Ithacau | broad.-2. Spacious.—3. OF
M
a
chieftain, the father of Anti-
nous one of l'ēnèlõpë's suitors.
1. εὐ-πλόκαμ-οs, ov, adj. [fr.
eû, "good, beautiful "; λÓк-
πλόκο
aμ-os, a lock" of hair; plur.
locks," properly of women]
With goodly, fair, or beautiful
locks.
*C
|
2. ἐϋπλόκαμος, Ep. for eὖ-
éús,
su,
""
(C
eupe, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
ind. of εὑρίσκω.
cupeï, masc. dat. sing. of
eupús.
εὐρείῃ, Ion. for εὐρείᾳ, fem.
dat. sing. of eupús.
**
62
VOCABULARY.
glory, etc. Widely spread,
far-reaching.
ἐφ-ίημι, f. ἐφ-ήσω, 1. aor.
ἐφ-ἧκα, Ep. ἐφέηκα, 2. aor.
1. εΰ-σκοπ-ος, ov, adj. [fr. | subj. ἐφ-είω, v. a. [èø³ (=
εὖ, “ well”; σκοπ-έω, "to πí), "to"; Inu, "to send"]
ἐπί),
ημι,
see"] ("Well-seeing "; bence) ("To send
to "; hence)
Keen-sighted, sharp-seeing.
1. With Acc. of person aud
2. ¿úσкOTOS, Ep. for eu- Inf. To set on, or incite,
one to do, etc.-2. With Acc.
of weapon and Dat. of that
which is attacked, etc.: To
hurl, or launch, at or against.
3. With xeipas and Dat. of
person, and with concomitant
notion of violence, etc.: To
lay hands on; v. 254.
ἐφ-ίστημι, f. ἐπι-στήσω,
aor. ἐπ-έστησα, p. ἐφ-
έστηκα, 2. aor. ἐπ-έστην, v. a.
and n. [ep' (= èπl),
<< over,
at, by "; loτnu," to cause to
stand; to stand "] 1. Act. :
In pres, imperf., fut., and
1. aor. With Acc. of person
[and Dat. of thing: Το set
over, put in command of.-2.
Neut.: In perf., pluperf., and
2. aor. a. To stand over or
above. b. With Dat. : To
stand at, by, or near; v. 120.
ἐφ-ορμάω -ορμῶ, f. ἐφ-ορμ-
ήσω, 1. aor. ἐφ-ώρμησα, V. 11.
[p' (= èí), in " strength-
ening" force; ópμáw (neut.
ὁρμάω
and with follg. inf.), “to be
eager to do, etc.] 1. With
Inf.: To be eager, anxious,
or desirous, to do, etc.-2.
Mid: ἐφ-ορμάομαι -ορμῶμαι
= no. 1; see v. 275.
>>
Ἐφύρη, ης, f. [Ionic for
σκοπος.
Έ
EUTE (before a soft vowel
εὖτ᾽),
EUT), adv. [Ep. for re]
When:EUT' &v, whenever,
i. e. (C
as often as"; an ex-
pression implying indefinite
frequency.
evxetάoμai -ŵµaɩ, v. mid.,
Ep. for εὔχομαι ; see εὔχομαι.
εὐχετόωνται, Ρuet. for eὖ-[1.
χετῶνται, contr. 3. pers. plur.
pres. ind. of Euxeтáoμaι::
some editions have the imperf.
εὐχετόωντο for εὐχετῶντο.
Exoμaι, imperf. exóμny
and ηὐχόμην, f. εὔξομαι, 1. aor.
εὐξάμην aud ηὐξάμην, v. mid.
With Inf., and in good sense:
To boast one's self to be, etc.;
i. e. to pride one's self, etc.,
on being, etc.; vv. 180, 418.
pă0', by elision and before
an aspirated vowel for eparо.
ἔφαντ’, by elision for
ěpavто, 3. pers. plur. 2. aor.
ind. mid. of onuí.
|
paто, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
ind. mid. of onμí.
¿pcín, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. of ἐφίημι ; see ἐφίημι.
ἐφέσταμεν, Ep. for ἐφεστᾶ-
ναι, syncopated fr. ἐφεστη-
κέναι, perf. inf. of ἐφίστημι.
VOCABULARY.
63
ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, Ion. for ὤν,
ovoa, ov, P. pres. of 2. eiuí.
'Epipa, as] Ephyre; a town
of Elis in the Peloponnesus
(now the Morea).
Ζάκυνθος, ου, f. Zacynthus,
now Zante; an island in the
Sicilian Sea lying off the
western coast of the Pelopon-
nēsus (now the Morea).
Zev, voc. of Zeús.
exe (v. 104), Ion. for elxe,
3. pers. sing. imperf. ind. of
ἔχω.
exevav, v. 146; see π-
χέω.
xp,
Exno(v), Poet. for
3. pers. sing. pres. subj. of
ἔχω ; cf. ἐθέλῃσι.
¦ ✩
exo, imperf. elxov, Ion. exov,
f. ἕξω and σχήσω, p. ἔσχηκα,
2. aor. eaxov, Poet. čoxelor,
V. a. 1. Act.: a. To have,
hold;
part. pres. (Ĕxwv)
(ἔχων)
may often be rendered by
with.-b. To have or possess ;
to keep, or retain, in one's
possession ;-at v. 402 čxois
is used in true opt. force, i. e.
to express a wish; so, also, is
áváσools in the same line.-c.
To hold up, support, sustain;
v. 53.-d. To occupy as an
abode; to inhabit, dwell in.-
e. Of arms, clothes, etc.: Το
have, bear, wear, carry, etc.-3. a. After words denot-
-f. Of sorrow, etc. To have, ing comparison: Than.-b. If
suffer, etc.; v. 34. g. To two properties of the same
have under, or in, one's, etc., persou, etc., are compared in
power.-2. Mid.: exouat, im- degree, they are sometimes
perf. eixóun, Ion. exóun, f. signified by the comparatives
ἕξομαι and σχήσομαι, 2. aor. of their respective adjectives
ἐσχόμην, Το hold for one's and contrasted by ή :-ἐλαφρ-
self or as one's own act;ότεροι πόδας ἢ ἀφνειότεροι
v. 334 [akin to Sans. root | xpvorîo, (nimbler as to their
SAH, "to sustain, support"]. feet than wealthier in gold;
ἐῴκει,
KEL, 3. pers. sing. of èkew; i. e.) possessed of a degree of
nimbleness of foot greater
or.-2. In direct double
questions (or Tóтeρov) in the
first clause is sometimes
omitted; cf. v. 226, where
the passage filled up would
run thus: (or TÓTEрov)
εἰλάπίνη ἐστὶ, ἠὲ γάμος ἐστί.
sce ἔοικα.
Ζεύς, gen. Διός and Ζηνός,
m. Zeus; the Greek name of
the Roman Jupiter, the king
of the celestial deities fakin to
Sans. div, "heaven "].
¦
Zŋvós, gen. of Zeús.
ζω-ός, ή, όν, adj. [ζάω, ζω,
"to live"] Living, alive.
1. й (Ep. ǹé), conj.: 1. Or:-
(†é) . . . ñ, either (whether)
64
VOCABULARY.
gold, v. 164.
than the degree of wealth in presently, forthwith [akin to
Sans. adya, "to-day, now"].
hd-ús, eîa, ú, adj. (“ Sweet"
to the taste; hence) Sweet,
pleasant, agreeable, delight-
ful. Euro Comp.: ἡδίων;
Sup.: 8-10Tos [akin to Saus.
svádu, "sweet"].
2., adv.: 1. In truth,
truly, verily, indeed. 2.
Strengthened by uv, Ep.
and Ion. μév: After verbs of
swearing, etc. In very truth,
in all truth.-3. In interroga-
tive clauses: Pray? can it
be?
Ap
3., fem. nom. sing. of ős.
4., fem. nom. sing. of 8,
n, Tó, whether as rel. or de-
monstr.
ἡβ-άω -ῶ, f. ἡβήσω, 1. aor.
ἥβησα, v. n. [ßn, early
"manhood"] To arrive at
manhood.
ǹßýσn. 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of ἡβάω.
ἤγαγον,
2. aor. ind. of
ἡγή-τωρ, τορος, m. [for
nyé-Twρ; fr. nyé-ouai, in force
of "to command"] ("A com-
mander "; hence) A prince,
chief, chieftain.
ἠδέ (before a vowel ήδ”),
conj. And.
-
nev, Ep. for v, 3. pers.
sing. imperf. ind. of 2. eiuí.
ἠλακάτη,
lākārη, ns, f. A distaff.
ἦλθον, 2. aor. ind. of ἔρχο-
ἄγω.
ἡγεῖθ᾽, by elision for ἡγεῖτο, 'μαι ; see, also, εἰσέρχομαι and
contr. 3. pers. sing. imperf. | ¿πéρxoμai.
ind. of ἡγέομαι.
ἡγ-έομαι -οῦμαι, f. ἡγήσο- |
μαι, 1. aor. nynoǎuny, v. mid.
Alone: To go before, lead the
way.
on, adv.: 1. Of the im-
mediate past: By this time,
before this, already.-2. Of
the immediate future: Now,
né, Ep. for ; see 1. ň.
nede, 3. pers. sing. imperf.
ind. of acidw.
Ἠελίοιο, Ion. for Ἠελίου,
gen. sing. of 'Héλ-ios.
ǹéλ-čos, ĭov, m. [Ep. for
ἥλιος] The sun;---at v. 8
personified; i. e. Heëlios, the
sun-god [akin to Sans. svár,
"the sun"].
ἠμᾶθό-εις, εσσα, εν, adj.
[Ep. for ἀμαθόνεις ; fr ἄμᾶθος,
(uncontr. gen.) àµábo-os,
ἀμάθο-ος,
"sand"] Full of, or abound-
ing in, sand; sandy.
ἧμαι (only used in pres.
and imperf.), v. irreg. To sit,
be seated [akin to Sans. root
AS, "to sit "].
ἦμαρ, ἡμᾶτος
nuǎTos (Poet. for
ἡμέρα), n. Day.
for
ἠμείβετ᾽, by elision
hueißero, 3. pers. sing. imperf.
ind. mid. of àµɛíßw.
|
ἡμεῖς, nom. plur. of ἐγώ.
név, conj. correlative to
VOCABULARY.
65
ndé, As well . as also;
both... and.
ἥμενος, η, ον, Ρ. of ἧμαι ;-
at v. 108 the o in uevo is
shortened before the following
vowel
•
ἡμετέροιο, Ion. for ἡμετέρου,
masc. gen. sing. of uéтepos.
ἡμ-έτερος, α, ον, pron. poss.
[nμ-eîs, "we"] 1. Of, or be-
longing to, us; our, ours.——
2. For quós: My, mine, my
own; vv. 258, 397.
¦
uéwv (pronounced as dis-
syll. v. 33), Ion. for Яμŵv,
gen. plur. of èyú.
ἠμί (= φημί), v. n. irreg.
To say, speak.
ἡμῖν, dat. plur. of ἐγώ,
1. v, conj. [Ion. for éáv,
which Homer does not use]
With Subj.: If.
2. v, fem. acc. sing. of us,
½, 8.
3. v, fem. acc. sing. of os
(= éós), ½, öv; vv. 5, 21.
4. ἦν, imperf. ind. of 2. εἰμί.
vτiva, fem. acc. sing. of
ὅστις.
йπειpos, ou, f. The land,
main-land.
ἤρατ᾽, by elision for ἤρᾶτο,
3. pers. sing. 1. aor. ind. mid.
of alpw.
ǹрýσavтo, 3. pers. plur.
ἠρήσαντο,
1. aor. ind. of àpáoμai.
PXE, 3. pers. sing. imperf.
ind. of᾽ ἄρχω.
йp-ws, wos, m. A hero [akin
to Sans. vîr-a, (as m. subst.)
"a hero "].
pwa, йpwas, acc. sing. and
plur. of ἥμως.
Odys. Book I.
ἡρώων, gen. plur. of ἥρως.
1. is, fem. gen. sing. of us
(= éús), †, ov; v. 41.
*
2. s, Ion. for aïs, fem. dat.
plur. of os (éós), ½, öv; v. 401.
oav, 3. pers. plur. imperf.
ind. of 2. eiuí.
ἤσθιον ; see κἄτεσθίω.
you(v), Ion. and Poet. for
afs, fem. dat. plur. of is (=
éós), ñ, ¿v.
OTO, Poet. for Tо, 3. pers.
sing, imperf. ind. of ĥµai.
Te, fem. nom. sing. of dσte.
ň-Tol, adv. [, “verily";
enclitic particle Toi] Ferily,
truly, indeed, in truth.
Top (only in nom. and ace),
n. The heart.
ηὔδα, contr. fr. ἠύδας, 3.
pers. sing. imperf. ind. of
avdáw.
65
@-0ev, adv. [Ep. for ew-
[θεν; fr. ἕως, gen. ἕω,
ew, day-
break"; suffix 0e(v) (= èk),
"from"]("From day-break
hence) At earliest dawn, in
the early morning.
33
0'; see Tε.
66
(+
θαλάμοιο, Ion. for θαλάμου,
gen. sing. of taxăµos,
θάλαμος, ου, 1. (* An inner
chamber"; esp.
of the mistress
and also) 4
general.
a bed-room"
of the house;
bed-room in
F
66
VOCABULARY.
V.
The sea | θαυμάσομαι, p. τεθαύμακα, v. 11,
and a. [for avμár-ow; fr.
eavμa, lavuaт-os, "a wonder"]
1. Neut.: To wonder, marvel,
be amazed.-2. Act.: To won-
der at, etc.
|
Beá, as, f. [akin to eós;
see Oebs] A goddess.
θεᾶων, Jolic for θεῶν, gen.
plur. of Oed.
Oɛín, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
opt. of rionu.
τίθημι.
θείοιο, Ion. for θείου, gen.
sing. of belos.
θε-ῖος (dissyll.), ία, ῖον,
adj. [0e-ós, "a god"] ("Per-
taining to a Geós"; hence)
God-like, divine.
Betw, 1. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. of τίθημι.
θέλγω, f. θέλξω, 1. aor.
ě0€λ§a, v. a. ("To stroke" with
soothing power; hence) To
soothe, charm, flatter, etc.
θελκτήριον, ου ; see θελκτήρ-
ios.
66
θάλασσα, ης, f.
[prob. akin to Sans. root TRAS,
to tremble"; and so, "the
trembling or agitated thing,"
in reference to the action of
the winds and tides].
θαλπ-ωρή, ωρῆς, f. [θάλπω,
"to warm"; hence, "to com-
fort"] A comforting, comfort,
consolation, source of hope,
etc.
Papá, adv. [akin to aua,
θαμά,
together"] Often, oft-times,
frequently, repeatedly.
θαμβ-έω -ώ, f. θαμβήσω, p.
теláµВηка, 1. aor. éváµßnoa,
v. n. [0άµB-os, “amazement"]
("To have dάußos"; hence)
To be amazed, astonished, or
astonied; to be astounded.
Váμßησe(v), Ion. and Poet.
for 0άußnoe, 3. pers. sing,
1. aor. ind. of laµßéw.
|
یه
¤ăve, Ep. for ěvăve, 3. pers.
sing. 2. aor. ind. of Ovýσкw.
|
Oǎvéeɩv, Ep. and Ion. for
θανεῖν, 2. πor. iuf. of θνήσκω.
θανόντι, masc. dat. sing. of
θανών ; see θανών,
(C
θελκτήρ-ίος, ἵα, τον, adj.
[θελκ-τήρ, for θελγ-τήρ, θελγε
τῆρος,
a soother"]("Per-
θανών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2. aor.taining to a θελκτήρ”; hence)
of θνήσκω.
Soothing, charming, enchant-
θαρσαλέ-ως, adv. [θαρσαλέ- |ing.-As Subst.: θελκτήριον,
Os, bold"]("After
ov,
: a. A soothing, or
manner of the apoăλéos"; charming, thing.-b. With
nence) Boldly, with boldness. Objective Gen. : Things that
báρoos, eos ous, n. Courage, soothe or charm; v. 337.
boldness.
the
11.
"C
θεο-ειδής, ές, adj. [θεός,
(uncontr. gen.) DEO-OS,
god"; eld-os, "form"] Hav-
Jaúμµāļov, Ep. for élaúµáčov,
θαύμαζον, ἐθαύμαζον,
imperf. ind. cf Davµāśw.
θαυμάζω, f. θαυμάσω anding the form of a god; gode
a
VOCABULARY.
67
like;
usually of outward | spiration"; hence) Of poems,
forin;-at v. 113 applied to etc.: Inspired.
Telemachus.
éтo, Ion. and Ep. for
eтo, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
mich. of τίθημι.
Beoîσɩ(v), Ion. for eois,
dat. plur. of eós.
θεοπροπ-ΐα, ἵας, f. [θεοπρεπ-
éw," to prophesy"]("A pro-
έω,
phesying"; hence) A prophecy,
oracle.
θῆκαν, θῆκεν), Ion. for
¿Oñкaν, ¿Õîкε(v), 3. pers. plur.
and sing. 1. aor. ind. of Tienµi.
θνήσκω, f. θανοῦμαι, θνήξ-
θεοπροπίη, ης, Ion. for ¦ ομαι, τεθνήξομαι, p. τέθνηκα,
θεοπροπία.
2. aor. ěărov, v. n. irreg. To
1. Оεоπρóп-оs, ov, adj. [0eo- | die:-Perf.: ("To have died";
πроπ-éш (found only in part.. e.) To be dead [root @av,
pres. masc.), "to prophesy "]akin to Sans. root HAN,
Prophesying, prophetic.-As strike, to kill "].
Subst. : θεοπρόπος, ου, 11. 1
prophet, seer, etc.
" to
2. θεοπρόπος, ου; see 1.
θεοπρόπος.
A θνη-τός, τή, τόν, adj. [θνη,
a root of θνήσκω, "to die"]
("Dying"; hence) Subject to
death, mortal.-As Subst.:
θεός, ού, m. and f: 1. θνητοί, ὧν, w. plur. Mortal
m.
Sing. a. Masc.: A god ;-atmen, mortals.
v. 323, though cóv refers to Oo-ós, ń, óv, adj. [for e-ós;
Athënë, it is nevertheless fr. é-w, "to run"] (“Run-
masc., as the goddess had ap-ning"; hence) Swift, rapid,
peared to Telemachus in the quick;-when applied to ships,
form of a man, viz. of Mentes, as at vv. 260, 303, probably
prince of the Taphii.-b. Fem.: ships of war are meant, as op-
A goddess; v. 420.-2. Plur.: posed to slow-sailing merch-
The gods, whether male or antmen.
female; the deities [akin to
Sans. deva; cf. Lat. deus].
">
depăπwν, ovтos, m. An al-
tendant in an honourable sense.
0-éσr-is, ios, m. and f. adj.
[for θέλεσπις; fr. 0e-6s,
god"; eimeîv, "to speak,
through a root ơT (found
ἔσπετε,
in čσT-FTE, 2. pers. plur.
imperat.)] ("God-speaking"; literally,
hence, "speaking under in- carrier"].
-
Oó-woɑ, ns, f. Thōōsa; a
sea-nymph, the daughter of
Phoreyn, and mother of the
Cyclops Polyphemus.
OpĤvus, čos, m. A stool for
the feet, a foot-stool.
Opóvos, ou, m. A seat, chair
[akin to Sans. root DHRI, "to
bear or carry ; and so,
"the bearer 01'
>1
F 2
68
VOCABULARY.
|
θυγ-ά-τηρ, ατέρος ατρός, f.
A daughter [akin to Sans.
duhitr-i, "a daughter"; fr.
root DUI, "to milk "; and so,
literally, "a milker "].
Où-µós, μoû, m. (" Breath";
hence, "the soul," as the
principle of life; hence) 1.
Life.-2. As evidenced by the
feelings, etc. : a. Heart, in-
clination, wish, desire.-b.
Heart, mind [akin to Sans.
root DHÛ or DHU, "to blow"].
θύρα, θύρη,
Oúpa, as (Ion. Ovpn, ns), f.:
1. A door.-2. Plur. : a.
Doors :-προπάροιθε θυρᾶων,
before the doors, i. e. in front
of the house, v. 107.-b. Fold-
ing-doors, of a house, room,
etc.; v. 436 [akin to Sans.
dvâra, “ a door, a gate "].
Oŭpāwv, Æolic for upwv,
gen. plur. of Oúpa.
iéμevos, n, oy, P. pres. mid.
of Inui.
iepós, á, óv, adj. : 1. Sacred,
hallowed, holy.-As Subst.:
iepá (Ion. and Poet. ipá), ŵr',
n. plur. ("Sacred things ";
i. e.) Offerings, sacrifices.-2.
Of places, etc.: Sacred, i. e.
under the protection of a
tutelary genius or deity;-at
v. 2 there may be an allusion
to Poseidon (Neptune) having
assisted Apollo in building the
walls of Troy for Laomedon.
ὕζω, f. ἱζήσω, p. ἵζηκα, 1. aor.
ἵζησα, Ep. εἶσα, v. a. Το make,
| To
or cause, to sit; to seat, place.
ἵημι, f. ἥσω, 1. που. ἧκα,
Ion. Enka, v. a. : 1. To send.-
2. Mid.: Cepat, imperf. ¡éµny,
("To send one's, etc., self; to
hasten"; hence) a. With
Inf. To be set on doing, etc.,
a thing; to be desirous of
doing, etc.; to desire to do,
etc.; v. 58.-b. In part. :
Alone: Desirous, eager :-
for ἱέμενός περ, v. 6, see πέρ
aor.|[akin to Sans. root ISII,
throw "].
Ἰθάκη, ης, f Ithace or
f.
Ithaca (now Teaki); an
island off the western coast of
Greece, and the home of
Odusseus.
"to
θύρη, ης; see θύρα.
Oúpnoɩ(v), Ion. for Oúpais,
dat. plur. of Oúpa.
¡-ádhw, f. ¡ănŵ, 1.
Inλa, v. a. (" To send forth ";
hence) Of the hands as Object:
To put forth [fr. same root as
1. equil.
ide(v), Ep. for elde(v), 3.
pers. sing. of eldor; see low.
ἰδοίατο, Ep. for ἴδοιντο,
3. pers. plur. 2. aor. opt. of
εἰδόμην ; see εἴδω.
ïdov, Ep. for eldov (1. pers.
sing.); v. 212; see ‹ldw.
A
ibús, eîa, ú, adj.: 1. Straight,
direct.-2. In adverbial force,
and folld. by Gen.: Straight
towards; v. 119.
ik-āvw, imperf. lk-āvov
VOCABULARY.
69
(only found in pres. and im-
perf.), v. u.: 1. To come.-2.
Folld. by Acc. of person: To
come to a person.-N. B. The
is short in pres., and long in
imperf. [root ix, whence in-
véoµai and ik-w; akin to Saus.
root VIC," to enter "]
Ἰκαρίσιο, Ion. for Ἰκαρίου,
gen, sing. of "lkǎpos.
'Ikăpios, ov, m. Icărĭus ; a
Lacedæmonian, the father of
Pēnělěpë.
ixéoðaɩ, 2. aor. iuf. of ik
νέομαι.
ἱκνέομαι, f. ξομαι, p. fγμαι,
2. aor. ikóμny, v. mid. [root
ik; see iκārw] 1. To come,
arrive; v. 173.—2. With Acc.
(so, frequent in Homer): To
come to, arrive at; v. 21.
|
toos (Ep. Toos and čiros),
η, ον, adj. : 1. Equal. 2. Acc.
neut. plur. as Adv.: toa,
With Dat. Equally, or in
an equal degree, with; v. 432.
Loτăто, 3. pers. sing. im-
perf. ind. mid. of loτnu.
ἵ-στη-μι, f. στήσω, 1. aor.
of|ἔστησα, p. ἕστηκα, plup. εἱστή-
κειν, 2. 101. ἔστην, v. a. and n. :
1. Act.: Pres., imperf., fut.,
1. aor. To make to stand ;
los, ov, m. Ilus; a son of
Mermérus, and grandson
Jason and Mēdēa.
etc.: Charming, delightful,
lovely.
iva (by elision iv'), conj.
That, in order that.
iós, où, m. An arrow.
ipá, Ion. and Poet. for lepá;
see iepós.
ἴσα; see ἴσος.
toav, Ep. for hioav, 3. pers.
plur. imperf. ind. of 1. elu.
ἰσό-θε-ος, ον, adj. [ἴσος,
(uncontr. gen.) too-os, “equal";
Be-ós, "a god"] Equal to a
god or to the gods; divine.
iµás, ávtos, m. A leathern
strap or thong.
iμeip-oμai, 1. aor. iμeipăμny, to set, set up, place, etc.--
v. n. [root iμelp, lengthened 2. Neut.: Perf., pluperf.,
fr. iuep, fr. quep-os, "desire "] 2. aor. To stand; -at v. 185
1. With Gen. of thing: TočσTηKEV is used of a ship that
desire, long for, yearn to has been drawn on shore, as
possess, a thing; v. 41.-2. the ships of the ancients ordin-
With Inf. To desire to do, arily were when not in actual
etc.; v. 59.
use.-3. Mid. : ï-oră-µai, f.
ἴμεν, Ep. for ἰέναι, pres. στήσομαι, 1. aor. ἐστησάμην :
inf. of 1. elu.
a. In pres. and fut.: (" To
ἱμερό-εις, εσσα, ev, adj. make one's self, etc., to stand";
[iuepos, (uncontr. gen.) iuépo-h nce) To stand.-b. In 1. aor.:
05, "desire, love"] (“Full of ] (“To make a thing to stand";
quepos"; hence) Of singing, hence) To place, set [akin to
70
VOCABULARY.
Sans. root STHA, "to stand"; | to, to reach "] ("To come
cf. Lat. sto (= sta-o)]. down to, to reach to "; hence)
ior-ós, où, m. [lor-nu, " to Of au affection of the mind as
set up "] ("That which is set | Subject: To touch, affect,
up "; hence, "the beam" of etc.
a loom; hence, "the warp Kaí,
fixed to the beam; hence)
The web.
1
Tw, 3. pers. sing. pres. im-
perat. of 1. elu;-at v. 276
the win Tw is shortened be-
fore the vowel at the begin-
ning of the follg. word.
ἰών, οὖσα, όν, P. pres. of
1. εἶμι.
:
conj. and adv. 1.
Conj. a. And.-b. Also.--2.
Adv. : a. In strengthening
force: Even, quite, yet.-b.
In a weakening power: Even
but, but even, if only; v. 58.
κακά, ὧν ; see κακός, no. 2.
κάκιστος, η, ον, sup. adj ;
see κακός.
κακκείοντες, Ep. for κατά-
κείοντες, P. pres. of' κατακείω:
For the purpose of lying
down, in order to lie down
see κατακείω.
K'; see kε.
καθ᾽; see κατά.
καθ-έζομαι, f. καθ.εδοῦμαι,
late καθ-εδήσομαι, v. n. [καθ᾿
(= κατά), "down"; Couai,
"to sit "] To sit down;-at
v. 372 каle (wμeola (Doric for
кalejάueðα), 1. pers. plur.
pres. subj., is used as a modi-
fied imperative: let us sit
down. This is called the
"Subjunctivus Adhortativus.”
-N.B. In prose the imperf. is
ékǎbeČóµŋy, as if the verb
were not compounded with a
preposition.
|
|
καθεζώμεσθα ; see καθέζο-
:
κακός, ή, όν, adj.: 1. a.
Bad.-b. Sorry, worthless.
As Subst. Kǎkós, où, m. A
sorry, or worthless, fellow;
v. 411.-2. Of things: Evil,
baneful, pernicious, destruc-
five.-As Subst. : kǎká, ŵr, n.
κακά,
plur. Evil things; evil, ill.
καλέω -ῶ, f. καλέσω, Att.
Kаλŵ, P. Kékλŋka, 1. aor.
ékáλeσa, v. a. To call, sum-
mon.
κάλλιπε(ν), Ep. for κατ-
έλιπε(ν), 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
μαι.
ind. of καταλείπω.
xăλóv, adv. [adverbial acc.
neut. of κăλós, in force of
beautiful, melodious"; see
καθ-κόμην, καλός, no. 2] Beautifully,
mid. [kað' (= kǎr-á), melodiously, sweetly.
“ down”; ἱκνέομαι, "to come καλ-ός, ή, όν, adj.: 1.
kåðîketo, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. iud. of καθικνέομαι.
καθ-ικνέομαι -οῦμαι, f. καθη
ίξομαι, 2. aor.
V.
C
VOCABULARY.
71
Beautiful, beauteous, fair.
2. Of the voice, music, etc.:
Beautiful, melodious. - 3.
Good, excellent [akin to Sans.
chár-u, "beautiful"].
|
καλύπτω, f. καλύψω, 1. aor.
ἐκάλυψα, v. a. To cover.-
Pass.: KаλÚπтоμаι, p. кe-
καλύπτομαι, .
κάλυμμαι, 1. aor. ἐκαλύφθην,
1. fut. καλυφθησομαι.
Kăλvýó, bus oûs, f. [for
Kaλuπ-σ; fr. Kaλúnтw, "to
Καλυπ-σώ; καλύπτω,
hide or conceal," through root
Kaλvπ] (“ Hider, Concealer")
Calypso; a nymph, daughter
of Atlas, living in the island
of Ogygia.
καμ-ᾶτος, ἅτον, m. [κάμνω
(root kaµ), "to toil"] ("A
toiling"; hence, "toil, labour";
hence) Weariness, fatigue, as
the effects of toil.
the more ancient times the
Greeks in general wore long
hair over all the head; while the
Abautes, i. e. the inhabitants
of Eubœa (now Egripo), wore
long hair only at the back of
their heads, as described by
Homer, II. 2, 542:-~~ABAUTES
ΰπῖθεν κοκόωντες.
་
Kǎvéolσi (v), Ion. for kay-
έοις, dat. plur. of κάνεον.
Kǎν-εov, éov, n. [kav-n, a
rare form of κárva, "a reed"]
κάννα,
("A thing belonging to-hence,
made of-kάvn"; hence) 1
basket of reeds or cane, esp. for
bread; a bread-basket; v. 147.
katνós, où, m. Smoke.
κἄρη-κομόωντες, κομοώντ. κατα-βαίνω, f. κατά-βή.
ων, m. participial adj. plur. σομαι, p. κατα-βέβηκα, 2. ποr.
[kápn, Iou. for κáрα, "head"; кат-éВην, Eр. 3. pers. sing.
kápa, | kăt-éßny,
KoμówνTES, Ion. for Kouvтes, 1. aor. mid. kǎTEßýσETо (Not
contr. nom. mase. plur. of as in old editions of Homer
κομάων κομῶν, part. pres. of|κατεβήσατο), v. a. [κατά,
Kоμάw, "to wear the hair
κομάω,
"down"; Balvw, "to go"] To
βαίνω,
long"] Wearing long hair on go, or come, down; to de-
the head; long-haired.-Inscend; v. 330.
κάρηνον, ήμου, n.: 1. The
head.-2. Of a mountain, etc.:
A peak, crest, height, top
[akin to Sans. çir-as, för
original çar-as, "the head "].
κατ’; see κατά,
κατά (before a soft vowel
Kar'; before
κατ';
an aspirated
vowel καθ'), prep. gor. gen.
and acc.: 1. With Gen.:
Down from; v. 102.—2. With
Acc.: a. Down along, down
with.-b. On, upon.—c. Over,
throughout;· -at v. 330 Kαтά
follows its case ('10čkηº), and
consequently has its augment
thrown back (káтa); scе åñó,
-d. Of the mind, etc.: In;
vv. 4, 294, 323.
vv. 4, 294, 323.-e. Distribu-
tively By: κατ' οἴκους,
house by house from house
to house, v. 375.
:
Ma
72.
VOCABULARY.
ސ
κατα-κείω, V. 1. [κατά,
“down”; κείω, akin to κεῖμαι, έρχομαι.
KǎTelevσoμaι, fut. of Kar-
"to lie down "] Only in fut.
κατ-ερύκω, f. κατ-ερύξω,
force: To be about to lie | v. a. [xăt-ά, in "strengthen-
down.
ing" force; puw, "to hold
płkw,
κατα-κτείνω, f. κατα-κτενῶ, | back, detain ”] Το hold back,
Ep. κατα·κτενέω, 1. aor. κἄτ- | detain.---Pass.: κατ ερῦκομαι.
έκτεινα, 2. nor, κατ-έκτανον, κατ-έρχομαι, f. κατ-ελεύ-
v.a. [κατά, in “strengthening” | σομαι, 2. aor. κατ-ήλυθον and
force; κτείνω, “to kill ”] Το κατ-ἦλθον, v.
ν. mid. [κᾶτ-ά;
kill, slay.
ἔρχομαι,
pxoμaι, "to go or come] 1.
κατα-λαμβάνω, f. κατά- ' [κᾶτ-ά, down; ἔρχομαι, “to
λήψομαι, p. κατ-είληφα, 2. aor. go”] Τo go down;-at v.
kǎt-éλăßov, v. a. [κăтά, in 303 the word is used of one
"strengthening" force; Xauß-going down from the higher
άνω, "to take"] To take land to the sea-coast. 2.
possession of, seize, lay hold [KǎT-ά, in "strengthening
of;
at v. 192 kaтaλáßnow is force; Ĕpxoμai, "to come"]
in tmesis, viz. Karà yvîa λáß- With Adv. of place: To come,
ῃσιν.
arrive, somewhere; v. 180.
""
|
K
κατ-εσθίω, f. κατ-έδομαι,
p. κατ-εδήδοκα and κατ-έδηδα,
v. a. [κăт-ά, in "strengthen-
ing" force; oblw, "to eat"]
To eat up, devour;—at vv.
9, 10 in tmesis, viz. KATÀ
Boûs σθίον.
кăτýλŭðov, 2. aor. ind. of
κατέρχομαι.
κέ, κέν ; see 1. ἄν.
κεδνά, ὧν ; see κεδνός.
ked-vós, vý, vóv, adj. [prob-
for καδινός ; fr. κήδομαι,
in force of "to care for,"
through root κad] 1. Act.:
("Caring for "; hence) Of
persons: Careful, diligent,
discreet, trusty. 2. Pass.:
kătă-λéyw, f. kătă-λé¿w,
1. aor. κατ-έλεξα (in Homer
always in fut. or 1. aor.), v. a.
[κατά, in strengthening
force; λέγω, "to tell"] To
tell at length or in order; to
recount.
CC
در
κατα-λείπω, f. κατὰ λείψω,
p. κατα-λέλοιπα, 2. aor. κατ-
έλιπον (Ep. κάλλιπον), v. a.
[Kaтά, in "strengthening"
[κατά,
force; Acíπw, "to leave"] 1.
Το leave behind.-2. Το leave|ably
as a heritage; to bequeath;
V. 242.
ན.
-
•
•
•
M
kǎtǎležov, 2. pers. sing.
1. aor. ímperat. of кărăλéyw.
KǎTEẞýσETо, 3. pers. sing.
1. aor. ind. mid. of kărăßalvw; | (" Cared for''; i. e.) Cherished,
sce καταβαίνω.
beloved, dear. As Subst.:
VOCABULARY.
73
("Things cared for "; hence) | v. 357 [akin to Sans. root
KAL, "to impel "].
Duties-only in the phrase
kédy' eidvîa; see v. 428.
κεῖθεν; sue ἐκεῖθεν.
Kεî-рaι, f. keinoua, v. mid.:
κεῖ-μαι, κείτομαι,
1. To lie down, to lie.-2.
To lie dead.-3. To lie un-
buried.
xeôăλ-ý, îs, f.: 1. Of the body:
Head.-2. Head, for man,
person; v. 343.-Virgil, Eu.
iv. 354, uses caput in the same
meaning; So, also, does
Horace at Odes 1, 24, 2 [akin
to Sans. kapál-as, "a head"].
Keiper', by elision for relμeva,
neut. nom. plur. of part. pres.
of κεῖμαι.
κειμ-ήλιον, ηλίου, 1. [κεῖμ-
ai, in force of "to be laid up
in store; to be stored up"]
("That which is laid up in
store or stored up"; hence)
A treasure, an heir-loom.
KeXóλwTaι, 3. pers. sing.
perf. pass. ind. of xoxów.
κεχρημένος, η, ον, P. perf.
of xpánual.
χράομαι.
κήδε᾽, by elision for κήδεα,
acc. plur. of kŷdos.
κῆδ-ος, εύς ους, n. [κήδ-ω,
"to trouble"] ("That which
troubles"; hence) Trouble,
sorrow, grief, distress.
κῆρ, κῆρος (contr. from
kéap), n. The heart [akin to
Sans. hrid, "the heart"].
Kεíрw, f. Keрw, р. кÉкарка,
1. aor. čкeρoα, v. a. ("To
ἔκερσα,
destroy, consume "; hence, of
wild beasts as Subject, "to
tear, eat greedily "; hence)
Of a man's substance as κήρυξ, ἧκος, 11. [= κήρυκος;
Object: To devour, eat up, fr. кηpuк, root of knрúσow,
κηρυκ,
κηρύσσω,
etc.;-at v. 378 after Kelper'"to make proclamation"]
(by elision for reíρETE, 2. pers. ("One who makes proclama-
reípete,
plur. pres. imperat.) supply tion "; hence) A herald.
αὐτόν, i. e. τὸν βίοτον; see
preceding context.
κεῖσε ; sce ἐκεῖσε.
kéλevðns, ov, f. (Plur. irreg.
κέλευθος,
in poets, kéλevda, wv, n.) 1. A
way, road, path, etc.-2. A
journey; a voyage.
Keλ-Eúw, f. Keλeуow, p.
κεκέλευκα, 1. aor. ἐκέλευσα,
v. a. ("To urge on, impel ";
hence) With Dat. of person
and Inf. To order, bid, or
command a person to do, etc.;
kins, 2. pers. sing. pres.
subj. of kíw.
κιθαρις, ίος (Acc. κιθάριν), f.
[another form of ìðăpa, a word
never used by Homer] d
harp, lyre, lute.
ki-w, v. n. To go [akin to
Sans. root çvr, in meaning of
"to go"].
1. κΐων, ουσα, ον, P. pres.
of riw; v. 372.
2. kiwv, ovos, mostly f.
(sometimes m.) A pillar of a
74
VOCABULARY.
palace, etc.;-at v. 53 (plur.)
of the pillars by which Atlas
keeps the heaven and the
carth apart.
κλαῖεν, Ep. for ἔκλαιε(ν),
3. pers. sing. imperf. ind. of,
κλαίω.
κλαίω, f.κλαύσομαι, κλαιήσω,
κλαήτω, 1. aor. ἔκλαυσα, v. 2.
To weep for, lament, bewail.
κλείω ; see κλέω.
Kλéos (only used in nom.
and acc. sing. and plur.), n.
Glory, renown, fame.
V. a.
κλέω (Ep. κλείω), 1. aor.
(late) ἔκλησα,
celebrate, tell of,
famous.
To
make
kλn-is, idos, f. [Ep. form of
κλεί-ς, δός ; fr. κλείω, "to
shut, to close"] ("The shut-
ting, or closing, thing";
hence) A bolt for fastening
a door; v. 442.
κλïðîναι, 1. aor. inf. pass.
of κλίνω.
κλίμ-αξ, ἄκος, f. [for κλίν-
aş; fr. kλīv-w, in pass. force
of "to lean "] ("The leaning
thing"; hence, in reference to
leaning against something) 1.
A ladder.-2. A stair-case.
etc., down"; hence) To lie
down, lie [akin to Sans. root
CRI, "to lean"].
"to re-
κλισ-μός, μοῦ, m. [for
κλιν-μός ; fr. κλίνω,
cline"] ("A thing for reclin-
ing"; hence) A couch, easy-
chair.
κλυ-τός, τή, τόν, adj. [κλύ-
w, "to hear of"] ("Heard
of "; hence) Famous, far-
famed, glorious, renowned.
κοίλῃς, κοίλῃσιν, Ep. and
Poet. for Koiλais, fem. dat.
plur. of κοῖλος.
κοῖ-λος, λη, λον, adj.
Hollow [akin to Sans. root
CVI, "to be swollen"].
κοιρᾶν-έω -ω, f. κοιρανήσω,
v. n. [κоipăv-os, "a ruler"]
("To be a kolpǎvos"; hence)
To rule; to hold sway.
кóμile, Ion. and Ep. for
ékóμīģe, 3. pers. sing. imperf.
ind. of Kouisw.
κομίζω, f. κομίσω, Att.
κομΐω, p. κεκόμικα, v. a. Of
things as Object: To mind,
give heed to, attend to :-for
rendering of verb and part.
see exwv at end.
ων
κορών-η, ης, f. ("Any-
thing hooked, or curved” like
a crow's bill; hence) A handle
of a door.
κλί-νω, f. κλίνω, p. κέκλῖκα,
1. aor. ěkλīva, v. a. 1. To
bend, incline, bow.-2. To lay
down, lay, recline.-3. Mid. : kotéσσetal, 3. pers. sing.
κλίνομαι, 1. aor. ἐκλινᾶμην, fut. ind. mid. ofκοτέω;
also (pass. in mid. force) at v. 101 roîolvde Kotéoσetai
Exλion, p. pass. in mid. force = (τῷδε δάμνησιν) ἐκείνους,
κέκλῖμαι, (“Το lay one's self, ' τοῖς (Ξοῖς) κοτέσσεται.
;-
VOCABULARY.
75
2. κρειών, Ep. for κρεῶν,
contr. gen. plur. of xpéas.
|
κοτ-έω, 1. aor. ἐκότεσα, Ep.
κότεσα, p. perf. κεκοτηώς, v. D.
[Kóτ-os,“ a grudge, rancour"]
1. (“To bear κότος ”; hence)
With Dat. of person: To bear
one a grudge; to feel rancour
towards one; to be
to be angry
with one. 2. Mid. (Epic
forms): imperf. 3. pers. plur.
KOTÉOVTO, f. KOTéoσoμai, 1. aor.
κοτεσσάμην = no. 1.
κρή-δε-μνον, μνου, m. [for
κράτ-δε-μνον; fr. κράς, κρᾶτός,
"the head"; dé-w, "to bind"]
("The head-binding, or head-
encircling, thing"; hence) A
kind of veil which passed over
the head, and hung down on
each side, so that it might be
drawn altogether over the
face at pleasure;—at v. 334
in plur.
koúpη (Ion. for кópn), ns, f.:
1. A maiden.-2. With Gen.
of proper name: A daughter
of; v. 329.
κοῦρος (Ep. for κόρος), ου, mm. :
1. A youth, lad, etc.-2. An
attendant or servant.
κpad-in, ins (Ion. and Ep.
for kaрd-iα), f. The heart,
whether actually or figurative-
ly [akin to Sans. hrid, "the
heart"; cf. Lat. cor, cordis].
κρăvă-ós, ý, óv, adj. Rug-
ged, rocky :-in Homer always
as an epithet of Ithaca; cf.
v. 247.
and
κρη-τήρ, τῆρος (Ep. aul
Ion. for κρα-τήρ), m. [κρα,
a гoot of кepárrūmi,“ to mix ”]
A mixing cup or bowl, used in
mixing wine, intended for a
meal, with water.
|
Κρον-ΐδης, ΐδου, m.=Κρονίων.
Kpov-iwv, iwvos, m. [Kpóv-
as, "Kronos" (the same deity
as the Latin “Saturn "),
father of Zeus] Son of
Kronos, i. e. Zeus. N.B.
Homer makes long in the
nom., and short in the other
cases.
KρǎT-OS, EOS Ovs, u. Strength,
might [akin to Sans. krat-u,
"power"].
Kpéa, coutг. acc. plur. of
κρέας.
κρέας, κρέατος,
KρÉаs, KρÉαTоs, n. Flesh,
meat [akin to Saus. kravya,
raw flesh "].
CC
1. крeίwν, OVтos, m. Ruler,
lord, master;-mostly used
of kings and chieftains; some-in
times of the gods; cf. vv.
45, 81.
M
κτέ-ἄνον, ἄνου (irreg. dat.
plur. KтEάTEσot, as if fr. a
κτεάτεσσι,
form ктéαp), n. [KTÉ-Oμaι
κτά-ομαι, "to acquire";—in
perf. "to have acquired,” i. e.
to possess "]("That which
is possessed"; hence) A pos-
session ;-Plur. (so mostly):
Possessions, property:-esp.
cattle, cf. vv. 430, 431.
κτείνω, f. κτενῶ, p. ἔκτακα,
Ep. 2. aor. čктav (3. pers. sing.
76
VOCABULARY.
ěктα, v. 300), v. a. To kill,
slay, slaughter.-Pass.: KTEίv-
ομαι, 1. aor. ἐκτάνθην—in
Homer 3. pers. plur. Ekтalev
(= Èkтăðnσav) requires a 1.
aor. kтčoŋν [akin to Sans.
ἐκτάθην
root KSHAN, "to wound"].
Kтépeα, wv (no sing.), n.
("Funeral gifts"; hence)
Funeral honours; v. 291.
κτερε-ΐζω, f. κτερεΐξω, l. aor.
ἐκτερέϊξα, V. a. Kтépe-a,
"funeral honours "]
honours"] With
cognate Acc. : To render
funeral honours, to perform
funeral rites; v. 291.
Kтeρetaι, 1. aor. inf. of
KTEPEÏ(W; SCe construction of
Impeiat val Inf. explained |
under δίδωμι.
The Cyclopes; see no. 1, a,
above.
κυλίνδω (and in prose κύλινδ-
éw), f. (late) kuλivdhow, v. a.
To roll ;-at v. 162 the parti-
cipial construction (keíµeva)
is changed in the succeeding
and connected
and connected clause into
that of the finite verb and a
nom. case (... KUλírdet).
κυλίνδει).
κύμα, μᾶτος, 1. (“The
swollen thing"; hence) The
swell of the sea; a ware,
billow [akin to Sans. root çVI,
"to be swollen '].
κύπ-ελλον, έλλου, n. dim.
[Kúπ-, “a (kind of) ship";
also, "a hut"] ("A little
Kúπη"; hence) A big-bellied
drinking vessel; a cup, goble',
રી
κτῆ-μα, μᾶτος, n. [κτη, a|beaker.
root of κтάoμai, "to acquire"]
("That which has been ac- λάβῃσιν, Poet. for λάβῃ,
quired, 07* is possessed"; 3. pers. sing. 2. nor. subj. of
hence) Plur. : Possessions, | λαμβάνω; see κατἅλαμβάνω,
wealth, property.
aud cf. ἐθέλῃσι.
Κυκλώπεσσι, Poet. for Λαέρτης, ου, m. Laertes;
Κύκλωψι, Κύκλωψ;
Kúλw, dat. plur. of Kúkλwy; the father of Ulysses.
-at v. 71 KUкλwπeσσ is a
local Dat.: among the Cyclopes.
λădoíµnv, 1. pers. sing.
2. aor. opt. mid. of λar¤ăvw.
Κύκλ-ωψ, ωπος, 1. [κύκλ-
os, “a circle"; wy, “an eye"]
("Circle-eye," i. e. "Round-
eyed One") 1. Sing.: a. A
Cyclops; one of the Cyclopes,
a savage race of one-eyed
λα(μ)β-άνω, f. λήψομαι, p.
elλnpa, 2. aor ἔλαβον, ν. 2.
irreg.: 1. To take, receive.—
2. To get, obtain [strength-
ened fr. root Aaß, akin to Sans.
root LABI, "to obtain "7.
|
giants inhabiting ancient λανθάνω (Poet. λήθω), f.
Sicily. b. The Cyclops; i. e.
Polyphemus, son of Neptune;
v. 69; cf. v. 70.-2. Plur.:
Anow and Anooμai, 1. aor. (late)
λήσω λήσομαι,
čλnoa, p. λéλŋla, 2. aor.
ἔλησα, λέληθα,
čλŭlov, v. a.: 1. Act.: With
|
4
VOCABULARY.
77
Acc. of person: To escape the
Ainy (Ion. and Ep. for Aíav),
notice uf-2. Mid.: Aaveăvo- adv. Very much, exceeding-
μαι (Puct. λήθομαι),f. λήσομαι, | ly.
1. aor. (late) ¿Anoăunv, 2. aor.
éλăbóμn: With Gen.: To
ἐλαθόμην:
forget; vv. 65, 308.
Aïλaíoμaι, v. mid.: 1. With
Objective clause: To eagerly
desire that; to long for:·
λέβης, ητος, m. dd basin,|λιλαιομένη πόσιν εἶναι, eagerly
in which water for washing desiring that he should be her
the hands before meals was husband, or longing for him
handed to the guests, etc. to be her husband, v. 15,
where acc. αὐτόν is to be
supplied as the Subject of
elvai. 2. With Gen. : To
long for; v. 315.
λέκ-τρον, τρου, n. [for λέγ. |
τρον; fr. λέγω, in pass.
force of "to lie asleep, to lie
down"]("That which is made
for lying asleepor lying down";
bence) A bed, couch.
λιμήν, ένος, 11. 4 harbour,
haven, port.
λευκ-ός, ή, όν, adj. (“ Slin-
ing, bright, brilliant"; hence)
White; of the boues, bleach-
ing, bleached [akin to Sans.
root RUCH, "to shine".
λιπαρός, ἄρά, ἄρόν, adj.
[Aiπ-os, "fat"] (" Pertaining
to Airos"; hence, " greasy,
shining with grease"; hence)
Of things: Bright, brilliant.
λῖτα ; see λίτί.
λϊτί, dat. sing. ; λῖτα (acc.
plur.), n. [Homeric subst.
found only in above-mentioned
cases. The assumed nom.
sing. is 7 or Aí, held by the
best authorities to be an
abbreviation fr. λiooóv, or
Acîov, “smooth "] 1. Smooth
λεῖον,
cloth, linen cloth, as opp. to
rich embroidered stuff's -2.
Plur.: Plain linen seat-cover“,
over which were thrown rich
purple clothis.---N.B. For the
above words there has been
also assumed a nom. mase Als
for Airs from Airov, linen";
and according to this Aira
would be acc. sing.
C.
λεχέεσσι, Poet for λέχεσι,
dat. plur. of λéxos.
λέχος, εος ους, n. [for
Aéy-os; fr. Aéy-w, in pass.
λέγος;
force of "to lie asleep, to lie
down " ("A thing for lying
down" in; hence) A couch,
bed
λύθω ; see λανθάνω.
Aniloμai (Attic Alopai),
f. Aniooμai, 1. aor. èλŋiσăµny,
v. mid. [Anid-oopai; fr.
Ants, Anid-us (Dorie for Acía),
booty, spoil"] To seize us
booty; to carry off as prey.
Antoσaro, Ep. and Poct. for
¿Anioăтo, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
ἐληϊσᾶτο,
ind. mid. of λníçoµai.
λήσομαι, fut. of λανθάνω.
|
4.
78
VOCABULARY.
λόγοισι(ν), Ion. for λόγοις, | μακρότατος [akin to Sans.
dat. plur. of λóyos.
root MAH, originally MAGH,
"to be great"].
μάλ'; see μάλα.
μάλ-α (before a vowel μάλ'),
adv.: 1. Pos. : a. Tery,
very much, exceedingly.-b.
Strengthening the adj. to
which it is attached: Very.
c. Strengthening the adv.
to which it is attached: Quite,
λούω, f. λούσω, 1. aor. very.-2. Comp.: µâλ-λov,
ěλovσa, v. a.: 1. To wash the More, in a higher degree.—
body, etc.—2. Mid.: λούομαι, 3. Sup.: μάλ-ιστα, Most,
f. Xovooμai, Poet. and Ep. in the highest degree, ex-
λoéσσoμai, 1. aor. λovoăun, ceedingly, chiefly, etc.;-at
Ep. and
Poet. λocoσăμny, v. 431 folld. by Partitive Gen.
λοεσσάμην,
p. pass. as mid. λéλovµai, (“To [acc. to some, akin to Sans.
wash the body, etc., for one's var-as, "remarkable "; acc. to
|
self, etc.; hence) To bathe. others, akin to Saus. root
λυγρός, ά, όν, aulj. Sad, ΜAlt; see μακρός].
gloomy, dismal.
λóy-os, ov, m. [for λéy-os;
fr. λéy-w, “to say or speak "]
("That which is said or
spoken "; hence) A word ;—
Plur. Words, i. e. language,
talk, speech.
doeσσáμevos, n, ov, Ep. and
Poet. for Xovoάuevos, P. 1. aor.
midl. of λούω.
|
λω-ΐτερος, ϊτέρα, ἕτερον
(used by Homer only in form
AwlTepov), comp. adj.: More
desirable, more agreeable;
see ảyă¤ós [^ŵ, "to desire";
akin to Sans. root LASH,
desire"].
"to
μákaρ, ǎpos, m. adj.: 1. Bless-
ed, happy:-an epithet of the
celestial deities; v. 82.-2.
Of men: Happy, fortunate,
etc.; v. 217.
μăкăρeσσi, dat. plur.
μάκαρ.
of
μak-pós, pá, póv, adj.: 1.
Long.-2. High, lofty.
Comp. μакр-óтepos; Sup.:
μακρότερος;
μαλακοῖσι(ν), Ion. for μαλ-
ἄκοῖς, masc. dat. plur. of
µčλă«ós; v. 56.
་
μαλακός, ή, όν, adj.: 1. Soft
to the touch.-2. Of words:
Soft, mild, soothing, gentle.
μάλιστα, μᾶλλον; see μάλα.
μαντ-εύομαι; f. μαντεύσο-
μαι, 1. aor. ἐμαντευσάμην,
v. mid. [µávт-is, " a diviner"]
To divine, foretell, prophesy.
μάν-τις, τεως, Ion. ios, m.
An inspired person; a sear,
soothsayer, prophet [akin to
Sans. root MAN, "to think ";
also, "to know, to declare ";
and so, "The one who knows
or declares" the will of the
gods or future events].
VOCABULARY.
79
i
µéy'), adv. [adverbial neut. of
μéyas, "great"] 1. Greatly,
μέγας,
exceedingly, very.-2. Might-
ily, powerfully.
1. μέγα (before a rowel | [μεθ' (= μετ-ά), in force of
"letting go"; inui, "to send"].
("To let go and send"; hence)
Of anger, etc. To give up,
relinquish, remit, cast aside,
2. μéya, neut. uom. and etc.
acc. sing. of µéyas.
μeɣápolo, Ion. for μeyapov,
gen. sing. of μέγαρον.
μέγαρον, ου, n. A house,
esp. a large one; a palace;
-mostly plur. in this force.
μέγ-ας, ἅλη, α, adj. : 1. Of
size: Great, big, large.-2.
Vast, high.-3. Great, mighty.
Comp.: μéswv, μeiswv,
μάσσων; Sup.: μέγιστος [fr. μέλλω.
Sans. root MAII; see μakрós].
μέλλω, f. μελλήσω, 1. aor.
μέδ-ων, οντος, m. [obsol | ἐμέλλησα, v. n. With Inf:
μéd-a, "to protect, rule over"] 1. To mark free will: To be
Protector, guardian, lord, about to do, etc.; to be on the
ruler.
point of doing, etc.; to intend,
μe0-én, imperf. μe0-eirov, or purpose, to do, etc.-2. In
Ep. μέθ-επον, f. μεθ-έψω, | Hower ἔμελλον with Inf.
2. aor. μeт-éσтov, v. n. [μe0' (mostly fut., but at v. 232
(= μET-ά), "after"; π-oμal, pres.) denotes destiny":
"to follow," through root π] | Was, etc., destined, or fated,
("To follow after, to follow to be, etc.
closely"; hence) To visit,
pay a visit; v. 175.
μετ-έσπον, [μεθ'
CC
μέθ-ημαι, v. mid. [ue'
(=μET-á), "with"; uau," to
μετά),
sit"] With Dat.: To sit with
or among.
μεθήμενος,
μέθημαι.
μeonσeɩ, 3. pers. sing. fut.
ind. of μεθίημι.
|
μέλω, f. μελήσω, p. μεμέλ.
ηκα, 1. aor. ἐμέλησα, V. 1.
With Dat. of person: 1. To
be an object of care or interest
to ;-at v. 159 péλei has för
its Subject the nom. neut.
plur. ταῦτα; ---at v. 151 μεμήλει
has for its Subject the nom.
neut. plur. Aλa.-2. Impers.
μελέτω, with σοί, Let there
of
μεθ-ίημι, f. μεθήσω, 1. aor. [be a care to you, i. e. take
μεθῆκα, Εχ. μεθ-έηκα, v. a. ]heed ;---it v. 305 μελέτω con-
µédas, aira, av, adj.: 1. Black,
dark-coloured.-2. Of the
evening: Black, dark, dusky,
murky [akin to Sans. mala,
dirty"].
μελέτω ; see μέλω.
μeλýσel, 3. pers. sing. fut.
ind. of µéλw.
μέλλε(ν), Ion. for ἔμελλεν,
3. pers. sing. imperf. ind. of
η, or, P.
Cf
80
VOCABULARY.
tains its Subject within its | Acc. of person: To await, or
own meaning, viz. μéλnua, expect, a person; v. 304.-2.
"a care, or charge."
With Objective clause: To
wait for the coming, etc., of
something, etc.:—µévov d' ènì
ἕσπερον ἐλθεῖν, and they wailed
for the coming on of evening,
or the evening's coming on,
v. 423 ; see, also, ἐπέρχομαι.
Μερμερίδαο, Aiolic for Mep-
on the|μερΐδου, gen. of Μερμερΐδης.
µeµýdeɩ, Ep. for µsμeλhkel,
3. pers. sing. pluperf. ind. of
μέλω.
•
other hand.-2. To mark an Μερμερ-ΐδης, ἵδου, in. [Μέρ-
μepos, "Mermerus"] Son of
Mermerus; see *1λos.
μeμvnμévos, n, ov, P. perf.
of μιμνήσκομαι.
µév, conj.: 1. Indeed, on
the one hand :—pév
on the one hand .
δέ,
•
•
•
objection, etc.: Yet, however,
still, nevertheless.
μevéalve(v), Ion. and Ep.
for èuevéaive (v), 3. pers. sing.
imperf. ind. of μeveaívw.
μενε-αίνω, V. n. [μένος,
μéve-os, in force of " rage"]
With Dat. of person: To be
in a rage with, or enraged
against; to be angry with.
:
μέσ-ος, η, ον, adj. 1.
Mev-é-λãos, λãov, m. [µév- Middle.---2. Where a thing is
w, in force of "to stand" an in the middle, i. e. the middle
attack, "to withstand"; (e) of that denoted by the subst.
connecting vowel; Aads, "the to which it is in attribution
people"]("One withstanding [akin to Sans. madh-yas,
the people") Menelüus; son "middle"; whence also Lat.
of Atreus, brother of Aga-med-ius].
memnon, and husband of
Helen.
μένος, εος ους, 1. Spirit,
passion, rage; esp. in warriors.
Mévrηs, ou, m. Mentes; a
Μέντης, ου,
son of Anchĭălus king of the
Taphii. His form was as-
sumed by Athënë when she
appeared to Telemachus.
|
μερμηρίζω, f. μερμηρίξω,
1. aor. èuepunpiča, v. a. [uép-
μηρ-α (Poct. tor μέριμνα),
CC
thought" (To be in a
state of μépunpa about";
hence) To devise, revolve,
ponder, contrive.
μένω, f. μενῶ, p. μεμένηκα,
1. aor. čμeiva, v. a. 1. With
ἔμεινα,
:
μετ'; see μετά.
མ•
PETά (before a soft vowel
per; before an aspirated vowel
μɛ0'), prep. : 1. With Gen. :
With.-2. With Dat. : Among,
amongst.-3. With Acc.:
Among, amongst, etc.-b.
Afler.—c. In search of, in
quest of for; v. 184.
peraλlas, contr. 2. pers.
sing. pres. ind. of µeraλλáw.
μεταλλάω,
VOCABULARY.
&I
imperf. ind. of μετα
(C
αυδάω.
66
un, adv. and conj.: 1. Adv.:
Not.-2. Conj.: Lest.
μετ-αλλ-άω -ώ, f. μεταλλ- | sing.
ήσω, v. ii, [μετά, “ for, after”;
a.
ἄλλα, other things"] (“ To
go after, or search for, other
things"; hence,
hence," to explore μηδέ (before a vowel μηδ”),
carefully"; hence) With Acc. conj. and adv. [uń, not";
of person and Acc. of thing: dé, "and"] 1. Conj.: And
To ask a person about a not, nor;-at v. 369 undé
thing; to ask a person some-joins a negative clause to a
thing; v. 231.
positive one.-2. Adv.: Not
a
even.
(6
μετ-αυδάω -αυδῶ, f. μετ-
αυδήσω, v. a. [μετά, a-
mong”; αὐδάω, "to speak"]
("To speak among "; hence)
With Dat. of person: To
address words, etc., to; v. 31.
μετ-εκῖᾶθον, imperf. or 2.
aor. of an obsol. verb μetă-nor.
Kiǎow, only found in before-
mentioned form, v. a. [μeт-ά,
"to"; kiãow (lengthened form
of kiw), "to go"] With Acc.:
Was gone to, was gone to
visit; v. 22.
μETÉλoo, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. opt. of μετέρχομαι.
μετελθών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2.
aor. of μετέρχομαι.
CC
μῆλ᾽, by elision for μῆλα,
acc. plur. of uîλov.
μῆλον, ου, n. 4 sheep.
μή-τε, conj. [μή, “not
TE, "and"] And not, nor :—
μήτε . . . μήτε, neither .
·
>>
1. μῆτερ, voc. sing. of μή-
Tηp; v. 346, etc.
2. μητέρ, by elision for
unrépa, acc. sing. of unτnp.
μή-τηρ, τέρος contr. τρός, f.
A mother [akin to Sans. ma-
tri; fr. root MA, in mean-
ing of "to produce"; and so,
a producer"; cf. Lat. ma-
*C
ter].
μετ-έρχομαι, f. μετ-ελεύσο- μητι-άω -ῶ, v. a. [μῆτις,
μαι, p. μετ-ελήλυθα, 2. aor. μήτιος, "counsel "](“To
μετ-ήλυθον and μετ-ῆλθον, take counsel about”; hence)
|
v. mid. [μer-ά, "among"; To devise, plan, bring about.
ἔρχομαι, "to come"] 1. With μητιόωντες, Ep. for μητι-
Dat. of person : To come ῶντες, contr. nom. masc.
amongst; v. 134.-2. Absol. plur. of part. pres. of unτiáw.
or with Dat. of person to be
supplied: To come into the
midst; to come into the
midst of or among.
μeτηúda, contr. 3. pers.
Odys. Book I.
μητρός, gen. sing. of μήτηρ.
μιγείς, εῖσα, έν, P. 1. aor.
pass. of μίγνυμι.
μίγνυμι aud μίγνυω, f. μίξω,
p. μéuixa, 1. aor. ĕuiža, v. a.:
G
82
VOCABULARY.
1. To mix, mingle.-2. Pass.: |nected with the preceding
μιγνύμαι, p. μέμιγμαι, pluperf. | elause by δέ.
ἐμεμίγμην, 1. aor. ἐμίχθην,
1. fut. Mixohooμai, 2. aor.
μιχθήσομαι,
quĭyny, To be united in mar-
riage, etc.
μι-μνή-σκομαι, f. μνήσομαι,
p. μéµvnuai, 1. aor. éµvnoăµnv
aud éμvýolny, v. mid.: 1.
ἐμνήσθην,
Abs. To call to mind, re-
member.-2. With Gen.: To
remember, etc., a person, etc.;
vv. 29, 343 [akin to Sans.
root MNA, "to remember"].
μίσγω (aat.), μίσγομαι
(pass.), Epic forms used by
Homer for the present tenses
μίγνυμι, μίγνυμαι : 1. Act: Το
mic, mingle wine and water ;
v. 110.-2. Pass.: With Dat.:
("To be mixed with "; hence)
To be bound by ties of hospit-
ality to; v. 209.
μνάασθαι, for μνᾶσθαι, contr.
inf. of uvávμaι; see μváoμaι.
μνήσατο, Ion. for ἐμνήσατο,
3. pers. sing. 1. aor. ind. mid.
μνά-ομαι -ῶμαι (only usedl
pív, Ion. for avтóv, auτýv, in pres. and imperf. tenses),
avró;-at v. 71 for autóv.v.mid. [root pva, akin to, if not
αὐτό;
When two relatival clauses identical with, the root of μ-
follow each other, and the μvý-σkоμai, "to remember".
μνή-σκομαι,
verb of each requires a differ- the connexion between "bear-
ent case, the Greeks avoid the ing in mind" and "desiring
repetition of the relative either to obtain that which is borne
by omitting it in the second in mind" being not difficult
clause, or by using a demon- to trace] To woo, court, make
strative (mostly autóv) or a suit to; vv. 39, 248.
personal pron. in its place; so
that the second relative clause
assumes the character of al of μιμνήσκομαι.
principal and demonstrative
clause connected with the
former by kal or dé. Thus at
vv. 70, 71 ὅου κράτος ἔσκε
μέγιστον is the first relatival | μνηστήρσι(ε).
clause, and the second, strictly
speaking, should be ὃν Θόωσα μνηστήρ.
τέκε; but ἔσκε requires a μνη-στός, τή, τόν, adj. [for
nom., and τέκε an Acc.; hence |μνα-στός; fr. μνά-ομαι, “ to
µív (= aùtóv) is substituted | woo"] ("Wooed (and won)";
for dy, and the clause assumes hence) Wedded; v. 36.
the character of a principal
and demonstrative, and is con-
CC to
μνη-στήρ, στῆρος, m. [for i
μνα-στήρ; fi. μνά-ομαι,
woo"] A wooer, suitor.
μνηστήρεσσι(ν), Poet. for
µvŋotîpσi(v), dat. plur. of
μv@vтaι, contr. 3. pers. plur.
pres. ind. of μváoµai.
VOCABULARY.
83
declare-at v. 124 the Acc.
μοί, dat. sing. of ἐγώ.
μολπ-ή, ἧς, f. [for μελητή;
fr. μéλπ-w, "to sing "] A
singing, song.
after μυθήσεαι is the demon-
strative pron. èkeîvo, which is
omitted before the following
μόρ-ος, ου, m. [μείρομαι, | relative ὅττεο.
"to allot," through a root μυθήσεαι, Ion. for μυθήσῃ,
pop] (That which is allot-2. pers. sing. fut. ind. of
ted"; hence, "fate, destiny μυθέομαι.
of man; hence) Doom, death, μôlos, ov, m.: 1. Word,
μῦθος,
destiny ;-for μópov at v. 166 speech.-2. Talk, conversa-
see άτóλμ, no. 2, a :-unèption; mostly plur.-3. A
άñókλūµi,
μópov, beyond fate or destiny, speech, speaking, in the ayopá,
said of those who by their i. e. public assembly; v. 358.
own fault add to the misery
assigned them by fate, vv. 34,
35. The two words are some-
times written as one, viz.
ὑπέρμορον ; see ὑπέρμορος.
4. Counsel, advice, etc.
Movσa, ns, f. A Muse.
The Muses were goddesses
who presided over music,
poetry, dancing, the drama,
and all the fine arts. Their
names were Clio, Euterpe,
Thalia, Melpomene, Terpsi-
chōrē, Erătō, Polymnia or
Polyhymnia, Urania, Calliope
(the muse of Epic poetry).
Homer calls them at Iliad 2,
491 the daughters of Zeus;
and at v. 601 of Iliad 1 they
are represented as singing at
the banquet of the celestial
deities.
ναίει, v. 51 ; see ἐνναίω,
ναι-ετάω -ετῶ (only in
pres. forms), v. n. [vai-w, "to
dwell"] (Of persons:
"To
dwell."Of places:
"To lie,
be situated"; hence) To ex-
ist.
ναιεταώσης, for ναιεταούσης,
uncontr. f. gen. sing. of part. of
valeτáw.
a
vaûs, rews, f. A ship [akin
to Saus. naus; cf. Lat. năvis].
ναύ-της, του, m. [for vaf.
váF-
Tns; fr. vaûs, vaF-os, "
ship"] ("Ship-doer"; hence)
A sailor, as one who does
what is necessary for working
a ship.
CC
νεμεσ-άω -ω, f. νεμεσήσω,
μυθ-έομαι -οῦμαι, f. μύθο | 1. aor. ἐνεμέσησα, v. n. and al. ;
hooμai, 1. aor. Ep. µvenoă- also, in Homer, Mid. in neut.
μην,
mid. [uve-os, aforce: νεμεσ-άομαι -ῶμαι, f.
word”] (“Το utter a μῦθος”; νεμεσήσομαι, 1. aor. ἐνεμεσο
hence, "to say, speak"; hence) noăuny aud (in pass. form)
With Acc. To speak, tell, ¿veµcon0nv [véµeo-is, “wrath,
V.
G 2
84
VOCABULARY.
ν
indignation"] 1. With P. in 1. aor. ind. mid. (pass. form)
concord with Subject: To feel of veμeoάw.
wrath, or indignation, at being, νεμεσσήσαιτο, Ep. for
etc.; to be angry at being, etc.; veμeσnoαιтo, 3. pers. sing. 1.
v. 228.-2. With Objective aor. opt. mid. of veμeoάw.
clause : To feel angry, or véoμal, v. mid.: 1. To go.
indignant, that; v. 119.-3.-2. To go away or back;
With Acc. of thing and Dat. to return; to depart.
of person: To feel angry, or
indignant, with a person at,
or about, something;-at vv.
158, 389 pol is the Dat. of
person; the Acc. of thing is
the demonstrative exeīvo which
is omitted before the follg.
relative ÖTTI.
véov, adv. [adverbial neut.
sing. of véos, "new"] In
time: Newly, lately, just
now, just.
vé-os (i. e. véF-os), a, ov,
adj.: 1. New.--2. Young.
Comp.: veάTepos; Sup. :
VEάTǎTOS [akin to Sans. nav-a,
"new"; cf. Lat. nov-us].
Νέστωρ, ορος, 111.
Nestor;
a son of Neleus, and king of
Pylos in Triphylia. He was
considered the wisest of the
Greek princes at the siege of
in〉Troy.
νεφεληγερέτα, Ep. for
νεμεσήσεαι, Ion. for νεμεσ-
non, 3. pers. sing. fut. ind.
wii. of νεμεσάω.
veμeσiseto, Ion. for eveμeo-
iseтo, 3. pers. sing. imperf.
ind. of νεμεσίζομαι.
|
νεμεσίζομαι (only used
pres. and imperf.), v. mid.
(= νεμεσάομαι (mid. of νεμεσ-νεφεληγερέτης.
dw), in force of "to take νεφελη-γερ-έτης, έτου, m.
shame to one's self, to feel [contr. for vepeλN-AYEP-ÉTNS ;
shame "; hence) Of the gods as fr. vepéλn, (uncontr. gen.)
Object: To dread, fear, stand repéλn-os, “a cloud "; ayep,
in awe of, reverence; v. 263. a root of άyeípw, "to collect"]
véµ-eois, éσews, f. [véμ-w, Cloud-collector, cloud-gather-
"to distribute "]("A distrib-er-an epithet of Zeus.
uting" of what is due; hence,
in reference to what is wrong)
1. Anger, resentment, dis-
pleasure.-2. A cause for
anger, resentment, or dis-
pleasure; v. 350.
ve@v, gen. plur. of vaûs.
νεώτᾶτος, η, ον; see νέος.
vña (by elision vñ³), vñas,
Ep. for vaûv, vaûs, acc. sing.
and plur. of vaûs.
vies, nom. plur. of vaûs.
νήεσσι, Ep. for ναυσί, daΰ.
plur. of vaûs.
veμeoσnen, Ion. and Ep.
νεμεσσήθη,
for eveμeonon, 3. pers. sing.
VOCABULARY.
85
vnt, dat. sing. of vaûs.
Nýtov, ov, n. [prob. vios,
"of, or belonging to, a ship']
(With opos, "mountain," un-
derstood: " Ship-mountain ")
Neion; a mountain of the
island of Ithaca. At its foot
the town of Ithaca was situate.
vn-μept-ýs, és, adj. [for
νη-αμαρτ-ής; fr. νή, insepar-
able "negative" prefix; àµapт-
ǎvw, "to err "] Unerring, in-
ἄνω,
fallible, sure of accomplish-
ment.
výпoɩvov, adv. [adverbial
νήποινον,
neut. of νήποινος, “un-
avenged"] Without suffering
vengeance; v. 160.
νή-ποιν-ος, ον, adj. [νή,
inseparable "negative" prefix;
Tow-,"retribution, venge-
Jance"] ("Without Town";
hence) Unavenged; v. 380.
νήσοισι(ν), Ion. for νήσοις,
dat. plur. of vñσos.
νῆσος, σου, f. 4n island
[akin to Sans. root SNA, "to
bathe" ; as that which is
bathed or washed" by the
sea, etc.]
vnós, Ep. for veús, gen.
sing of vaûs.
νηῦς, Ep. for ναῦς.
vyvơí(v), Ep. and Poet. for
vavoí, dat. plur. of vaûs.
vīļov, Ep. for ěvišov, 3. pers.
plur. imperf. ind. of vīęw.
νήπιοι, ων; see 1. νήπιος.
1. vý-πì-os, a, ov (also
-os, ov), adj. [for vn-éπ-ios;
CC
vīļw, f. viųw, 1. aor. ěviya,
v. a. 1. Act.: a. To wash the
hands, etc.-b. To wash,
cleanse in general ;—at v. 12
of cleansing tables.-2. Mid.:
fr., inseparable ‘nega- |νίζομαι, f. νίψομαι, 1. aor.
tive" prefix; Ĕπ-OS, “a
word"]("Pertaining to not
a word"; hence) 1. Not
speaking.—As Subst.: výπios,
ov, m. sing. An infant, young
child.--2. With reference to
the mind, ele.: Foolish.-As
Subst. výπio, wv, m. plur.
výrĭoɩ,
Foolish ones, fools;-at v. 8
vio has the of short before
the vowel at the beginning of
the follg. word.
vηπɩ-ăа, čas, f. [Ep. for
νηπῖ.α; fr. νήπιος, “a young
child "] ("The state, or con-
dition, of the výπios"; hence)
1. Sing.: Childhood. — 2.
Plur.: Childish tricks Or.
follies.
ẻmţăµny, To wash the hands;
v. 138.
νίψασθαι, 1. aor. inf. mid.
of rigw.
νο-έω -ῶ, f. νοήσω, p. νενό-
nka, 1. aor. érónoa, v. a.
ἐνόησα,
[ró-os, "mind, perception "]
("To have perception of";
hence) To perceive with the
eyes; to see.
νόος, νόου, …. The mind ;-
66 voor is Acc. of
at v.
(C
2. νήπιος, ου ; sec 1. νήπιος. | “ Respect.”
86
VOCABULARY.
νοστ-έω, f. νοστήσω, l. aor.
évóornoa, v. n. [voor-os, "a
[νόστος,
return home"] To return
home;-at v. 83 the sentence
νοστῆσαι δόμονδε is in
apposition to TOûTo iu preced-
ing line.
|
•
•
•
•
νόστ-ϊμος, ἵμη, ἵμον, adj.
[id.] Of, or pertaining to, a
return home :-vooтiμov ĥμap,
the day of returning home.
VÓσTOS, ou, m. A return
home or homeward:-vóotos
Tатрòя éμоîо, my father's
return home, v. 413; cf., also,
v. 326.
vóσpɩ, adv. 1. a. Apart,
aloof, far, away.-b. With
Gen. Apart from, far away
from; v. 185.-2. With Gen.:
Except, with the exception of;
v. 20.
en.-2. Of persons:
With
auburn, chestnut, or golden
hair; golden-haired.
ξείνοιο, Ion. for ξείνον, gen.
sing. of ξεῖνος.
ξείνοισι(ν), Ion. for ξείνοις,
dat. plur. of eîvos.
ξεῖνος (Ion. for ξένος), ου, m. :
1. A guest-friend; i. e. a per-
son (especially a citizen of
a foreign state) with whom
one has a treaty of hospitality
for one's self and heirs, con-
firmned by mutual presents and
an appeal to Zeus Zévios.-2.
A stranger.
ξε-στός, στή, στόν, adj.
[e-w, "to smoothe, or polish,"
by scraping, etc.] Smoothed,
or polished, by scraping, etc.
ξύν ; see σύν.
|
vú (enclitic); see vûv, no. 2.
vúµọn, ns, f. A nymph;
at v. 86, by Núuon Calypso is
meant.
-
¿ŭvicɩ, 2. pers. sing. pres.
imperat. of guvinui, as if fr. a
contr. form tuviéw.
ξΰν-ἵημι (another form of
oŭv-inµı), f. ¿vv-now, p. ¿ùv-
eîkα, 1. aor. ¿ŭv-îka, Ep. ¿ŭv-
éŋа, v. а. [¿úv (= oúv),
"to-
vûv, adv.: 1. Now, at this
time.-2. Also in the forms
vúv, vú: a. Then, thereupon.gether"; Inu, "to send"]
-b. Then, therefore. — c. ("To send together"; hence)
Surely, assuredly, forsooth; To perceive, hear, understand;
v. 347, etc.—éƒeí vv, since v. 271.
surely, v. 211 [akin to Sans.
nu or nứ, “now "].
vúvvμvos, ov, adj. [Ep. for
vóruμos] Nameless, unknown,
inglorious.
1. 6, 7, ró, definite article:
The :-the definite article, as
such, is generally held not
to exist in Homer, as passages
which seem to favour its exist-
žavðós, ý, óv, adj.: 1. Of the ence are said to be found on
hair: Auburn, chestnut, gold-examination referable to the
VOCABULARY.
87
CC
|
demonstrative &,, Tó; see distinct from others, rather
2.6 [akin to Sans. sa, one"; than to point him out: He,
and ta, "he, she, it "].
she, it indeed or at least ;-at
2. ô, ǹ, tó : 1. Demonstra-v. 403 with a Subst. in appo-
tive prou. That, this. As sition: ' àrýp, he indeed,
Subst. That person, that the man.
thing, etc.; he, she, it, etc.- ¿dáž, adv. [lengthened form
a. The demonstrative 6, 1, ró | of dág = dákк-s; fr. daê, a root
is often used in Homer to of dák-rw, "to bite "] By bit
direct attention to some subst.ing, with the teeth :-ỏdà év
which is to follow, and which xeiλeo púνtes, (clinging to
χείλεσι
stands in apposition to it: their lips by biting or with the
δ᾽ ἕσπετο Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη, and teeth ; i. c.) biting their lips
she-Pallas Athène-follow- with rage, v. 381; sce èµpvw.
ed, v. 125.—b. ẻ Too (se.
Xpóvov), From that time, ever
since, v. 212.-c. oi μév
oi dé, those on the one hand
those on the other; the
one the other, v. 24.—2.
Relative pron. (Ep., Ion., and
Dor. for os,, 8): Who, which,
that. The demonstrative
pron. is sometimes omitted
before the relative; e. g. at
v. 338 τάτε = ἐκεῖνά τε, τά.
|
• • •
ŏ-de, i-de, tó-de (by elision
88', 8, 768'), pron. demonstr.
[old demonstr. pron. 8, "this ";
euclitic dé] This person, or
thing, here.-Adverbial neut.
acc. Tóde (by elision 768'): To
this spot, hither; v. 409.-As
Subst., of all genders and
numbers He, she, it; this
thing; these, these things.-
In Homer öde (as also ye,
οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) is often used in
animated addresses, and even
applied emphatically by the
speaker to himself, or to hi-
self together with others:-
ἡμεῖς οἵδε περιφραζώμεθα πάντ-
es, (let us all, these, debate ;
i. c.) let us all who are here
debate, v. 76.
3. %, neut. nom. aud acc. |
of ös, ½, 8; also as adv.
|
CC
ὀβρίμο-πάτρ-η, ης, f. [ύβρο
uos, (uncontr. gen.) oßpiuo-os,
mighty”; πατήρ, πατρός,
a father"]("She that has
a mighty father"; hence)
Daughter of a mighty father,
i. e. Athënë; v. 101.
<<
ódoîo, Ion. for ódoû, gen.
sing. of 55ús.
Ðô-ós, on, f. (“That which
approaches, or forms an ap-
proach," to a place; hence) 1.
1 way, road, path.-2. A
• ❤
#
ŏ-ye (by elision oy'), -ye,
76-ye, demonstr. pron. [2. 8,
, Tó, "he, she, it"; enclitic
particle yé, “indeed "] Prop-
erly to designate a person as
•
88
VOCABULARY.
travelling, or journeying,
whether by land or sea; a
journey by land; a voyage by
sea ;-at v. 444 there is refer-
ence to the voyage, etc., which
Athénë had counselled Tele-
măchus to undertake for the
purpose of obtaining tidings
of his father; cf. vv. 281 sqq.
[akin to Sans. root SAD, "to
approach "].
1. oi, masc. nom. plur. of
ὀδούς, όντος, m. (The
eating thing "; hence) A tooth
[probably doú-s for èdóvt-s; &, ñ, Tó.
= |
fr. ἔδων, ἔδοντ-os, part. pres.
2. of: 1. Dat. sing. of re-
of d-w, "to eat"; cf. Sans.flexive pron. où-2. When
dantas, "a tooth," fr. root
AD, "to eat"].
euclitic of
vv. 17, 62, etc.
avr@, aùtîì; see
ỏdŭvn, ns, f. Of the mind:
Pain, grief, distress :-often,
as at v. 242, in plur., and in
connexion with yoo (plur.).
3. of, masc. nom. plur. of
ös, %, 8.
|
ola, adv. [adverbial neut.
acc. plur. of 2. ofos, "such
as”] In such manner as,
just as, like as, as.
[1.
οἴγω, later οιγνύμι, f. οἴξω,
aor. ᾦξα, Ep. ὤϊξα, v. a.
To open.
To
οἶδα (before a vowel οἶδ');
Ὀδυσσ-εία, είας, f. [Οδυσσ- | see εἴδω.
"Odusseus"]("The oldas, 2. pers. sing. of
thing-here, poem - pertain-oîda.
εύς,
ing to Odusseus"; i. e.) The 1. oïde, masc. nom. plur. of
Odyssey; wherein Homer | ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε.
ὀδύρομαι, f. ὀδυροῦμαι, 1.
aor. dupăμny, v. mid. Alone:
To bewail, mourn, lament.
Οδυσεύς, ἧος, ῆι, ἧς, Epic
forms of 'Odurσeús, etc.; see
; see
Οδυσσεύς.
relates the events connected
with the return of Odusseus
from Troy to his native laud
of Ithaca.
politic of the Greek princes
at the siege of Troy.
ὀδύσσομαι,
¿dúoσoμaι, Ep. v. mid.
found only in 1. aor. duoăunv,
and once in 3. pers. perf. ¿dúd-
vora: With Dat. of person:
To be angry, or wroth, with ;
to be grieved at.
υσται:
o0, rel. adv. [Poet. for où
(Sc. TÓTov), adverbial gen. of
place; fr. 8s, "who, which "]
Where.
Ὀδυσσεύς, ἧος, 1. Oduss-
eus (Lat. Ulysses); king of
Ithaca, the wisest and most
2. oide, before a vowel
oidev, 3. pers. sing. of oïda.
oin, fem. nom. sing. of
1. οἶος.
<< a
očк-oι, adv. [olk-os,
house"] 1. At home.-2. In
one's own country, etc.
VOCABULARY.
89
oɩkolo, Ion. for oйkov, gen.
sing. of oikos.
ing"; i. e. having the appear-
ance of (dark) wine"; hence)
Dark-coloured, dark; an
epithet of the sea.
CC
oikóv-de, adv. [olkov, acc. of
olkos, "a house"; dé (=πрós),
(=πρός),
to"] 1. To one's, etc., house
or abode; to one's, etc., dwell-
ing.-2. To one's, etc., own
country, etc.
oio, Ion. for où, masc. gen.
sing. of 2. us.
ο-ΐ-ομαι (οἶμαι), imperf.
ᾠόμην, f. οἰήσομαι (later oi-
οἶκ-ος, ου, m. (“That which | ηθήσομαι), 1. aor. ᾠήθην, Ep.
is inhabited”; hence) 1. 4ὠΐσθην, ὠισάμην, and ὀϊσάμην,
house, abode, dwelling.-2. To think, imagine, suppose,
House in meaning of property, etc.; at v. 173 folld. by
goods, substance; vv. 248, Objective clause; -at v. 323
251.-3. A house, family, etc. auróv is to be supplied as the
[akin to Sans. veç-a, "a Subject of elrai; see Oeós,
house"; fr. root VIç, "to sit no. 1 [akin to Sans. root 1,
down"; cf. Lat. vic-us]. "to go," which with prefix}
ava (here represented by ỏ),
viz. AVA-I, has the force of
"to consider, believe "].
I,
oivomédolo, fem. gen. sing.
of οἰνόπεδος ; v. 193.
oivó-πed-os, o», adj. [olvos,
(uncontr. gen.) olvo-os, "wine";
Téd-ov, "the ground or soil"]
("Having wine-soil"; i. e.)
Having a soil adapted to the
growth of the vine; producing
abundance of wine; v. 193.
oivos, ov, m. Wine.
οἰνοχοεύων, ουσα, ov, P.
pres. of oivoxoeúw, Ep. form
of οἰνοχοέω.
CC
oivoxo-éw -ŵ, f. how, v. n.
[oivoxó-os, one who pours
out wine, a cup-bearer"] To
pour out wine; to be, or act
as, a cup-bearer.
|
olov, adv. [adverbial neut.
of ofos, "such as " 1. In
exclamations: How! vv. 32,
410.-2. In comparisons: In
such manner as, as, like as,
just as.
1. olos, n, ov, adj. Alone;
vv. 13, 244 [akin to Sans.
eva,
alone"].
(C
:
2. olos, oïa (Ion. oïn), sivv,
adj. 1. In independent sen-
tences used in exclamations
to express astonishment, etc. :
Why, what a thing, etc.-2.
In comparisons: What sort
of, what manner of, etc.;
v. 298.-3. As a correlative to
τοῖος, τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, ex-
pressed or understood: As,
OS,
oйv-oч, oños, m. adj. [oîv-
"wine"; root on (found
in ὄψομαι = ύπ-σομαι, “το
see"; in pass. force, "to
appear"] ("Wine-appear- such as; cf. vv. 257, 371.
→
၄၁
VOCABULARY.
3. olós, gen. sing. of öïs;
v. 443.
1. õis, õïos (contr. oiús; so
alone in Homer), m. aud f.
A sheep.
2. ois, masc. dat. plur. of
2. us; v. 237.
bīσăτo (quadrisyll.), 3. pers.
sing. of ὀϊσάμην, 1. aor. ind.
of οἴομαι; see οἴομαι; v. 323.
oloɩ(v), masc. dat. plur. of
2. os; vv. 19, 117, etc.
OiTOS, OU, M. Fate in a bad
sense; doom, ruin, death.
οἴχομαι, imperf. ᾠχόμην
(the only tenses used by
Homer), f. οἰχήσομαι, p. οἴχ-
@kα, р. pass. @xnuai, v. mid.:
1. Pres. as perf.: To be gone,
to have gone :-for mode of
rendering ἀναΐξας οἴχεται see
exwv at end.-2. Imperf. as
pluperf. (I, etc.) had gone.
oixoμévolo, Ion. for oix-
Quévov, masc. gen. sing. of
οἰχόμενος, P. pres. of οἴχομαι.
:
1. btw, Ep. for ofw = ôïoµai,
or otoμai; found only in 1.
pers. sing. The is long in
Homer when the word occurs
at the end of a line.
2. oių, masc. dat. sing. of
οἶος.
oiwvós, oû, m. ("A vulture,
eagle, bird of prey"; hence)
An omen drawn from birds of
&λ] ("That which destroys";
hence) Destruction, ruin,
death.
ỏλéσðaɩ, 2. aor. inf. mid. of
ὄλλυμι.
ὄλλυμι, f. ὀλέσω, 1. aor.
λeσa, v. a. 1. Act.: a. To
destroy. b. To lose. — 2.
|Mid.: ὄλλυμαι, f. ὀλοῦμαι,
p. ἔλωλα, 2. aor. ὠλόμην, (“Το
destroy one's self"; hence) a.
To perish, come to an end.--
b. Of property as Subject: To
be destroyed or wasted.
öλoιode, 2. pers. plur. 2. aor.
opt. mid. of õàλõµí.
ὄλοντο, Ion. for ὤλοντο,
3. pers. plur. 2. aor. ind. mid.
of čλλõμí.
ἄλλυμι.
ὀλοό-φρων, φρονος, adj. [for
ὀλού-φρεν ; fr.ὀλούς, (uncontr.
gen.) oλob-os, "destructive,
mischievous ”; φρήν, φρενός,
mind"] ("Having a destruc-
tive or mischievous mind
hence) Crafty, sagacious
with the accessory notion of
mischief; cf. v. 52.
Ὀλύμπιος, ου ; see Ολυμπ-
OS.
3)
Ο-λυμπ-ος(Ion. Οὔλυμπος),
ov, m. (“The abrupt, or steep,
mountain) Olympus; a lofty
mountain on the borders of
Macedonia and Thessaly, the
fabled abode of the celestial
Wakabag
J
prey; an omen in general deities.-Hence, 'Ohúμmios,
|
Ὀλύμπιος,
Lakin to Sans. vi, "a bird"]. ov, adj. Of, or belonging to,
ὄλ-εθρος, έθρου, m. [ὄλλυμι, | Olympus ; Olympian. As
"to destroy," through root Subst.: 'Olúμmios, ou,
|
Ὀλύμπιος, ου,
217.
VOCABULARY.
91
The Olympian god, i. e. Zeus seeing thing"; hence) The
[akin to Sans. root LUP,
"to eye.
break"; is inserted to
strengthen the word; ò is a
prefix].
μ
ὀμφαλός, οὗ, 1.
("The
navel"; hence) The centre or
middle point; v. 50.
óµăd-éw -ŵ, f. dµŭdńow,
1. ov, mase. acc. sing. of
1. aor. &μădnoa, v. n. [öµås-1. ös, relative pron.; vv. 69,
os, "a clamour, din" To
raise, or make, a clamour or
din :-in Odyssey always used
of Penelope's suitors.
óμădnσav, Ion. and Ep. for
wμüdnσav, 3. pers. plur. 1. aor.
iud. of dµădéw.
ὄμβρος, ου, n. A thunder. 2. δέ.
storm, a storm.
ὀνείαθ᾽, by elision for
῞Ομηρος, ου, m. Homer;ὀνείᾶτα (acc. plur. of ὄνειαρ)
see Introduction.
before an aspirated vowel;
ὁμίλ-έω -, f. ὁμιλήσω, | ν. 149.
p. ὡμίληκα, 1. aor. ὡμίλησα,
v. n. [ὅμίλ-ος, “a throng of
people" ("To be in an
quiños"; hence) With Dat.:
1. To be in company with, to
come into company with, to
hold intercourse with.-2. In
hostile sense: To meet a per-
sou, etc., in battle; v. 265.
ὁμιλήσειε ν), Eolic for
Suiλhoai, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
opt. of ὁμιλέω.
ὅμ-έλ-ος, ου, m. τόμός,
"one and the same"; A-n,
"a crowd"] (“That which is
one and the same tλn"; hence)
An assembled crowd, a throng |
of people.
ὄμ-μα, μᾶτος, n. [for ὕπ-μα;
fr. root or (found in opoμai
=π-σoμai), “to see"] ("The
Ξύπ-σομαι),
218, etc.
2. ov, masc. acc. sing. of
2. os (= éós), possessive pron.
övde = öv, masc. acc. sing.
of 2. ös (= éós), possessive
pron.; and dé (= πρós) ac-
cusatival suffix; v. 83; see
ὄν-ειαρ, εἰᾶτος, n. [fr. ὀν-
ἴνημι, "to profit, benefit,"
through root ov] ("That
which profits or benefits ";
hence) 1. Sing.: Refreshment.
-2. Plur.: Food, victuals, a
repast; as being that wherein
refreshment consists; v. 149.
ôféï, masc. dat. sing. of
oğús.
ὀξ-ύς, εῖα, ύ, adj. Sharp,
keen [akin to Sans. root ço,
"to sharpen"].
čov, Ep. for où, masc. gen.
sing. of 1. 8s, relative pron.
ὅπη (Ep. ὅππη), adv.: 1.
Where :-San ǎr, wheresoever,
cf. 2. ǎr, no. 2.-2. In what
way οι manner; how, as
[either an adverbial dat. of
obsol. pron. óñós = obsol. mós,
92
VOCABULARY.
|
akin to Sans. ka, "who?"; may happen, the verb being
or lengthened fr. πî].
here emphasized :--ὅππως κε
ὀπίσσω (Poet. and Ep. for μνηστῆρας ἀπώσεαι, exactly
òniow), adv.: 1. Behind, back- | how thou mayest drive away,
wards.-2. In time: Here- v. 270; cf., also, v. 342.--2.
after, in time to come.
Couj. a. That, in order that.
b. With fut. Ind. after a
primary tense: In such wise
that one shall, or may, do,
etc.; v. 57 [either from obsol.
pron. drós nós, akin to Sans.
kas, "who ?", or lengthened
fr. πws].
δράω -ῶ, f. ὄψομαι, p. ἑόρακα,
(later) ἑώρακα, v. n. and a. : 1.
Neut.: To look, direct one's
eyes, etc.-2. Act.: To see,
perceive, observe.
ὁπόθεν (Ep. δππόθεν), rel.
adv. [either fr. obsol. drós,
(uncontr. gen.) óró-os (see
Óπn); Dev (= ék), "from"; or
ὅπη); θεν
a lengthened form of móbev,
"whence "](" From which";
hence) From what place or
quarter; whence.
ὁποῖος (Ip. ὁπποῖος), α, ον,
adj. [either fr. obsol. ónós (see
8); or lengthened fr. Totos]
Of what sort or kind.
ὅππη ; see ὅπη.
ὁππύθεν; see ὁπόθεν.
ὁπποῖος, α, ον; see ὁποῖος.
оπTÓτE (before a soft vowel
ὁππότ᾽; Ep. for ὁπότε), adv.
When:-TÓT' av, whenever,
whensoever; see ăr, no. 2.
ὅππως; see ὅπως.
</
66
опшо (Ер. опπшs), adv.
and conj. [either fr. obsol.
dñós (see orn) ; or lengthened
fr. mos] 1. Adv.: In what
way, in what manner, how:
a. With Subj. alone, to denote
how," or in what way, a
thing may happen :-πws
nono, how he may come,
v. 77 ; so, ὅπως ἐθέλῃσιν, ας
he may will, v. 349.-b. With
ké or kév (= “v) and Subj. to
denote "in whatsoever way
="exactly how "
a thing
#
>>
Ὀρέσταο, olic for Ορέ-
στου, gen. of Ὀρέστης ; at
v. 40 the final o of 'OpéσTao is
lengthened in arsis.
Ὀρέστης, στου, m. [ὄρος,
ope-us,
CC 'al mountain"]
("Mountaineer ") Orestes
the only son of Agamemnou
and Clytemnestra. On the
return of Agamemnon from
Troy, he was slain by his wife
Clytemnestra and her par-
amour Egisthus. Eight years
subsequently Orestes avenged
his father's death and killed
Egisthus, and, according to
some accounts, his mother also.
ὄρνις, ὄρνιθος, m. and f. 4
bird.
7
;
ཟ
ŏp-vūμµl, f. ŏpow, 1. aor.
&pra, v. n. (“ To cause to go";
hence) 1. Act.: To stir up,
VOCABULARY.
93
rouse.-2. Mid.: op-vůμal, as much as.-b. How many,
f. ὀροῦμαι, 2. aor. ὠρόμην : Of|how much.
the mind as Subject: ("To
stir itself up"; hence) To be
disposed or inclined; v. 347.
ópów, Ep. for ópáw.
opówv, Ep. for dpáwv, uncontr.
P. pres. of Spáw.
1. öơσa, neut. acc. plur. of
önσos; vv. 278, 292.
2. ὄσσα, ης, f. A rumour ;
a word voiced abroad; v. 282.
ooos (Ep. and Ion. ŏσσos),
ὅσος ὅσσος),
n, ov, adj.: 1. Of size: As
great as; how great.-2. Of
number, etc.: a. As many as,
ὄσσομαι, found only in
pres. and un-augmented im-
perf., v. mid. [ooo-e, "the
(two) eyes"] To see;-strictly
with the eyes; but at v. 114
ỏpŭµaydós, où, m. A loud
noise, din, as made by a
tumultuous throng.
ὀρχη-στύς, στύος, f. [fcrinentally.
ὀρχε-στύς; fr. ὀρχέ-ομαι, “ to
dance"] Dancing, the dance.
ὅσσος, η, ον; see ὅσος.
ŏσ-TE, ½-TE, 8-тe, pron. rel.
[ös, “who, which "
; TE, Suffix
without force] Who, which,
that; vv. 52, 314, etc.
ὀστέον, ου, n. A bone [akin
to Sans. asthi, "a bone "].
1. os,, 8, pron. rel. and
demonstr. 1. Relative: Who,
which.-Particular construc-
tions: a. The neut. rel. some-
times seems to refer to a masc.
or fem. subst., but in reality ŏσ-TIS, ½-TIS, Ö-Ti, pron. [ös,
it refers to the idea contained "who”; Tís, "any "] 1. In-
in the demonstrative sentence; definite: ("Any one who, any-
cf. v. 387, where 8 seemingly thing which," i. e.) Whoever,
refers to '10ákn, but, in reality, whatever person or thing.-2.
to Telemachus being "king Relative: Referring to a de-
in Ithaca," i. e. to his having finite person, but with a certain
the kingdom of Ithaca.-b. general notion, attaching to
Acc. neut. sing. as adv.: 8,it: Who, which; v. 415;-at
Because; frequent in Homer. v. 316 the relative (ÖTTI)
-2. Demonstrative; especially attracts the subst. of the
in connexion with yάp or kal: demonstrative clause into its
γάρ καί
He, etc.:—ὃς γάρ, for he, own : δῶρον δ᾽ ὅττι . . . δοῦναι
v. 286;-at v. 219 without
γάρ.
2. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν, pron. poss. =
ös,
ἑός; see ἑός.
αὖτις ἀνερχομένῳ δόμεναι
- ὅττι δὲ δοῦναι . . . αὖτις
ἀνερχομένῳ δῶρον δόμεναι.-3.
Interrog. That.-As Subst.:
öтɩ, What thing, what.
1. ŏTE (before a soft vowel
or'), adv. When.
2. 8-TE, K-TE, 8-тe, pron.
94
VOCABULARY.
rel. [for oσ-Te; fr. os, "who,"
etc.; suffix Te] Who; which.
1. 8, Tɩ, adv. [adverbial neut.
of bσTIS; see oσTIs, no. 3]
ὅστις
For what reason, why, where-
fore. N.B. This word is
written 8,7 and 8 Ti, to di-
stinguish it from ori, "that";
see following word.
2. Tɩ (also, in Homer, %),
adv. and conj. :
1. Adv.:
That. 2. Conj. Because
that, for that, because, since,
inasmuch as.
3. örɩ, neut. nom. and
sing. of ὅστις.
ŎTIS, Ep. and Poet. for
ὅστις ; v. 47.
ôτρηpós, á, óv, adj. Quick,
busy, active, nimble.
(
acc.
Maddy
3. où, masc. gen. sing. of
ös, , öv; see éós.
ἥ,
4. où (Dat. of, Acc. ), pron.
reflex. (without nom.), m. and
f.: 1. (Of, etc.) himself, her-
self.-2. Enclitic: (Of, etc.)
him, her.
où-Sé (before a vowel ovd'),
conj. and adv. [où, "not";
dé, "and"] 1. Conj.: And
not, nor.-2. Adv.: Not even.
ovdós, où, m. A threshold;
an entrance to any place.
οὐκ-έτι, adv. [οὐκ, “ not”;
TI," any longer"] Not any
longer, no longer, no more.
oùκí, Ion. for οὐχί, a
strengthened form of the nega-
tive adv. où : Not; see 1. où.-
This adv. is usually placed by
Homer at the end of a clause,
and generally at the end of a
verse; see v. 268.
Ovλúμmolo, Ion. and Ep.
for 'Oλúμπov, gen. of 'OXvµπ-
os.
|
ὀτρύνω, f. (in Homer)
ὀτρυνέω, 1. aor. ὤτρύνα, v. a.
With Acc. of person and Inf.
expressed or understood: To
spur on, urge, etc. :-supply
iéval (inf. of 1. elu) after
ὀτρώνομεν, v.
85;
where
OTрUVOμEV is the pres. ind.-2. Therefore, consequently.
ὀτρύνομεν
used of an immediately future
time, to represent it as act-So.
ually taking place.
ouv, adv.: 1. Then, certainly.
3. To continue a narrative:
OTTEO, Ep. for ourivos, neut.
gen. sing. of 8σris; v. 124.
SOTIS
ŎTTI, Eр. for őтi, nom. and
acc. neut. sing, of öσTIS.
1. où (before a consonant,
our before a soft vowel, before an
aspirated vowel oux), adv. Not.
2. où, masc. and neut. gen.
sing. of us, ½, ő.
રી
οὔ-ποτε (before a soft vowel
oUTOT'; before an aspirated
vowel oйroe'), adv. [où, "not";
Toré, "at any time"] Not at
TOTÉ,
any time, never.
oùpăvós, où, m. Heaven.
ovs, masc. acc. plur. of rel.
pron. ös, , 8.
</
OV-TE (before a soft vowel
OUT', before
οὔτ᾽,
an aspirated
VOCABULARY.
95
"not";
vowel ovð³), conj. [ov, “not
~é, "and"] And not, nor;-
OUTE, neither
οὔτε
nor.
M
•
M
οὔτι; see οὔτις.
OŬ-TIS, TI, pron. [o", "not";
Tís, "any one"] Not any one,
one, nobody; — Neut.
Nothing. Adverbial neut.
ace.: oŭrɩ, In no respect, in
no degree, not at all.
No
O-TOL, adv. [ui, "not";
Toí, enclitic adv., "indeed"]
Not indeed, by no means.
ỏx-éw -ŵ, f. ỏxýow, 1. aor.
xnoa, v. a. [ox-os,
(6
any-
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, pron.thing that carries ”] (“Το
dem This ;-Plur. These. carry"; hence, "to uphold,
As Subst. : a. Masc.: (a) sustain "; hence) Of childish
Sing. Oûros, etc., m. This tricks: To keep playing.
man or person.-(b) Plur. :
OûTOL, These men or persons,
these.-b. Neut.: (a) Sing. :
TOÛTO, etc., n. This thing,
this.—(b) Plur.: Taura, These
things.
oчi-yov-os, ov, adj. [for
¿i-yev-os; fr. ỏựí,
"late";
yiyvouai,
γίγνομαι, "to be born,
through root yev] (“Late-
born"; hence) After-born;
i. e. born at a later date, or in
after times (mostly plur.).—
As Subst. : ὀψίγονοι, ων, in.
plur. Men born hereafter;
i. e. after the present time.
:
ỏþeíλw (Ep. ỏþéλλw), im-
perf. ὤφειλον, f. ὀφειλήσω, p.
wpeiλnka, 2. aor. peλov and
ὠφείληκα, ὤφελον
ŏþeλov, v. a. : 1. To owe.-2.
ὄφελον,
With Inf. (I, etc.) ought.—3.
In 2. aor. (followed by Inf.,
and preceded by ws, "how"),
to express a wish that cannot
be realized: O! how I wish
that; equivalent to the Lat.
"utinam"; cf. v. 217.
used as fut. of ópáw, "to see,"
ὄσσομαι and obsol. ὔπτομαι,
"to see," akin to a lost Saus.
verb aksh," to see "; cf. also
Sans. aksi, "an eye"].
ὄφρα (before a vowel ὄφρ'),
conj. and adv.: 1. Conj.: With
Subj.: a. That.-b. In order
that, to the end that.-2.
Adv. a. So long as, as long
as, while.-b. To mark a
limit in time: Until.
ỏóðaλµós, où, m. ("The
seeing thing"; hence) An eye
[like ŭtoµiai (= ŏñ-σoµai),
ΰψομαι
در
πάθε(ν), Ion. for ἔπαθε(ν),
3. pers. sing. 2. aor. ind. of
ráσxw.
παιδί, παιδός, dat. and gen.
sing. of rais.
παῖς, παιδός, 1. and f. d
ὄφελον, 2. aor. ind. of child; i. c. 1. Masc.: a. 4
ὀφείλω; v. 217.
boy, lad.-b. A son.-2. a. A
girl, maiden.—ɓ. A daughte
A
τἅλαι-ός, ά, όν, adj. [πάλαι,
|“long ago"] (“Of, or be-
96
VOCABULARY.
Old, ancient.
παλάμη,
mădăµn,
the hand; the hand.
longing to, máλai"; hence) |[πâs, navт-ós, "all"] ("Per-
taining to as "; hence) Of
all sorts or kinds; of every
sort or kind.
Táλɩ, adv.: 1. Back, back- πἄρ᾽, πάρ ; see παρά at be-
wards.—2. Again, back again | ginning; and for v. 132 πășă-
[akin to Sans. parâ, “back "]. | TionμI.
παλίν-τι-τος, του, adj.
[πᾶλιν,
[πăλı, “back"; Tívw, "to
τίνω,
pay," through root ru] ("Paid
back"; hence) Requited,
avenged;-at
-at v. 379 πăλívtita
is predicated of ěpya.
Пaλλ-ás, ădos, f. [usually
referred to máλλ-w, "to brand-
ish "; and so, "The Brandish-
er of the spear;-but said
by some to be akin to máλλağ,
Dor. for Taîs, and so, "The
Maiden "] Pallas :-an epi-
thet of Athënë.
رو
ns, f. The palm of
cf. Lat. apud ; French
chez.-(c) Before, in the
presence of.-c. With Acc. :
(a) With verbs of coming or
going With Acc. of person:
m.To;-παρὰ Μενέλαον, to Mene-
laus, v. 285.-(b) With verbs
denoting rest: Beside, along-
side of, by, near; v. 333.—2,
Adv. Near [akin to Sans."
pard, "away"].
παραί, Poet. for παρά ;
| v. 366.
Παν-αχαιοί, αχαιῶν,
plur. [Tav, the base of many
compounds of was, "all";
᾿Αχαιοί,
'Axaioí, "the Achæans"] All
the Achæans.
παν-νυχ-ῖος,
πav-vůx-ĭos, ĭov, adj. [for
παν-νυκ-ῖος; fr. πᾶς (sce Παν-
αχαιοί),
"all"; νύξ (=
vúk-s), "night "] (« Pertain-
νύκ-ς),
ing to all the night "; hence)
All night long, throughout
the whole night.
Táντа (before a soft vowel
Táνr'), neut. nom. and acc.
plur. of πᾶς.
πάντες,
πᾶρά (before a vowel παρ',
and in a shortened form, wáp,
v. 132), prep. aud adv.: 1.
Prep. gov. gen., dat., and acc. :
a. With Gen. :
With Gen.: From.--b.
With Dat.: (a) Near, beside,
by.-(b) With Dat. of person:
At the house of :—ñар³ ăµµι,
παρ᾽ ἄμμι,
at our (or my) house, v. 123;
πάντας, πάντων,
masc. nom., acc., and gen.
plur. of wâs.
παντ-οῖος, οία, οῖον, adj.
|
παρα-νηνέω, imperf. παρ-
evýveov, v. a. [mapá, "beside";
vnvéw (Ep. for véw), “to heap
up"] Of food as Object: To
heap, or pile, up,
beside a per-
son, etc., or by a person's, etc.,
side.-N.B. This verb is only
found in the imperf.
|
παρα-τανύω, Ep. 1. aor.
παρ-ετάνυστα, v. a. [παρά,
"beside"; Tarów, "to stretch
τανύω,
VOCABULARY.
97
ind.
out"] To stretch out beside | force) πăpă-тéleiμai, 1. aor.
one, etc.; to extend alongside, пăр-εOпкăμην, 2. aor.
aor. πᾶρ-
etc.;-at v. 138 in tmesis, eléμny, To place near, or
παρὰ . . . ἐτάνυσσε.
close at hand, as one's own
παρα-τίθημι, f. παρα-θήσω, [act; v. 132, where πὰρ
p. παρα-τέθεικα, 1. aor. παρ- θέτο (in tmēsis) is Epic for
έθηκα, v. ε. [πᾶμά, “beside”; παρ-έθετο, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
Tionμ, "to put or place "]
τίθημι,
("To put, or place, beside
person; hence) 1. With Acc.
of thing and Dat. of person:
To place, or set, something
before a person:—for mode of
rendering παρέθηκε φέρουσα,
v. 139, see ǎywv at end; cf.,
also, v. 141 ;—at v. 142 năрà
25
a
|
در
•
Tăρelá, âs (in Homer al-
ways in plur.), f. The cheek.
παρειαων, Ætolic for παρ-
ev, gen. plur. of măpeiά.
πᾶρ-ειμι, f. παρ- έσομαι, v. n.
[παρ-ά, “near”; εἰμί, “to
be"] ("To be near"; heuce)
Of things as Subject: To be
ready or at hand.
-
Tile is put (in tmēsis) for
παρ-ετίθει, 3. pers. sing. im-
perf. ind., as if from a form
παρα-τιθέω. Further, the dif
ference between the aor. πάρ-
ov,
πăρéσ™η, 3. pers. sing.
2. aor. ind. of năplotnµi.
παρέων, ουσα, ον, Ion. for
πορών, pres. of πάρειμι.--As
έθηκεν in the preceding line|Subst. : παρέοντα, ων, n. plur.
and Tǎρeríte, the imperf., is Things ready or at hand;
to be noticed. The aor. points v. 140.
out merely a past act, not as
one of any duration; the im-
perf. denotes an act that was
continued :-set before-kept | or near.
setting before.-At v. 192
παρτιθεῖ is Epic for παρατιθεῖ. [ of πἄρημαι.
παρ-ήμενος, η, ον, P. pres.
πάρθετο; see παρατίθημι,
no. 2.
-It should be observed that
the accent (paroxytone) on
παρὰ . . . τίθει, v. 142, shows παρ-ίστημι, f. παρα-στήσω,
that this word is in the imperf.; р. пар-éσтηка, pluperf. map-
the 3rd pers. sing. pres. ind., ειστήκειν, 1. aor. παρ-έστησα,
v. 192, which is also obtained 2. aor. Tăρ-éotny, v. a. and
from răpăritéw, takes the n. [rap-ά, “beside, by, near
circumflex on the last syllornu," to cause to stand;—
lable; viz. Taprìdei.-2. Mid.: to stand"] Act., in pres., im-
Tăpă-Tileµal, p. (pass. in mid. | perf., 1. fut., and 1. aor.;—
>>
V
Odys. Book I.
H
πἄρ-ημαι, v. vid. [πᾶρ-ά,
"by"; uai, "to sit"] With
Dat.: Sitting, or seated, by
98
VOCABULARY..
Neut., in perf., pluperf., and
2. aor.: 1. Act.: ("To cause
to stand beside, by, or near";
hence) To place, or set,
some object beside, by, or
near one.-2. Neut: With
Dat. of person: To stand be-
side, by, or near a person;
v. 335.
|
πάροιθεν ; see τοπάροιθεν.
Tápos, adv. of time: 1.
Before, previously.-2. With
Inf.: Before that; v. 21.
παρτιθεῖ; see παρατίθημι,
no. 1;—at v. 192 the diph-
thong in TapTileî is made
short before the follg. vowel.
πᾶ-τήρ, τέρος τρός,
("A protector or nourisher,'
as descriptive of) A father ;—
at v. 28, etc., applied to
Jupiter as father of the gods
and men [akin to Sans. root
PA, "to protect," also,
nourish "; cf. Sans. pitri,
Lat. pater].
<<
to
πατ
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, adj.: 1.
Sing. All, the whole of, the πατρ-ίς, ίδος, f. adj. [πατήρ,
whole; every.-2. Plur.: All. TаTр-ós, "a father"] Of, or
ατρ-ός,
-As Subst. a. Távтes, wv, belonging to,
*
a father or
m. plur. All men, all.-b. fathers; father- :-TaTρls ain
πατρὶς
πάντα, ων, n. All things. or &poupa, father-land, native
land or country.
mâσi, mâoi(v), masc. and
neut. dat. plur. of πâs.
|
πάσ-σαλος, σᾶλου, n. [by
assimilation for πάγ-σάλος;
fr. hyviui, "to make fast,"
πήγνυμι,
through a root ray] ("That
which makes fast or is made
fast"; hence) A peg on which
to hang clothes; v. 440.
πασσάμενος, η, ον, Ep. for
πασάμενος, Ρ. 1. aor. of πατ-
έομαι.
190 folld. by cognate acc.
πua; see πîμα.
πα-τέομαι, f. πασομαι, 1.
aoг. éπăσăµny, v. mid. : 1. To
ἐπᾶσαμην,
eat.-2. With Partitive Gen.
as Object: To eat of, or some,
food, etc.; to partake of
[akin to Sans. root PA, "to
nourish"].
-
m.
>>
(C
રી
πατρ-ο-φονεύς, φονέως, 1m.
[πατήρ, πατρ-ός, “ a father”;
(o) connecting vowel; φονεύς,
"a murderer"] Murderer of
one's father;—at v. 299 the
word is used of gisthus,
who murdered Agamemnon,
the father of Orestes.
|
πατροφονῆα, Ep. for πατρο-
φονέα, acc. sing. of πατρο-
φονεύς.
πά-σχω, f. πείσομαι, 2. p.
πέπονθα, 2. που, ἔπαθον, V.
που, ἔπαθον, v.
irreg. [for ά0-oxw; fr. root |
παθ] In a bad sense : To
πατρ-ώϊος, ωἵα, ώϊον (Ep.
for πατρ·ῷος, adj. [πατήρ,
Tarp-ós, "a father"] 1. Of,
πατρός, ી
or belonging to, a father
;
suffer, undergo; at vv. 49, paternal.— 2. Inherited from
VOCABULARY.
ورة
a father; v. 387; see ös,
no. 1, a.-3. Hereditary;
vv. 175, 187.
a
πέδ-ϊλον, ιλου, 1. [πέζα (=l
πέδ-σα), Doric for πούς,
foot "]("A thing pertaining
to the foot"; hence) A sandul:
-in Homer the word is always
used in the plur. The sandals
of the gods had the power of
carrying their wearers over
land and sea, but they were
not winged. Such as had
wings to them were termed
TтEρоÉVτα médiλa.-N.B. The
πτεροέντα πέδιλα.
word is sometimes said to be
derived from #éd-n, "a fetter";
but the etymology given at
beginning of article seems
preferable.
πεζ-ός, ή, όν, adj. [πέζ-α,
"the foot"](" Of, or pertain-
ing to, Té(a"; hence,
πέζα
foot"; hence) By land.
πεῖθ᾽; see πεῖθε.
"C
on
Teîle (before a vowel reîe'),
Ion. for Teide, 3. pers. sing.
imperf. ind. of relow.
ΐδου,
111.
Πεισηνορ-ΐδης,
[Пeionvwp, Пelohrop-os, Peis-
ēnōr; the father of Ops] Son
of Peisenor.
πέλομαι (only in pres. and
imperf.), v. mid.: 1. To be.
2. To be wont, or accustomed,
to be.-3. To become.
πέμπω, f. πέμψω, p. πέ-
πομφα, 1. aor. ἔπεμψα, r.
To send.
a.
πéπνūμaι, Epic perf. pass.
with pres. meaning of Tvéw,
"to breathe": (To have
breath or soul"; hence) To be
wise, discreet, or prudent.
πεπνυμένος, η, ον, P. of
TÉTνÝμαi.
πέρ,
Tép, euclitic particle: 1.
Imparting force to the word
to which it is attached.-2.
With Adj. and part. v: How-
ever much, however, very
much, altogether.-3. With
participles which are them-
selves emphatic to increase
their power:-iéuevÓS TEP,
however eager,
|
all eager
though he was, v. 6.- 4. With
Adv.: Tery.-5. To call at-
tention to something, esp. to
one out of a number: How-
ever, at any rate, yet, at all
events.-6. With ἔνθα, in
|
πείθ-ω, f. πείσω, p. πέπεικα,
1. aor. čπeiσα, v. a. [root mie]
1. Act.: To prevail upon,
persuade, induce, etc.-2.
Pass.: Teiloμaι, p. тéтeioμaι,
1. aor. éπeloony, f. meio dooμai:
With Dat. a. To be per-
suaded by.-b. To believe, to
trust in; v. 414.
:
Пeionvopídão, Eolic for
Пeconvoрidov, gen. of Пetonrop-strengthening force: There
ΐδης.
where just where; vv. 128, 21C.
πένθ-ος, εος ους, n. [πάσχω,
"to suffer,"through a strength-
ened root Teve] (" Suffering";
hence) Grief, sorrow.
H 2
X
100
VOCABULARY.
Ĕπeрσа, 2. aor. čпра0оv, v. a.
(in Homer only of towns as
Object): To sack, destroy,
lay waste.
Téρow, f. πépow, 1. aor.ity, etc.; eiuí, "to be"] With
Gen.: To be above; to sur-
pass, excel;-at v. 66 folld.
also by Acc. of "Respect
(vóov) ; and, further,
tmēsis, Tepl μèv vóov ẻσtí.
περὶ μὲν νόον ἐστί.
περι-καλλ-ής, ές, adj. [περί,
augmentative"
force;
|
TEρí, prep. and adv.: 1.
Prep. gov. gen. (also, but not
in this book, dat. and acc.):
in
περι-κλύ-τός, τόν, adj.
[repl, "around"; Kλú-w, "to
hear"] ("Heard around or
all round"; hence) Illustrious,
famous, renowned, etc.
'
a. Around, about.-b. Re-Kάλλ-os, "beauty"] Having,
specting, concerning; vv. 135, or possessing, great beauty;
405.-c. Above, beyond in de- very beautiful.
gree; v. 235:- in this sense
is often divided from its de-
pendent gen. by intervening
words; see v. 66: Teρl μèv
Voov EσT Bрoтwv, is above |
mortals in (or as to) mind. A
similar construction and a
corresponding notiou is found
in Iliad 17, 171, σὲ περὶ
φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, that you
were above others in (or as to)
understanding or mind.-2. |
Adv. (with accent thrown
back by anastrophe; viz.
TÉρi): Very much, beyond
others, especially :----πέρι δ᾽
ἱμὰ θεοῖσιν ἀθανάτοισιν ἔδωκε,
and beyond others gave vic-
tims (or offered sacrifices) to
the immortal gods, v. 66 at
end. That Tepi is in this
place an adv. is shown by the
fact that no such verb as
περιδίδωμι is found. The mid.
Teрididoμаι occurs, though in
a widely different force from
what is given above.
περί-πέλομαι (used by
Homer only in the syncopated
part. Tepi-Tλóuevos), v. mid.
[περί, “around”; πέλομαι,
to be in motion, to move"]
("To move around "; hence)
Öf time, etc.: To revolve :
περιπλομένων ἐνιαυτῶν (Gen.
Abs.), as years revolved, v. 16.
π
περιπλόμενος, η, ov; sue
περιπέλομαι.
|
πepí-εiμi, f. πEpi-éσoμai,
περί-ειμι,
H. [Tepi, "above" in qual-
περί
"
13
in
CC
περί-σκεπτ-ος, ον, adj.
[Tepi, "all around"; σкéπт-
oμai, "to see"] ("Seen all
around "; hence) Seen On
every side; seen far and
wide, far seen.
περιο
περι-φράζομαι, f.
φρᾶσομαι, p. περί-πέφρασμαι,
v. mid. [Tepí, "about, respect-
ing"; opáCopaι (mid.),
consider"] With Acc.: To
consider, or deliberate, about;
|—at v. 76 πepippašáμela is
περιφραζώμεθα
"to
VOCABULARY.
IOI
the Subjunctivus Hortativus:
suppose we deliberate about;
seυ καθέζομαι.
περί-φρων, φρονος, adj. [for
περί-φρεν; fr. περί, "exceed-
ingly"; Ophy, oper-ós,“mind"]
("Having opny exceedingly";
hence) Very thoughtful, very
careful :—often used in the
Odyssey as an epithet of
Pénélopë; see v. 329.
πεσσοῖσι, Ion. for πεσσαῖς,
dat. plur. of reσobs.
¦
πεσσός, οῦ, m. ;- plur.
πeooά, wv, n. (“An oval stoue
for playing a game like our
draughts"; hence) Draughts:
-used almost exclusively in
plur.; see v. 107.
πετάσσας, ἀσα, αν; see
ὑποπετάσσας and ὑποπετάν-
νῦμι.
4
Пnveλóπela, as (Poet. for
Πηνελόπη,ης), f. [prob. for
Πην-ε-λέπ-η; fr, πήν-η, “ the
web"; (e) connecting vowel;
λér-w, "to strip off," though
λέπτω,
this verb is usually applied to
stripping off leaves, bark, etc.]
(“Web-stripper "; or “Puller
off of the web") Penelopeia
or Penelope; the daughter of
Icurius, wife of Odusseus, and
mother of Telemachus. During
the long absence of her hus-
band (who left her in order to
go to Troy while her son was
yet an infant) she was be-
Tevooíal', by elision before
an aspirated vowel, for eve-
olάro, Ion. for Teveouro, 3.
αμαι.
pers. plur. pres. opt. of Teú0-sieged by many importunate
suitors. To all of them she gave
the reply that she was wear-
ing a shroud for her father-
in-law Laërtes, and till that
was finished she could come to
no decision. Each day she
worked at her task, and each
night she undid the work of
the day. This course she
pursued till her husband re-
turned to his home.
πικρό-γάμ-ος, ΟΥ, adj.
Επικρός, (uncontr. gen.) πικρό-
os, "bitter"; váµ-os,
เ mar-
Teúdoμal (only in pres. and
imperf.), Poet. for πvveăvoμai;
see πυνθάνομαι.
πevoćµevos, n, ov, P. fut. of
πυνθάνομαι.
reḍevyús, vîa, ós, P. perf.
of φεύγω.
Téopad, by elision for ré-
opade, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
ind. of opā(w; v. 444.
Téppǎde, 2. pers. sing. 2.
aor. imperat. of φράζω;
v. 273.
πεφυγμένος, η, ον, P. perf.
pass. of peúyw; see peúyw.
πήληξ, ηκος, f. A helmet.
πῆ-μα, μᾶτος, ν. [πάσχα,
"to sufier," through a root Y
(found in a part. 1. aor. which
occurs in Eschylus)] ("That
which is suffered "; hence)
Suffering, misery, woe.
•
102
VOCABULARY.
riage"] Having a bitter mar- sea;-at v. 183 Tλéwv is to
riage.-N. B. The usual rend-be pronounced as one syllable
ering is "miserably married"; [akin to Sans. root PLU, "to
but the foregoing rendering swim, to navigate"].
seems to suit the context best,
for none of the suitors had
married Penelope.
πνο-ή (Ep. πνοιή), ης, f. [for
ve-; fr. πié-w, "to blow"]
("A blowing "; hence) Of the
wind: A blast.
tívat, ǎkos, m. ("A board
or plauk "; hence) A wooden
trencher or platter.
πινόντων, Attic fur πῖν.
Éтwσav, 3. pers. plur. pres. im-
έτωσαν,
perat. of πίνω.
TVоns. Ep. and Ion. for
πνοαῖς, dat. plur. of πνοή.
πόδας, acc. plur. of πούς.
πό - θεν, adv. interrog.
Whence?-at v. 170
170 with
follg. gen. [akin to Sans.
pron. ka, "who, which "; cf.
Ionic form ó-0εv].
TĭVũ-TÓS, TÝ, Tóv, adj. [prob.
τόν,
for πVU-TÓS, fr. πvéw, "to
breathe; to have breath or
soul," through root vu]
που ποθ-έω -ώ, f. ποθήσω and
(“ Having breath cr soul”; ποθήσομαι, p. πεπόθηκα, v. a.
|
hence) Wise, discreet, prud-[ról-us, "a longing"] To
ent ; cf. πέ-πνῦ-μαι.
entertain a longing for; to
yearn for, long after.
πi-vw, f. πíoμαι, р. Téяwкα,
2. aor. iov, v. a. To drink
[roots mɩ and To, akin to Sans.
roots Pî and Pâ," to drink "].
πλάγχθη, Ion. for ἐπλάγχθη, ¦
3. pers. sing. 1. aor. ind. pass.
of πλάζω.
1. πόθι (Poet. for ποῦ), in-
terrog, adv. Where? v. 170.
2. Tolí, euclitic adv.: 1.
ποθί,
Of time: Ener:-αΐ κέ ποθι,
if ever, if at length, v. 379.—
2. To give indefiniteness to
an expression: Haply, per-
chance :-åλλá moli Zevs alt-
:---ἀλλά ποθι
ios, but haply Zeus is blame-
able, v. 348.
πλāšw, 1. aor. (Ion.) λάyga,
πλάζω, πλάγξα,
v. a. 1. Act.: To make, or
cause, to wander; v. 75.-2.
Pass.: πλάζομαι, 1. aor.
Éπλáуxoŋv, fut. mid. in pass.
force πλάγξομαι, (“Το
made, or caused, to wander ";
hence) To wander; v. 2.
πλέω, f. πλεύσομαι, πλευσοῦ- that which is denoted by the
,
ποιέω - ὦ, f. ποιήσω, p. πε
be¦ποίηκα, 1. aor. ἐποίησα, v. ii. :
1. To make.-2. With second
Acc.: To make an object
pai, and later πλ‹úσw, р. ñé-second Acc.; cf. 387.
πλευκα, 1. aor. ἔπλευσα, v. n.
|
Of persons: To sail or sail moiéw.
away; to take ship; to go by
Tоiñσaι, 1. aor. inf. of
ποιήσει ε(ν), Eolic for
VOCABULARY.
103
Toihσaι, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
opt. of mоiew;-at v. 387
Tothσete(v) is used in the strict
force of the opt. mood, i. e. to
express a wish, which, however, πολλ-άκι (Ep. for πολλ-
is uttered ironically.
ἄκις), adv. [πολύς, πολλ-οῦ,
ποιητοῖο
ToiηTOîo Ion. for TomToû,"much," plur. "many"] Of
masc. and fem. gen. sing. of time: At many times, often,
ποιητός.
frequently.
πολλοί,
ποιη-τός, τή, τόν, adj. [for
ποιε-τός; fi. ποιέτω,
make"] Made, constructed,
etc.
πολλῶν, masc.
"tonom. and gen. plur. of woλús.
πολλόν, Ion. for πολύ; see
2. πολύ.
ποικίλος, ἴλη, ἴλον, adj.
("Many-coloured, mottled,
dappled"; hence) Of a couch:
1. Covered with richly-worked
cloths.-2. Inlaid, inwrought
[akin to Sans. root PIC,
adorn"; and so, literally,
"adorned"].
to
πolos, α, ov, adj. Of what
sort or kind; what kind of,
etc.
2. πoλά, adv. [adverbial
moddá,
neut. acc. plur. of moλús,
"much"] Much, greatly, etc.
v. 1.
|
wóλis, ios (Ep. nos), f. A
eity :---πόλινδε (Ξ πόλιν, acc.
sing.; dépós," to, towards"),
to the city, v. 189; see 2. dé
Lakin to Sans. pura, "a town
or city "].
|
1. πολλά (by elision πόλλ'),
neut. nom. and acc. plur. of
πολύς.
1. Toλú, neut. nom. and
acc. sing. of moλús.
2. Toλú, adv. [adverbial
neut. of roλús, "much"] 1.
2. With
Much, greatly.
Comp. and Sup. adjectives :
Much, far, by far.
P
Πόλυβος, ου, m. Polybos ;
an Ithacan chieftain, the
father of Eurýmachus.
33
πολ-υ-μήχαν-ος, ov, adj.
πόλεμος, έμου, m. [prob. [πολύς, “ much ” ; in plur.
for πάλ-εμος; fr. παλ, root of li many ; (v) connecting
Tάλλw, "to brandish, hurl," vowel; unxar-ý, in force of
etc.] ("A brandishing or hurl-"device, contrivance"]("Hav-
ing" of weapons; hence) War. ing many devices or
πόληος ; see πόλις.
trivances ; hence) Of many
πόλινδε; see πόλις.
counsels, ever ready.
con-
πολ-ύς, πολ-λή, πολύ, adj.
Much ; Plur. Many. - As
Subst. : a. πολλοί, ῶν, 112.
plur. Many persons or men;
many.-b. Todλά, ŵv, n. plur.
πολλά,
Many things. Comp.:
πλέων, or Tλeiwv; Sup.:
πλείων;
λOTOS [akin to
pur-us, "much, many "].
Sans.
در
104
VOCABULARY.
πολύ-τρη-τος, Tov, adj.
[Toλú (adv.), "much"; Tpq,
[πολύ
a root of obsol. Tpáw (= TE-
Tрaívw), "to pierce, perforate"]
τραίνω),
("Much pierced or perforated'';
hence) Having many holes,
full of holes; porous.
πολύ-τροπ-03, οι, adj.
[for πολύ-τρεπ-ος; fi. πολύ
(adv.), "much"; тρéπ-w, "to
turu"] ("Much-turned";
hence) Much-travelled, much-
wandering-that this is the
meaning at v. 1 is clear from
the context, which has refer-
ence to the wanderings of
Ulysses after he left Troy.
The word has, also, an act.
force, "much turning"; hence,
"wily, versatile "; but for
the reason assigned above it
does not bear this meaning
in the passage in questiou.
Ποσειδάων ; see Ποσειδῶν.
Ποσειδῶν, ῶνος (Ep.
Пoσeidäwv, wvos), m. Poseidon
or Poseidãon (the Latin
Neptune), god of the sea,
and father of the Cyclops
Polyphemus. Like Athene,
or Minerva, Poseidon espoused
the side of the Greeks at the
siege of Troy.
ποσί (Ep. ποσσί, ν. 96),
dat. plur. of noús; v. 131.
1. πό-σις, σῖος, i. A hus-
band; vv. 15, 363 [akin to
Sans. pa-ti, "a lord, master"].
|
2. πό-σις, σῖος, f. [πο, a
root of wivw, "to drink "]
("A drinking"; hence) Drink;
vv. 150, 191.
Πολύ-φημ-ος, ου, 1. [πολύ
(adv.), "inuch"; pnu-l, "to
speak "] (In pass. force, "One
much spoken of"; hence,
"One fainous or renowned";
-in act. force, "One speak-
ing much or greatly"; hence,
"One with mighty voice")
Polyphemus; see Κύκλωψ,
no. 1, b.-At v. 70 Пoλúpnμov
(acc.) ought, strictly speaking,
to be in the gen., Пoλupnμov,
in apposition to KúkλwTos in
preceding line. But a word
which is in apposition to a
subst. to which ટી relative
pron. refers is sometimes put
ποσσί; sue πυσί.
1. πό-τε (before a રી soft
vowel ró-r'),interrog. particle,
At what time? when? [akin
to Sans. ka-s, "who ? cf.
Ion. form xó-TE].
2. Tо-TÉ, euclitic particle,
At some time, at any time ;
formerly, once [id.].
πότνια (before a
vowel
by attraction in the case of
such relative pron. Thus, in
the present instance, instead
of Пoλupnμou in apposition to
Kúkλwros, we find Пoλúpnuov
in apposition to the relative
pron. ὅν.
TÓνTOS, OU, m. The sea.
πόποι, adv. An exclama-
tion of anger, surprise, or
shame: Strange! shame!
VOCABULARY.
105
revered, venerable, etc.
C
Tóτvi'), fem. adj. August, | To foretell;-at v. 37 in
thesis, πρό οἱ εἴπομεν.
προθύροιο, Ion. for προ-
θύρου, gun. of πρόθυρον.
πρό-θυρ-ον, ου, 1. [πρό,
before, in front "; Ovp-a, a
door"] ("That which is
before the door"; hence)
Sing. and Plur.: The door-
way, the front door, of a
house, etc.
πρό-κειμαι, f. προ-κείσομαι,
v. mid. [πpó, "before, in front
of"; keiμai, "to lie "] (“To
lie before, or in front of," a
person," etc.; hence) Of food,
dishes, etc. To be set before
a person, etc.; to be placed,
or set, on table.
TоTOTO, lon. for TоTоû, gen.
sing. of ποτόν ; see ποτός,
πο-τός, τή, τόν, adj. [πο, a
root of ivw, "to drink"]
πίνω,
That is drunk, for drinking.—
As Subst. TOтóv, où, n. That
which is drunk, drink.
:
1. ποῦ, interrog. adv.
Where? [fr. same root as
1. πό-τε; see πότε].
2. TOú, enclitic adv.: 1.
Somewhere.-2. To qualify an
expression: In any wise,
possibly, perhaps, perchance
[id.].
πούς, ποδ-ός,
TOÚS, Tod-ós, m. ("The
going thing "; hence) A foot
[for Tód-s; akin to Sans. pád,
πόδις
or pad, "a foot," fr. root PAD,
προ-πάροιθε, adv. [πρό,
"before," prefixed to a word
"to go"; cf. Lat. pes, pěd-is; | of corresponding force to
also, English foot].
strengthen its meaning; pо-
πρίατο, Ion. for ἐπρϊᾶτο, πάροιθε, “before, in front”]
3. pers sing. 1. aor. ind. of With Gen.: Before, in front
ὠνέομαι.
:
Tρív, adv. and conj.: 1.
Adv. Before that time;
ere that, first. 2. Conj.
Before that;-at v. 210 in
combination with Inf.
J
πρó, adv.: 1. Of place : Be-
fore, in front.-2. Of time:
Before, beforehand,
pre-
viously.
πро-εìπоν, 2. nor. without
pres., v. n. [pó, "before" in
time; elmov, "to say "] ("To
say before or beforehand ";
hence) With Dat. of person:
Tρós, prep. gov. gen., dat.,
and acc.; but in this book
only acc.: 1. To, towards.—
2. With verbs implying pre-
vious motion: Against, upon.
προσ-αυδάω -αυδῶ, imperf.
núdaov, núdwv, v. a. [πрós,
[πρός,
to"; avdáw, "to speak"] 1.
With Acc. of person and Acc.
of thing: To speak something
to one; to accost one with.-
2. With Acc. of person: To
speak to, address, accost.
προσέειπε ν), Εp. for προσ-
CL
106
VOCABULARY.
EITE, 3. pers. sing. of mpoo-
εἶπον.
προσ-
πρώτῃσι, Ion. for πρώταις,
fem dat. plur. of πрŵτоs.
π
πрŵтоя, п, ov, superl. adj.
[contracted fr. mрóăros, syn-
copated fr. #ρó-Tαтos; fr. πрó,
πρό,
before," in time; with
superl. suffix TǎTos] ("Most
before" in place, rank, etc.;
hence) 1. First, foremost,
in place, time, order,
rank:-ἐν πρώτῃσι θύρῃσιν,
in the foremost, i. e.) outer-
most doors, v. 255.-2. The
first that; the first to do,
etc., a thing; v. 113, where
or
πρότῖθεν, Ep. for προὐτῖ-|the us of πρῶτος is made long
Deσav (πроεTibeσav), 3. pers. before following word de,
θεσάν (= προετίθεσαν),
plur. imperf. ind. of πроtionμ. which takes the digamma.
προ-τίθημι, f. προ-θήσω, ° Comp.: πρότερος.
προσ-εῖπον, 2. aor. without
a pres., v. a. [πpós, "to";
εἶπον, "to speak"] To speak
to, address, accost.
πρоσéon, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. ind. of πρόσφημι.
Tроoηúda, contr. 3. pers.
sing. imperf. iud. of πрoσ
αυδάω.
poσ
πрóσ-onμɩ, 2. aor.
έφην, [πρός,
épny, v. a. [тpós, "to"; onμí,
"to speak"] To speak to;
to address.
66
-
"C
66
a
1.aor. προὔθηκα (=προ-έθηκα); πτερό-εις, εσσα, ev, adj.
v. a. [πρό, “ before ”; τίθημι, |[πτερόν,(uncontr. gen.)πτερό-
"to place or set "] To place, os, a wing"]("Abounding
or set, before a person.
in TTEрóv"; hence) Winged;
πρόχο-ος, ου, f. [for πρόχε-
f. [for mрóxe--at v. 122 applied in
os; fr. πpoxé-w, "to pour forth figurative sense to words =
or out " ("That which pours rapid.
forth or out"; hence) A
pitcher, ewer, for pouring
water upon the hands.
πτολί-εθρον, έθρου, n. (dim.
only in form) [πtóλIS, πtóxi-
Os, "a city"] A city.
πτύξας, ασα, αν, Ρ. 1. aor.
tr
CC
πτύσσω, f. πτύξω, 1. aor.
πρώθ-ηβ-ος, η, ov, adj.
[for πρώτ-ηβ-os; fr. πρῶτος, of πτύσσω.
first"; B⋅n,
ἥβη, youth"]
("Pertaining to first, or ear-πтуğα, v. a. To fold; to fold,
liest, youth"; hence) In the
bloom, or flower, of youth.
or double, up.
πрŵта (also та πρŵтα),
sup. adv. [adverbial neut.
plur. of πρῶτος, "first"] In
the first place, first of all,
first.
πύθω, f. πίσω, 1. aor. ἔπυσα,
v. a. 1. To make to rot, to
rot.-2. Pass.: miloµai, (" To
be made to rot"; hence) Of
boues as Subject: To rot, to
be rotling ;-at v. 161 πüßeтαι
VOCABULARY,
107
has a neut. nom. plur. (oσréa) | negative adv., with which it
for its Subject [akin to Sans. is sometimes combined.
root PÛY, "to become putrid,
to putrefy"].
<<
ές,
TUкa, adv. [adverbial acc.
plur. of obsol. TÕKÓS = TVIVós,
'thick, firm "] Thickly,
firmly, solidly.
πυκ-ϊ-μηδ-ής,
[obsol. TUK-ós" ( = πUK-vós),
"close"; μnd-os, "counsel"]
("Pertaining to close counsel";
hence) Close in mind, etc. ;
cautious, shrewd.
adj.
*
1. Tŵs, interrog. adv. In
what way? how? [akin to
Sans. kas, "who?".
2. Tws, enclitic adv.: 1. In
some way, somehow, by some
means, by any means. 2.
Somehow or other, for some
reason or other [id.].
p; see þá.
pá (before a vowel p'),
enclitic particle; Ep. for ǎpa;
see ǎpa.
ῥέζω, f. ῥέξω, 1. aor. ἔῤῥεξα,
Of sacrifices as Object:
v. a. : 1. To do, perform.—2.
To
perform, offer, etc.; v. 61.
peia (by elision pet'), Ep.
for sea; adv. [fr. the base of
an obsol. adj. ¿ñïs or pâïs
pádios, "easy"] Easily.
Ῥεῖθρον, ου, ». [ῥεῖθρου,
stream"] Reithron; a port,
or harbour, of Ithaca.
skin, of an animal.
pīvós, où, m. The hide, or
ῥύομαι, f. ῥύσομαι, 1. aor.
¿ppūσăuny, v. mid. (“To draw
to one's self"; hence) To
rescue, save, deliver.
in a
πυκιν-ως, adv. [πυκῖν-ός,
in force of "wise, prudent"]
("After the manner of the
TUKIVÓS"; hence) Wisely,
πυκινός
prudently;
wise or
prudent way.
Πύλος, ου,
ov, f. (and m.)
Pylos; a district of Triphylia,
in Peloponnesus, of which
Nestor was king.
πv(v)ð-ávoµai, f. Tevσoμal,
p. πέπυσμαι, 2. aor. ἐπυθόμην,
v. mid. irreg.: 1. To learn by
asking, to inquire about;
v. 94, where the fut. part.
denotes a CC
purpose": for the
purpose of, etc. 2. With
Gen. To hear of, learn tid-
ings of; v. 281:-for force of
fut. part. see no. 1, above.-3.
Alone: To hear, understand
[root rue, akin to Sans. root
BUDA, "to understand "].
:
πώ,
, enclitic particle, Upwise Samos (now Samo); the
to this time, as yet, ever ;— name, in Homer, of the island
always in connexion with a of Cephallenia (now “Cephal-
<<
a
oá (before a vowel σ'), ace.
neut. plur. of oós; v. 356.
Σăun, ns, f. Samë, other-
108
VOCABULARY.
onia"), from its chief city,
which bore the same name.
árvoμi, "to scatter," through
root σked] A scattering.
σκίδ-νᾶμαι (almost entirely
confined to pres. and imperf.
tenses), v. pass. [akin to oked-
"to scatter"] Of
several persons: To be scatter-
ed; to disperse; v. 274.
σκϊ-όεις, όεσσα, οεν, adj.
σε-αυτοῦ, αυτής, αυτοῦ (only |[σκῖ· ά, “ shade ”] (“Full of,
in sing. number), (contr. or abounding in, okiά; hence)
σαυτοῦ, σαυτῆς, σαυτοῦ), re- |Of an abode, clamber, etc.:
flexive pron. of 2. person [σú, Dark.
"thou or you"; avтoû, gen.
of autós, "self"] Of thyself
or yourself, etc.
εον,
σέγ᾽ = σέ γε ; v. 386.
σῆμα, ἄτος, n. (“ A sign or
mark"; hence, "the sign or
mark by which a grave is
known"; hence) A sepulchral
mound, or barrow, over દી
person's burial-place.
σïdńp-eos, éα, eov, adj.
σιδήρ-εος,
[σidnp-os, “iron"] ("Of, or
belonging to, ridnpos"; hence)
Made of iron, iron-.
σίδηρος, ου, i. Iron.
σîTOS, OU, m. (irreg. plur.
σîτα,wv, n.) (“Wheat, grain";
hence, "flour, meal"; hence)
1. Bread as opp. to
meat. - 2. Food, victuals,
provisions in general.
m.
My
σìwπý, îs, f.: 1. Silence.-
σιωπή,
2. Adverbial dat.: owry, In
silence, silently ;-this is the
only form of the word found
in Homer.
σαυτῆς, fem. gen. of σεαυ-
τοῦ; see σεαυτοῦ.
CC
σă¢-a, Poet. for aap-ws,
adv. [σαφ-ής, “ clear, plaiu”]|άννυμι,
Clearly, plainly, distinctly.
oé (before a vowel σ'), acc.
sing. of ou.
σοί, dat. sing. of σύ.
σoîs, masc. dat. plur. of
σός.
σoto, Ion. for σoîs; see
σοῖς.
σóv, neut. nom. and acc.
sing. of oós.
σ-ós, ʼn, óv, adj. [σ-ú, “ thou
or you" Thy, thine; your,
yours:—τὰ σ᾿ αὐτῆς ἔργα,
(those thy works of thyself;
i. e.) those thine own works,
v. 356. Here the possessive
Gen. auris is in apposition to
the possessive pron. σ', i. e. σá;
see aùrós. In some editions
the reading is тà σautîs ĕpya,
where oauris is fem. gen. of
flesh-reflexive pron. σavтoû=σeaV-
Toû.-For remark on déμarı
σoîow, v. 402, see éós, no. 2.
Σπάρτη, ης, f. Sparta
(otherwise called Lacedæmon),
the capital city of Laconia, a
state of S. Greece on the Pelo-
ponnesus (now the Morea):-
σκέδασις, ἅσῖος, f. [σπεδ- Σπάρτηνδε (i. e. iec. Σπάρτην,
VOCABULARY.
109
and dé = πрós; see 2. dé), to | acc.sing.;—plur. nom. σTĭXES,
Sparta; v 285.
acc. σTixas, fr. an
στίχας,
obsol.
Σπάρτηνδε; see Σπάρτη. subst. στίξ (= στίχος), of
σπέος, εος ous (coutr. and which other cases than those
poet. dat. plur. σréoσi), n. A above mentioned are not
cave, cavern, grotto.
found [oreixw, "to walk,
[στείχω,
σπόγγοισι, Ion. σπόγγοις, |march,” through rout στιχ]
dat. plur. of onbyyos.
("That which walks
σπόγγος,
σTÓуYOS, Oυ, m. A sponge. marches"; hence) Of soldiers,
στα-θ-μός, μοῦ, 1. [ἵστημι, \ etc.: 4 rank, file, rou, etc.
in neut. tenses) "to stand"]
"That which stands "; hence)
A bearing-pillar of a room or
house.
01
στυγ-ερός, ερά, ερόν, adj.
[σTUY-éw, "to hate "] 1.
Hated, abominated.-2. Hate-
ful, abominable.
σrain, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
opt. of ἵστημι.
σrás, âoa, áv, P. 2. aor. of
ἵστημι.
(strengthened
form of σTevăx-w, and found
only in pres. and imperf.), v. a.
To bewail, or lament, much
or deeply.
σTη, lon. for eσrn, 3. pers.
sing. of ěσrny, 2. aor. ind. of
ἵστημι.
σrevăɣ-īļw
στενάχ-ΐζω
>>
σύ, σοῦ (plur. ὑμεῖς, ὑμῶν),
pron. pers. Thou, you;-the
gen., dat., and acc. sing. are
used also enclitically [akin to
Sans. yu-shmad).
σúv (§úv), prep. with dat.
only: With; together or a-
long with.
σύνθετο, Ion. for συνέθετο,
3. pers. sing. 2. aor. ind. mid.
of ovvτionμ.
σύν-ίημι (and ξύν-ΐημι), f.
σύν-ήσω aud σῦν.ήσομαι, p.
συν-εῖκα, 1. που, σύν·ῆκα, v. a.
[our, "together"; Inui, "to
send"] ("To send, or bring,
together"; hence, with refer-
ence to the mind or mental
powers) Το perceive, hear,
understand.
στήθεσσιν, Poet. for στήθη
eot, dat. plur. of orĥlos.
στnlos, eos ous, n.: 1. The
breast.-2. Plur.: The breast
as the seat of mental emotion,
etc.; the heart.
>>
στιβ-αρός, ἄρή, ἄρόν, adj.
[OTELBw, "to tread upon
[στείβω,
hence, "" to press close, συν-τίθημι, f. συν-θήσω,
through root στίβ] (“ Pressed | 2. aor. συν-έθην, v. a. [σύν,
close"; hence) Strong, stout, "together"; Tienu, “to put"]
sturdy.
To put, or place, together.-
στίχας ; sec στίχος.
Mid.: συν-τίθεμαι, 2. aor.
στίχ-ος, gen., iud στίχα ! σύν-εθέμην, (“ Τo put together
and
C
To
IIO
VOCABULARY.
for one's self"; hence) To |
observe, notice, take heed of;
v. 328.
σφάζω, f. σφάξω, 1. aor.
čopaşa, v. a. To slaughter,
slay, kill [akin to Sans. root
KSHAD, to carve, slaugh-
ter "].
"C
T; SCO TÉ.
Tά, neut. nom. and acc.
plur. of 2. 8, n, Tó, whether as
relative or demonstrative.
Os.
ταλασί-φρων, φρονος, adj.
[for τἅλασί-φρεν; apparently
σφέτερα, ων; see σφέ- | from τάλᾶσις,ταλάοι·ος (found
TEPOS.
only as a simple word in late
σφετέρῃσι(ν), Ion. for σφε- Greek), "boldness" ; φρήν,
Tépais, dat. plur. of σpéтep- opev-ós, "miud"] (" Pertain-
σφέτερ-
ing to boldness of mind ";
σφέ-τερος, τέρα, Tepov, hence) Stout-hearted, courage-
possess. pron. [opeîs, opé-wvous, spirited, brave.-The first
(plur. of reflexive pron. o; member of this word is com-
see 4. où), "themselves "] monly assigned to rλáw, “to
("Of, or belonging to, opeîs"; bear," through root Taλ. If
hence) Their own, their.- this be right, then art must
ao
As Subst.: opéтepа, wv, n. be held as forming a link
plur. Their own property, or between the two parts; and
their own abodes; v. 271. for this no authority can be
σonσ(v), Ion. for opas, produced.
σφῇσι(ν),
fem. dat. plur. of σpós.
σφί, σφί(ν), εpocopated
forms of opioi(v), dat. plur.
of reflexive prou. où;
4. où.
!
τάδε (before a vowel τάδ'),
neut. nom. and acc. plur. of
öde.
tăµ-in, ins, f. [Ion. for
ταμεία; fr. τέμνω, “to cut,”
through root raµ] ("A cut-
seeter "; hence, in reference to
cutting up food for distribu-
tion to the household, etc.)
housekeeper, housewife.
τἄν-ὕω, f. τανύσω, 1. aor.
ètárvoa, Ep. êtávvooa, v. a. :
To spread, stretch, extend.
-2. To stretch out, lay along
[akin to Sans. root TAN,
spread"].
A
"to
TáTE = Tá, neut. acc. plur.
of rel. ; and ré; see 2. d,
¿
no. 2.
ταῦθ᾽, ταῦτ᾽; see ταῦτα,
CL
σp-ós, n, óv, pron. poss.
[for opé-os; fr. opeîs, opé-wv,
they, they themselves"]
("Of, or belonging to, opeîs";
hence) Their, theirs, belong-1.
ing to them, their own.
oxóμevos, n, ov, P. 2. aor.
mid. of exw.
σχών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2. aor. of
ἔχω.
VOCABULARY.
III
Taûpos, ov, m. ("The great,
or strong, animal") A bull
[akin to Saus. sthur-a or
sthul-a, "great, strong";
whence sthaur-in, "a strong
horse"].
Taûra (before a soft vowel
ταῦτ᾽, before an aspirated
vowel тave'), nom. and acc.
neut. plur. of ouros.
TaÚTηs, fem. gen. sing. of
οὗτος,
•
•
•
M
Téke, Ion. for ěteкe, 3. pers.
sing. 2. aor. iud. of TikTw.
τέκ-νον, νου, 1. [τίκτω, “to
beget"; also, "to bear,"
through root TEK] ("That
which is begotten; that which
is born"; hence) A child,
whether actually or
term of affection.
Τάφιοι, ων ; see Τάφος,
Tădos, ov, f. Taphos (now
Meganisi); the principal is-
land of the Taphiæ or Tele-
boïdes, a group of several
small islands off the western
coast of Greece. Hence,
Ταφίοι, ων, m. plur. The men
of Taphos, the Taphii.
as ધ્ર
pres.
τελέεσθαι, uncontr.
τελέω.
inf. pass. of Teλéw.
τελευτ-άω -ῶ, f. τελευτήσω,
p. τετελεύτηκα, 1. aor. ἐτελ
εύτησα, v. a. [τελευτ-ή, “an
end"] To bring to an end
to finish, accomplish.
;
τάχ-α (before a vowel τάχ),
adv. [Tax-ús, "quick"] 1.
Quickly, soon, forthwith.-
2. Sup. TǎxiσTа, Most speed-
ily, with all speed.
τελε
Tǎɣισтα, suр. adv.;
τάχα.
T',
'),
τελ-ευτή, ευτῆς, f. [τελ-έω,
"to finish"] A finishing, end-
seeing, accomplishment :—TEX-
ευτὴν ποιῆσαι, (to make an
Té (before a soft vowel accomplishment =) to accom-
before an aspirated vowel plish, i. e. her marriage, v. 249;
conj. 4nd:-τέ . . . τέ (καί), supply αὐτοῦ =
TÉ.
γάμου; see
both and :—Té. . . dé, preceding context.
both
and, v. 12 [like τελ-έω -ῶ ( Ep. τελ-είω), f,
Lat. que, akin to Sans. cha, TEXÉow, Attic TEAŵ, P. TE-
"and"].
τέλεκα, 1. aor. ἐτέλεσα, Ep.
ἐτέλεσσα, v. a. [τέλ-ος, “
end"] (" To bring to an end
or issue"; hence) To fulfil,
complete, accomplish.—Pass.:
τελ-έομαι -οῦμαι (Ep. τελ-
CC
an
τέγ-ος, εος ους, 1. [another
form of σréy-os, fr. σréy-w,
"to cover"]("A covering
thing "; hence) A hall, room,
chamber.
Téovηke(v), 3. pers. sing.
perf. ind. of evńokw.
Telvηús, vía, ós, Ep. for
тeOvηкús, P. perf. of evńσкw.
Teípw (found only in pres.
and imperf.), v. a. ("To rub,
rub away"; hence) To vex,
afflict, distress.
I 12
VOCABULARY.
Teµéơn, ns, f. Těměsë; an
ancient city on the W. coast
of Bruttium, a country in the
extreme S. of Italy.
if fr. a pres. act. riée, "to
make sorrowful"; with one
exception (viz. τετίησθον, 2.
pers. dual, Iliad 8, 445) found
only in part. TETIηuévos, Made
sorrowful; i. e. sorrowful,
sorrowing, mourning ;-at v.
114 folld. by Acc. of "Re-
spect."
TEOîσ(v), Ion. for Teoîs,
neut. dat. plur. of Teós;
v. 295.
τετιημένος, η, ον; see τετίη-
μαι.
τεός, ή, όν, Dor. and Ep.
for σός ; see σός.
τέρποντο, Ion. for ἐτέρποντο,
3. pers. plur. imperf. ind. mid.
of τέρπω.
TETÚXoaι, perf. pass. inf. of
τεύχω.
TEV (euclitic), Ion. for Tiós,
gen. sing. of indef. pron. Tis.
τέρπω, f. τέρψω, 1. aor. τεύχω, f. τεύξω, 1. aor.
ĔtepŸa, v. a.: 1. Act.: a. To črevča, v. a.: 1. Act.: a. To
please, delight, gladden.-b. make, produce.-b. To bring
Alone: To give delight or about; v. 277.-2. Pass.:
pleasure; v. 347.-2. Mid.: τεύχομαι, p. τέτυγμαι, 1. aor.
τέρπομαι, 1. aor. ἐτέρφθην, ἐτύχθην, 3. fut. τετύξομαι,
2. aor. Ep. éтapróμny, and, ("To be produced "; hence)
with reduplication throughout To arise, happen, exist, be;
all moods, тетαрпóμпν: а. Tо v. 391.
please one's self; to take
pleasure or delight.-b. To
enjoy one's self; to be merry;
to make merry;-at v. 369
теряάμеðα (1. рers. plur. subj.)
is the Subjunctivus Adhorta-
tivus, used as a modified im-
perative: suppose we make
merry; let us be merry or
enjoy ourselves; see кavéÇo-
μαι ;-at V.
310 the part.
TетаρTÓμEVOS is folld. by Acc.
of "Respect."
T
εíομaι), P. TETÉλeσuaι, 1. aor.
ÉTÉλÉσOηv, 1. fut. Teλeo
σομαι.
Tn, fem. dat. sing. of 8, 1,
ró, whether as dem. or rel.
TEтaρTÓµEvos, n, ov, P. 2.
aor. mid. of réρπш.
TETíquaι, Ep. perf. pass. as
I
TĤYE = Tîì, fem. dat. sing.
of 8, demonstr.; and yé;
v. 331.
(*
re-
τηλε-κλυτός, κλῦτόν, adj.
[Tλe, "afar "”; Kλŭtós,
|
κλῦτός,
nowned"] Renowned afar,
far-famed.
Τηλέμαχ', by elision for
Tnλéuaxe, voc. of Tηλéμăxos.
Τηλέμαχ-ος, ου, m. [fr.
τηλεμάχους, fighting from
afar," with the accent chang-
el to the antepenultima for
the purpose of distinction]
(6
VOCABULARY.
113
("One fighting from afar ") the mind "; hence) To inspire
Telemachus; the Soll of with.-2. Mid.: ri-0e-uai, f.
Odusseus and Pěnělopë. Onσouai, 1. aor. (only in ind.
τηλίκος, η, ον, adj. (“Ofj and part.) ἐθηκάμην, 2. aor.
such an age"; hence) So 20éμny, To put, or place, as
young; v. 297.
one's own act lengthened
τηλóð', by elision for rηλó-and strengthened from root
Oe, akin to Sans. root DHÂ,
θεο
Tηλó-be´v), adv. [obsol. "to put "].
adj. rnλós, uncontr.
Tλó-os, far off";
τηλό-ος,
0€(v) = èk, “from"] 1. From
far off, from afar.—2. = tîλe,
Afar, far off; v. 22.
Tv, fem. acc. sing. of 8, ,
ǹ,
gen. τίκτω, f. τέξω and τέξομαι,
suffix | p. τέτοκα, 2. aor. ἔτεκον, V. a.
Of a mother: To bear, bring
forth [root TEK, akin to Sans.
root TAKSH, "to fabricate,
form, make"; whence Sans.
T6, whether as demonstrative tok-a, "offspring i.w, "to
"].
rî-µń, µñs, f. [Ti-w,
honour" ("That which hon-
ours"; hence) 1. Honour,
esteem, respect.-2. Rank,
dignity.
or relative.
Tývde (before a vowel rýv8'),
fem. acc. sing. of 8de.
Tĥode, fem. gen. sing. of
ὅδε.
1. Tɩ, neut. nom. and acc.
sing. of Ts, indefinite; and,
also, in adverbial force; see
τιμή-εις, εσσα, ey, adj.
[Tiun, (uncontr. gen.) Tin-
Os, "honour"]("Full of
Tiμń"; hence) 1. Of persons:
2. Tí, neuter of Tís, inter-Prized, honoured, esteemed.
rogative; used adverbially, 2. Of things:
TIS.
Prized,
Why? wherefore?
precious, costly, valuable.
Tives, mase and fem. nom.
plur. of interrog. pron. 7ĺs.
τίπτε (before a vowel τίπτ'),
[contr. fr. Tí-TOTE; i. e.
Tí, "why"; TOTE, used in
"intensive" force] Why ever;
why in the world.
1. TIS, TI (Gen. Twós), pron.
indef. Some, any.-As Subst.
m. Some one, any one ;-
Plur.: Some persons, some.
Neut. T, joined adverbially
1
Tíe(v), Ion. for ĔTIE(v), 3.
pers. imperf. ind. of Tíw.
τι-θη-μι, f. θήσω, p. τέθεικα,
1. aor. (found only in indica-adv.
tive mood) čeŋía, 2. aoг. čľný,
ἔθηκα, ἔθην,
v. a.: 1. Act.: a. Locally: To
put, place, etc.-b. With Acc.
of thing and Dat. of person:
To assign, award, give some-
thing to one; to bestow some-
thing on one ; v. 223.-c.
With evì Ovμ: ("To put in
Odys. Book 1.
114
VOCABULARY.
to verbs: In some degree,
somewhat; in any degree, at
all.
2. Tís, Ti (Gen. Tívos), pron.
τίς, τί
interrog. Who? what?-for
Tí in adverbial force see 2. Tí.
-As Subst. m.: Who? what
person?-Plur.: What per-clitic.
sons? who?
*C
Ti-ols, σews, f. [Ti-w, "to
pay"]("A paying"; hence,
payment "; hence) With
Gen. of person: Retribu- |
tion, or vengeance, for or on
account of; v. 40.
τίω, f. τίσω, 1. aor. ἔτῖσα,]άρα; fi. l. τοί,
v. a. To pay honour to a
person; to honour.
Tó, neut. nom. and acc. sing.
of d, ǹ, Tó, whether demon-
strative or relative.
2. Tóde (by elision Tód'), as
adv.; see öde.
1. To, enclitic particle,
Doubtless, surely, verily, in
truth.
2. Toí, Ion. and Ep. for roí,
dat. sing. of σú;-always en-
Tλaíns, 2. pers. sing. 2. aor.
τλαίης,
opt. of τλάω.
Toto, lon. for tou, mase.
gen. sing. of d, η, tó.
τοῖον ; see τοῖος.
2.
Tháw (pres. found only in
late writers), f. Tλnooμaι, p.
(as present) Tétλŋkа, 2. aor.
ἔτλην, V. : 1. To bear, Toîos, a, ov, adj.: 1. Such ;
suffer, undergo. 2. With of such a kind or sort. -2.
Inf.: To dare, or venture, to Adverbial neut.: Tolov, So,
do, etc.-3. Alone: To hold | so much, so very, very :—Oaµà
out, endure, be patient, sub-roîov, very frequently; v. 209.
mit; v. 288, where Tλains is 3. As a correlative to olos:
folld. by Acc. of " Duration of Such
as; v. 257.-4.
Time" [akin to Sans. root Most commonly in Homer
TUL, "to lift"].
without a correlative, and
referring to something, etc.,
before: Such as is, etc., said,etc.
τοιός-δε, τοιά-δε, τοιόν-δε,
dem. pron. (correlative to
los) [Toios, “such "; enclitic
Sé] Such, of such a kind;
v. 371, where it implies
excellent."
CC SO
Tóye (before a vowel róy'),
neut. nom. and acc. sing. of
ὅγε.
3. Tol, Ion. and Ep. for oi,
masc. nom. plur. of ô, η, Tó,
demonstrative.
Tоlavтa, neut. nom. and
τοιαῦτα,
acc. plur. of TOLOÛTOS; see,
also, TOLOÛTos.
τοιοῦτος.
τοι-γ-άρ,
Tou-y-áp, adv. [for rut-ye-
"doubtless";
yé, “indeed "; ăpa, " then "]
("Doubtless then indeed"
hence) 1. So then, therefore,
accordingly.—2. Wherefore.
1. Tóde, neut. nom. and acc.
sing. of ode.
•
VOCABULARY.
115
:
τοιοῦδ᾽, by elision for τοι-
oûde, masc. gen. sing. of To-
όσδε ; v. 371.
τοιοῦτος, τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτο
(Gen.: TOLOÚTOU, TOLαúrns,
τοιούτου, τοιαύτης,
τοιούτου ; Dat. : τοιούτῳ, τοι-
αύτῃ, τοιούτῳ, etc.), dem.
pron. Of such kind, nature,
or quality; such.-As Subst.:
τοιαῦτα, ων,
TоLaûтa, wv, n. plur. Such, or
such like, things.
Tоîσɩ(v), Ion. and Poet. for
Toîs, masc. and neut. dat.
plur. of 8, ǹ, Tó, whether de-
monstr. or rel.
|
Tok-eús, éws, m. [for TEK-
Eús; fr. TĺKTW, (of a father)
"to beget," through root
TEK] (A "begetter "; hence)
A father; -Plur.: Parents,
i. e. both father and mother;
v. 170.
TokĤes, Ion. for TоKées, nom.
plur. of τοκεύς.
τολύπευσε(ν), Ion. for e-
TOλUTEVσE(V), 3. pers. sing.
1. aor. iud. of τολύπεύω.
τολύπ-εύω, f. τολυπεύσω,
1. aor. ἐτολύπευσα, V.
[τολύπη, "clew or ball" of
wool wound up and ready for
spinning] ("To make into a
clew or ball; to wind off"
carded wool; hence) To wind
up, finish, put an end to, etc.
Tóv, mase. acc sing. of ó, n,
Tó, whether as demonstrative
or relative.
τόξον, ευ, 1. 4 bow.
τοπάροιθε(ν) (now mostly
written as two words, Tò náp-
οιθε(ν); see v. 322), adv.
Before in time; formerly, in
time past.
τόνδε (before a vowel τόνδ'),
masc. acc. sing, of ö♪e.
τόσον (Ep. τόσσον), adv.
[adverbial neut. of róoos, "so
much"] With Verbs and Ad-
verbs: So much, so very, so
greatly; cf. v. 62.
τόσος (Ep. τόσσος), η, ον,
adj.: 1. Of degree: So much.-
2. Of number: So many.—3.
Of size, etc.: So great, so
large, etc.
τόσσον ; see τόσον.
;
TÓTE (before a soft vowel
Tór', before an aspirated vowel
Tóð'), adv. At that time,
then.
Tou, mase. and neut. gen.
sing. of 8, n, Tó, whether as
relative or demonstrative.
τοῦδε (before a vowel τοῦδ᾽),
masc. and neut. gen. sing, of
ὧδε.
TOús, masc. acc. plur. of 5,
a., Tó, whether as demonstr, or
rel.
I 2
τοῦτο (before a soft vowel
ToÛT'); see ouтos.
TOÚTOLOL(V), masc. and neut.
dat. plur. of o&tos.
TOÚT, masc. and neut. dat.
sing. of ouros ;—at v. 350 dat.
sing. of ouros as Subst.
τρ-ά-πεζα, πέζης, f. [prob.
snortened fi, τετρ-ά-πεζα, i. e.
τετρ-ά-πεδ-σα=τετρ-ά-ποδ-σα;
116
VOCABULARY.
(C
fr. Térp (in composition for | Act.: ("To wear out"; hence)
τέτταρ-ες), four"; (a) con- Of property,
Of property, etc., as Object:
necting vowel; TOús, Tod-ós, To waste, consume, devour,
"a foot"]("A thing with eat up; v. 248.-2. Pass.:
four feet"; hence) A four-тρйxоμаι, p. (borrowed fr.
footed table; a table in gen- трúш) тÉтрνµµai: Mentally:
eral.
("To be worn out, exhausted"
τρέπω, f. τρέψω, p. τέτροφα | etc.; hence) Το be grieved,
and Téтpapa, 2. aoг. ěтрăπоv, vexed, distressed, etc.; v. 288.
v. a. : 1. Act.: To turn.-2. Tpŵ-es, wv, m. plur. [Tpús,
Τρωός, Tros," an ancient
Phrygian king, the mythic
founder of Troy] ("The people
of Tros"; i. e.) The Trojans.
Mid. : τρέπομαι, f. τρέψομαι,
1. aor. έτρεψάμην, 2. aor.
ẻтрañóµпν, To turn or betake
one's self.
τρέφω, f. θρέψω, p. τέτραφα
and Téтpopa, v. a. To nourish;
to nurse, rear.
|
tpeŸăμevos, n, ov, P. 1. aor.
mid. of τρέπω.
τρητοῖσι, Ion. for τρητοῖς,
neut. dat. plur. of Tρητós.
CC
tfūɣw, f. тpúkw, v. a. :
τύμβος, ου, m. ("The
place where a dead body is
burnt"; hence) A mound
heaped over the ashes of the
dead; a barrow, etc.
τυτθός, όν (later τυτθός, ή,
óv), adj. 1. Little, small.-
:
τρη-τός, τή, τόν, adj. [τρη, | 2. Young.
a root of obsol. τράω (found
in f. τph-ow, 1. aor. čтрn-dual of 8, ǹ, Tó, whether as
oa, tenses assigned to re- demonstr. or rel.
τραίνω,
Tpa-ívw, trisyll.), "to bore
through; to pierce"] (" Bored
through, pierced "; hence) Of
couches: 1. Inlaid.-2. With
holes, through which the
cords of the couch were drawn.
-N.B. The word has each of
the above meanings assigned
to it by various writers.
|
Tpoín (Ion. for Tpoía), ns,
f. Troy; a city of Asia Minor,
which the Greeks took B.C.
1184, after a siege of ten
years.
1. Tú, masc. and neut. nom.
2. T (enclitic), for Tv,
masc. dat. sing. of 1. TIS.
3. T, masc. dat. sing. of
8, n, Tó, whether as demonstr.
or rel.
|
4. To, adv. [adverbial neut.
dat. sing. of &, ĥ, Tó] On this
account.
T@v, masc. and neut. gen.
plur. of d, ½, tó, whether as
demonstr. or rel.
ὑβρ-ίζω, f. ὑβρίσω, p. ὕβρε
ῖκα, 1. aor. ὕβρίσα. v. a. [ὕβρε
| ɩs, in force of "wantonness "]
1.
VOCABULARY.
117
CC
To act with ußpis"; hence)
To wax wanton, run riot,
whether in regard to superior
strength and power or to
sensual indulgence.
vẞpis, ews (Ep. ios), f.
Wantonness, insolence, riot-
ousness.
ὑγρή, ἧς ; see ὑγρός.
vy-pós, pá, póv, adj. Wet,
moist, fluid.-As Subst.: vypá,
ᾶς (Ion. ὑγρή, ῆς), f. (sc. ἅλς
οι θάλασσα) The moist (sea),
the sea; v. 97 [akin to Sans.
root UKSH, "to sprinkle";
and so, literally, "sprinkled"].
ὕδωρ, ἄτος, 11. Water.
N.B. At v. 110 the & is long;
at v. 146, short [akin to Sans.
udan, "water"].
ὑμός, ή, όν, Ep. and Dor.
for vuéтepos.
ůπăтos, n, ov, sup. adj. [for
iπéρTǎTOS] (Locally: "High-
est, uppermost "; hence) In
rank, power, etc.: Highest,
most exalted ;-at vv. 45, 81
with a Partitive Gen., or Gen.
of "Thing Distributed."
Vπéμeve, 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. ind. of úñоμévш.
ůπéμνησε(v), 3. pers. sing.
1. aor. ind. of ὑπομιμνήσκω.
Vπéρ, preр.: 1. With Gen. :
a. Over, above.-b. Beyond,
above, higher up than.-c. On
behalf, or account, of; for.-
2. With Acc.: Beyond [akin
to Sans. upar-i, "above"].
>>
m.
""
v-iós (dissyll), 10û,
("One begotten or brought
forth"; hence) A son [akin
to Sans. root Su, "to beget,"
also, "to bring forth "].
ὑπέρ-βϊ-ος, ον, adj. [ὑπέρ,
"above measure ; Bi-a,
strength"] ("Having
strength above measure ;
hence, "of overpowering
strength, of overwhelming
might "; hence) Overweening,
outrageous, violent.
>>
úλń-els, eσoa, ev, adj. [vλn,
(uncontr. gen.) λn-os, "a
wood, forest"] ("Having
many a wood or forest ;
hence) Well-wooded, woody;
-at v. 246 ¿λýevtɩ is joined
to fem. subst. (Zakúvew), as if
it came fr. au adj. of two
endings only.
¦
Ὑπερ-ίων, τονος, 13. [ὑπέρ,
"above"; iwv, poetic suffix
used in forming patronymics
and so, "the son of him (here,
god) above:"-by some con-
sidered a shortening of 'T¬ep-
τον-ίων (fr. Ὑπερίων, Ὑπερα
¡ov-os; suffix iwv, as above),
and so, "the son of Hyperion";
seebelow] (According to myth-
ology Hyperion was a celestial
deity, son of Ourănos and
Gaia, i. e. "Heaven and
iµeîs, iµôv, iµîv, iµâs,
plur. of ov.
ὑμ-έτερος, ετέρα, έτερον,
pron. adj. [vμ-eis, "ye, you"]
("Of, or belonging to, you";
i. e.) Your, yours.
<<
118
VOCABULARY.
ὑπερφιάλ-ως, adv. [ὑπερ-
piaλ-os, "exceeding in power"]
("After the manner of the
Uπeрpiaλos"; hence) Exceed-
ingly, excessively.
Earth," father of Helios or
Hěělĭus “the Sun"-and of
Sělēnē and Eos-"the Moon
and the Dawn." Homer, how-
ever, always assigns the name
to Helios or Heelios, and with
but three exceptions combines
the two names) Hyperion;
the Greek sun-god. The ὑπερφίαλος, ον, adj. (“ Ex-
companions of Odusseus in-ceeding in power"; hence) In
curred his anger by killing the bad sense: Overbearing, over-
finest of his cattle, which weening, arrogant, wanton.—
were kept in the island of As Subst.: úπeppiădoi, wv,
Thrinacia;-at v. 24 Treр- m. plur. Overbearing, etc.,
|
ίονος δυσομένου is Gen. of|men or persons.
place "where": where Hyper-
ion sets, i. e. in the West. This
gen. is almost wholly confined
to poetry; cf. duσóuevos. Sup-
ply, also, Trepiovos with
avióvTos in same line: where ὑπερῷ, by elision for ὑπερ-
Hyperion rises, i. e. in the a; see vπepos.
ὑπερῷος.
East.-N.B. The name was væreрwïóðev, v. 328, is held
in ancient times regarded by some to be an adv. fr.
as formed from ὑπέρ, and ϊών, ὑπερώϊον, (uucontr. gen.)
part. of elu, "to go"; thus | vжeрwïo-os, "an upper cham-
meaning, "One going, or ber"; suffix Oevek, "from";
moving, above." But to this and So, From the upper
derivation there are two chamber.-By others the word
objections. The first is that is regarded as the old form of
iwv has the short; the second, the Gen. Teрwiov; cf. éμélev
that the Gen. would end not
in ovos, but in ovros.
ὑπέρ-μορ-ος, ον, αι]j. [ὑπέρ, ¦
adj.
beyond"; uóp ns, "fate,
destiny"] Beyond fate or
destiny. In the best editions
of Homer the reading at vv.
34, 35 is vπèp µópov, not væép-
ὑπὲρ μόρον, ὑπέρ-
uopov; see μópos. With the
=
し
​ἐμοῦ; σέθεν – σοῦ; ἔθεν
o (reflexive pron.). In this
view ὑπερωϊόθεν is a “Gen. of
Place": In the upper cham-
ber; see 'Trepiovos. The Toû
τοῦ
at the beginning of the line is
the Gen. masc. sing. of de-
monstr. 6, and refers to doidós,
just as å at v. 326 does.
((
—
Magda
exception of the above doubt-
ful passage, only úπéрμоpa,
ὑπέρμορα,
neut. acc. plur. in adverbial
force, and a late adverb úπeρ-
μópws, are connected with
népμopos.
ὑπερφιάλοισι, masc. dat.
plur. of vreƑ¢ìãλos.
VOCABULARY.
119
>
ὑπο-πετάννυμι, f.
ὑπο-
πετάσω, 1. aor. ὑπ-επέτασα,
v. a. [vπó, "beneath "; TETár-
ruu, "to spread "] To spread
beneath or underneath;-at
v. 130 in tmesis, úrÒ XiTα
λíra
Teтáσσas.
ὑπερώϊον, ου ; see ὑπερῷος.
ὑπερ-ῷος, ῴα, ῷον, adj.
[ὑπέρ, "above"] Being above
or over. As Subst.: uneр@ov
(Ion. and Ep. repάiov), ov,
ὑπερώιον),
n. (That which is above";
hence) The upper part of a
house; the upper story or
rooms ;--at v. 362 in plur.
a.
йπ-νos, vʊʊ, m. Sleep [akin
to Sans. root SVAP, "" to
sleep"].
ὑπό
ió (before a soft vowel in',
before an aspirated vowel up'),
With Gen. :
prep.: 1.
Under, beneath.-b. Of the
agent: By, through.-c. Of
the feelings, etc.: Under the
influence of, by, through.-2.
With Dat.: a. Under, beneath;
v. 96, etc.-b. Beneath, at the
foot of, a mountain, etc.; v.
186.-3. With Acc.: Under.ayóp-as), ou, m. [54-1,
4. Alone: In adverbial force: high, aloft"; ayop-euw, "to
Below, beneath, underneath speak "] (" One who speaks on
[akin to upa, "under "]. high or aloft "; hence) A big-
talker; a vaunter, boaster,
braggart.
.
vπolnooµaι, fut. ind. mid.
of ὑποτίθημι.
**
ὑπο-μένω, f. ὑπο-μενῶ, 1. ὑψηλοῖο, Ion. for ὑψηλοῦ,
aor. ὑπέμεινα, v. n. [úró, mase. gen. sing. of iynλós.
"behind"; μéro, "to re- ὑψηλός, πλή, ηλόν, adj.
main "] ("To remain behind"; [84-os, height" ("Per-
hence) To wait; see yváμevai.taining to yos";
yos"; hence)
ὑπο-μιμνήσκω, f. ὑπομνήσω, High, lofty.
1. aor. ὑπ-έμνησα, v. i. [ὑπό,
"somewhat"; µµrýokw, “to
remind " With Acc. of per-
son and Gen.: To somewhat
remind a person, or to put a
person in mind, of; v. 321.
ὑποπετάσσας (Ep. for ὑπο-
πετᾶσας), ἂσα, αν, Ρ. 1. a01.
of vπоπeтávvuμi.
ὑπο-τίθημι, f. ὑπο-θήσω,
v. a. [ὑπό, "from under ";
τίθημι,
rionu, “to put"] ("To_put
from under "; hence," to hold
out, present"; hence) 1. Act:
To put forward, suggest.—2.
Mid.: To-Tileμaι, f. dπо-
Onoouar: With Dat. of per-
son: To make a suggestion
(as one's own act) to; to
counsel, or advise, a person.
v↓-ăyóp-ns (Ion. for v-
" on
Pe
φάρμακον, ου, 11. ("A
drug," whether good or bad;
hence) In a bad sense: Poison.
paoí, 3. pers. plur. ind.
pres. of φημί ; see φημί.
120
VOCABULARY.
păтo, Ion. for
φᾶτο,
paтo, 3. | BHUJ, "to bend ": Pass. in
pers. sing. 2. aor. ind. mid. of reflexive force, "to incline or
φημί.
bend one's self"; cf. Lat.
fug-io; Eng. budge].
pépe, dépov, Ion. for epepe,
pepov, 3. pers. sing. and plur.
imperf. ind. of pépw.
φη-μί, f. φήσω, 1. aor.
ἔφησα, 2. aor. ἔφην, 2. aor.
péρLOTOS, n, ov, sup. adj.mid. èpăμny, v. a. and n. To
used as a superl. of ayă0ós: say, to speak;-at v. 194
Best, most excellent. As | ἔφαντ᾽ (= ἔφαντο) is used in
Subst, in Voc. pépɩote: Iron- an indefinite force: they, i. e.
ically: Most excellent friend, men in general, said; or, more
my very dear fellow; v. 405; freely, the report went;—so,
see ἀγαθός.
at v. 189, paol, men say, i. e.
the report is or goes [root on
or pa, akin to Sans. root
BHASH, "to speak, to speak
to"].
g
"
|
þép-w, f. olow, p. évývoxa,
1. aor. veka, v. a. irreg. To
bear, bring, carry, convey [in
pres. and imperf. akin to Sans.
root BHRI, to bear, carry,
etc.; the other parts of the
verb are to be assigned re-
spectively to the bases of-w
and évék-w or évéyk-w].
$(e)úy-w, f. peúčoμaι, 2.
φεύξομαι,
aor. ἔφυγον, 2. perf. πέφευγα,
p. perf. pass. Tequyμévos, in
act. force, v. n. and a.: 1.
Neut. To flee, take to flight.
-2. Act. a. To flee from,
avoid, shun.-b. With Gen.
(rare): To escape from;-at
ἦεν
18 πεφυγμένος
ἔφευγε; see 2. εἰμί, no. 1, e.
-c. Of war, destruction, etc., φθον-έω -ώ, f. φθονήσω,
as Object: To escape.-d. Of 1. aor. ¿¿ëóvnoa, v. n. [plóv-
words, etc., as Subject: os, "ill-will "7 1. With Dat.
With Acc. of person and of person: To bear ill-will
Acc. of " Respect": To
: To e- towards ; to feel envy to-
scape, slip, come inconsider-wards; to envy, to be jealous
ately, from a person as to; of.-2. With Acc. and Inf., as
v. 64 [akin to Sans. root forming an Acc. of cognate
V.
Φήμιος, ἵου, m. [φῆμαι
(plur.), "songs of praise"]
("He of the songs of praise")
Phemius; the famous minstrel
who entertained the suitors of
Pēnělopë with his songs; v.
337.
dñσι(v), 3. pers. sing. pres.
ind. of pnuí.
þeĭv-v0w (only in pres. and
imperf.), Ep. imperf. pow-
EσKOV, V. a. [lengthened fr.
poív-w, "to waste away"] To
waste away; to consume, de.
vour, eat up.
VOCABULARY.
121
notion : To begrudge that,
etc.
į
Φόρκυν, ύνος, m. [another
form of póрkus] Phorcyn (or
pïλ' = pïλe, voc. of piños | Phorcys); an old sea-deity.
(adj.), v. 158.
φορμίζω, f, φορμίσω and
φιλέεσκε, 3. pers. sing. Ion. |φορμίγξω, r. n. [for φορμίγγ-
and Ep. imperf. of φιλέω ;- at |σω; fr. φόρμιγξ, φόρμιγγος,
v. 264 supply μív (= avτóv) as a phorminx, a kind of
Object; see piλéw.
cithara or lyre, the oldest
stringed instrument of the
Greek minstrels] To play the
phorminx or lyre.
(C
piλ-éw -ŵ (Ion. and Ep.
imperf. piλéeσkov), f. piλhow,
р. πeģiλŋка, v. a. 1. To love
-2. To treat kindly or affec- φράζω, f. φράσω, p. πέ-
tionately; to make welcome. Opǎka, 2. aor. Ep. étéopădov
Pass.: φιλ-έομαι -οῦμαι, [and πέφραδον, v. a. : 1. Act. :
p. πεφίλημαι, 1. aor. ἐφιλήθην, | a. Το indicate, point out. b.
1. fut. pianonooμaι and (in To tell, declare.-2. Mid.:
mid. form) φιλήσομαι [akin to | φράζομαι, f. φράσομαι, Ep.
Sans. root PRÎ, in force of "to opáσσoual, 1. aor. ¿ppăoăµny,
love"].
("To point out to one's self,"
etc.; hence) To think or muse
upon; to ponder, consider,
meditate, debate ;—at v. 294
opāČeσbaι is an imperatival
Inf.; see construction explain-
ed under δίδωμι.
Opάoσeral, 3. pers. sing. of
φράσσεται,
Opάoooμal, Ep. fut. mid. of
φράζω.
Opeσí(v),
φρεσί(ν),
dat. plur.
of
φρήν.
φρήν, φρενός, f. Sing. and
Plur.: The mind, heart.
þiλ-ńρeтµ-os, ov, adj. [for
piλ-épeтμ-os; fr. piλ-éw, “to
love or be fond of "; épeтμ-óv,
an oar"] Loving the oar,
fond of the oar.
CC
φιλήσεαι, Ion. for φιλήσῃ,
2. pers. sing. of piλnooμaι,
used as fut. pass. of piλéw.
φιλέω.
1. φίλ-ος, η, ον, adj. [φιλ-έω,
"to love"] 1. Beloved, loved,
dear, etc.-As Subst. : φίλος,
ov, m. A friend;-at v. 301
piλos, nom., is used for pixe,
φίλος,
voc.-2. One's, etc., own;
my, thine, his, etc.; vv. 114,
310, 316, 341, etc.; in each
case see context. 3. Of
things: Pleasant, pleasing,
agreeable ;-at v. 82 folld. by
dat.
2. piλos, ov; see 1. píxos.
-
""
φρον-έω -ῶ, f. φρονήσω,
1. aor. éppóvnoa, P. πeOρóνnka,
v. n. [for ppev-éw; fr. ppńv,
oper-ós, "mind "] With neut.
φρεν-ός,
Acc. of adj. as Acc. of equi-
valent meaning: To be mind-
ed or disposed in the way
pointed out by the adj.; to
122
VOCABULARY.
way: :-ȧyalà opovéwv, being
well, or friendly, disposed;
i. e. purposing good, v. 43;
cf., also, v. 307.
think, or purpose, in such | hence) Made of copper or
bronze; brazen.
χαλκ-ήρ-ης, εs, adj. [χαλκ-
ós," bronze"; np, a lengthened
form of root åp, whence ap-
αρ-ίσκω, in force of “ to fit or
furnish" with a thing) (“ Fit-
ted, or furnished, with bronze";
hence) Of weapons: Tipped
with bronze, bronze-tipped.
φύγε ν), φῦγον, 3. pers.
sing. and plur. 2. aor. ind.
of φεύγω.
þúνтes; see eμpuw, for v.
381.
φων-έω -ω, f. φωνήσω,
1. aor. épúrnoa, v. n. and a.
[φωνή, "the
voice"] 1.
Neut. (“To use the pwn";
hence) To speak.-2. Act.:
With Acc. of person:
To
speak, or call, to.
χαλκός, οὗ, m. : 1. Copper,
bronze, or (acc. to some)
brass.-2. As made of copper,
etc.: A hatchet,
A hatchet, axe, bill-
hook.
φώς, φωτός, m. A man,
mortal, as opp. to a god
[prob. akin to Sans. root BHU,
"to be"].
φῶτες, nom. plur. of φώς.
χαλκο-χίτων, χίτωνος, m.
and f. adj. [xаλкós, uncontг.
gen. χαλκό-ος,
(6 copper or
bronze"; xìTúv, “a cuirass "
of soldiers] Having a cuirass
of copper or bronze.
χαριζετο, Ep. for ἐχαρίζετο,
3. pers. sing. imperf. ind. of
χαρίζομαι.
χαίρω, f. χαρῶ, χαρήσομαι,
χαρίζομαι, f. χαροῦμαι, late
1. aor. èxάpnoa, 2. aor. pass.
ἐχάρην, v. n. : 1. Το rejoice,
be glad.-2. In salutations:
Xaîpe (and xaípeтe), Hail!
[akin to Sans. root HARY,
and χαιρήσω, p. κεχάρηκα, | χαρίσομαι, 1. aor. ἐχαρισάμην,
p. pass. in mid. force kexǎpio-
μαι, v. inid. [for χαρίτ-σομαι;
fr. xápis, xápir-os, "a favour"]
("To show favour" to a per-
son about something; hence)
1. With Part. in concord with
Subject, to show the way in
which the xápis is evidenced :
To make one's self, etc.,
acceptable, or agreeable, by
the course denoted by the
χάλκ-εος, έα, εον, adj. Part.; to seek favour by ;
[χαλκ-ός, "copper"]("Of, v. 61.—2. To give freely or
or belonging to, xaλicós"; cheerfully;-at v. 140 folld.
to desire"].
xăλeπós, ý, óv, adj.: 1. Hard
to bear, sore, grievous.-2. Of
persons: Cruel, harsh, stern.
xaλkéŋ, Ion. for xаλkéα,
fem. nom. sing. of xáλкeos.
_
|
VOCABULARY.
123
CC
KE-
xóλos, ov, m. (" Bile, gall";
χόλος,
hence) Wrath, anger.
xoλ-ów -ŵ, f.
f. χολώσω,
1. aor. ἐχόλωσα, v. a. [χόλ-ος,
xeîdos, eos ous, n. A lip. anger"] 1. Act.: To anger,
Xeip, xeipós, f. A hand make angry, provoke. 2.
[akin to Sans. root HRI, “to | Mid.: χολ-όομαι -οῦμαι, f.
convey," also, “ to seize”; χολώσομαι, Ep. κεχολώσομαι,
and so, literally, "a conveyer p. pass. iu nid. force Ke-
or seizer"].
χόλωμαι, 1. aor. ἐχολωσᾶμην,
χέρνιψ, χέρνιβος
Xépvių, Xépviẞos (used by 1. aor. pass. in mid. force
Homer only in Odyssey and in exoλwony: With Gen.: To
Acc. xépvißa), f. [=xép-viß-s; | be angry, provoked, or en-
fr. xep, Ion. base of the raged on account of; v. 69.
oblique cases of Xelp, "a
χείρ, χράομαι -ῶμαι, f. χρήσο-
hand"; viß, root of viw, "touai, 1. aor. expnoăµní, p. pass.
wash" ("Hand-washer"; in mid. force кéxрnuaι, v.
hence) Water for washing the mid. : ("To furnish what is
hands before meals; v. 136. needful"; hence) 1. With
Xepoí(v), dat. plur. of xeip. Dat.: To use, make use of,
χεῦσαι, 1. aor. inf. of employ.-2. Рerf. кéxρημai, in
χέω.
force of pres. tense: With
Gen.: To be in need, or want,
of; v. 13.
C
χρεῖος : see χρέος.
xéw, f. xew, Ep. xevow,
1. aor. exea, Ep. exeva, v. a.
("To pour out anything
liquid; hence) Of solids: 1.
To shed, scatter, throw out.
-2. As a result of "throwing
out" from baskets, etc.: To
construct, or raise, a sepul-
chral mound of earth, etc.;
v. 291, where xeûa is an
>>
Xpé-os (Ep. Xpeî-os), eos
ous, n. [xpé-ouai, Ion. form of
xpá-oμal, "to use"; and in
perf. "to want or need a
thing for use, etc.] 1. Want,
need, necessity.—2. A busi-
ness of necessity; and, gener-
imperatival Inf.; see con-ally, business, matter, af-
struction explained under fair; v. 409.
by Partitive Gen. as Object:
XapıŠoµévn пapeírtwv, giving
freely of the things that were
at hand or ready.
χρε-ώ (Ep. χρει-ώ), όος,
oùs, f. [xpé-ouai, Ion. form of
xpá-opal, "to use"; and in
χράομαι,
perf. "to want or need”
under-thing for use] Want, need.—
Homeric elliptical phrase:
a
δίδωμι.
χθών, χθονός,
XOúv, xoorós, f. The ground,
the earth [akin to Saus,
Saus.
kshama, ksham, "the earth"].
Xĭtúv, ŵvos, m. An
garment, vest, tunic.
ܙ
124
VOCABULARY.
τίπτε σε χρεώ (se. ἱκάνει) ?
why does necessity come to
thee? i. e. what need hast
thou of this? or why must
thou so do? v. 225. It is to
It is to
be observed that
that in this
phrase xpe is always used as
a monosyllable.
<<
χρή, f. χρήσει, inpers. verb
[perhaps for xpά; fr. Xpá-w,
"to deliver an oracle"] (" It,"
Or a deity, delivers an ora-
cle "; hence) 1. It is fated or
necessary-2. With Acc. of
person and Inf. It behoves,
or befits, one to do, etc.; one
must do, etc.; v. 296. In this
construction the Acc. and Inf.
form, strictly speaking, the
Subject of xpn.-3. With Acc.
of person and Gen. of thing:
There is need to a person of
something:-ÖTTEÓ σE XPη, of
σε χρή,
what there is need to thee, i.e.
of what thou hast need, or what, 8.
thou needest. In this con-
struction xp contains its Sub-
ject in itself, viz. χρέος or χρεώ. | ἑός.
χρίω, f. χρίσω, p. κέχρῖκα,
1. aor. expiou, v. a. 1. Act.:
χρίομαι,
'Nyvyin, ns, f. [Ion. for
'Qyvyia] Ogÿgië, or Ogygia;
To anoint.-2. Mid.: xpiouaι, a mythic island in the Medi-
f. χρίσομαι, 1. aor. ἐχρισάμην, | terranean.
To anoint for one's self, or
by one's own especial act :-
ἰοὺς χρίεσθαι χαλκήρεας, to
anoint (i.e. to besmear with
poison) the bronze-tipped
arrows, v. 262.
de (by elision 8'), de-
monstr. adv.: 1. In this way
or manner; thus; as follows;
| v. 236.—2. Of place: Hither,
here; v. 182.
ὠδύσαο, Ion. for ὠδώσω,
2. pers. sing. 1. aor. ind, of
ὀδύσσομαι.
χρύσ-εος, έη, εον, adj.
[xpuo-ós, "gold"] (“Of, or
belonging to, gold "; bence) 1.
Made of gold, gold-, golden.
-2. Ornamented, or inlaid,
with gold.
χρυσοίο, Ion. for χρυσοῦ,
gen. sing. of xpūobs.
χρυσός, οὒ, in. Gold.
χῶρος, ου, m. A place,
spot.
Xpúσelos, n, ov, Ep. for
χρύσεος; see χρύσεος.
breathes
:
ψυχ-ή, ἧς, f. [ψύχω,
breathe"]("That
"to
which
or is breathed ";
hence, "breath "; hence) Life.
1. 3, interj. O! oh!—As
an exclamation: TóπOL, Oh!
strange; oh! shame.
2. &, interj. gov. voc. O!
vv. 45, 81.
3. , masc. dat. sing. of ős,
4., masc. dat. sing. of ös
éós; vv. 240, 308, etc. ; see
VOCABULARY.
125
¡
Bike(v), 3. pers. sing. Ep. Opt. alone, to express a wish:
1. aor. ind. of otyw; see otyw. Oh! that, would that!-ws
ὠκ-ΰ-μορ-ος, ον, adj. [ὠκ· ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος, oh! that
ús, “quick"; (v) connecting (or would that) every other
vowel; μóp-os," fate" ("Hav. also might perish, v. 47.
ing, or with, a quick fate ";
hence) Quickly dying; doom-
ed to speedy death.
ὠνέομαι -οῦμαι,f. ὠνήσομαι, |
p. Závnμai, 1. acr. wvnoăuny,
Zwvnoăμnv, and eπp:ăuny (fr.
obsol. πpíăµai), v. mid. With
Acc.: To buy, purchase.
O-TE (before an aspirated
vowel woe'), adv. and conj.:
1. Adv. So as, just as.-2.
Conj.: a. So that: (a) With
Indic. to represent a fact.-
(b) With Inf. to mark a
result or effect.-b. With Inf.
to mark an intention or in-
tended result: So as, as for,
for the purpose of doing, etc.
-c. At the beginning of a
sentence, to mark a strong
conclusion: And so, con-
as.sequently, therefore.
ᾤχετο,
XETO, 3. pers. sing. imperf.
ind. of oixopal.
οἴχομαι.
¿πɑ, acc. sing. of 1. č.
*ros, gen. sing. of 2. 04.
1. os, adv. and conj: 1.
Adv.: a. As, like as, just
-b. As if, like as if.-c. In
what way or manner; how.
2. Conj. a. That ;- with ind., 1. ὤψ, ὠπός, f, [for ὤπ-s; fr.
or with opt. in oblique narra-, lengthened form of root
tive, to denote a fact; with | ỏπ, "to see," found in
inf. to denote a purpose, | ὄψομαι (= ΰπ-σομαι) used as
result, consequence, or effect. fut. of Spáw, and in 2. perf.
-b. So that.-c. That, in oπ-wπ-α]("That which sees";
order that, to the end that. hence, the eye"; hence)
d. As, inasmuch as, since, Face, countenance.
because.
<<
2. Ωψ, ῏Ωπος, m. [1. ὤψ]
2. s, demonstr. adv. So, Ops; the son of Peisenor,
thus, in such or like manner. and the father of Eurucleia,
3. us, adv.: 1. As an em- | the nurse of Odusseus ; v. 429.
phatic exclamation: How!--N.B. When a subst. or adj.
ὣς δὴ ἔγωγ᾽ ὄφελον... ἔμμεναι, is used as a proper name, it is
how indeed do I at least wish for the most part distinguish-
that I was, i. e. would indeeded by a change in the accent;
that I at least were, v. 217; cf. 1. wy.
see ỏpeíλw, no. 3.-2. With
λETO, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
ind. mid. of õλλūµı.
T
GRAMMAR-SCHOOL TEXTS,
WITH ENGLISH VOCABULARIES.
EDITED BY JOHN T. WHITE, D.D. Oxon.
LONGMANS & CO. desire to call attention to the
important Series of very cheap Grammar-School Texts
(Latin and Greek) which they are now publishing, each containing
between one and two hundred pages, 32mo, in strong cloth binding,
and sold at prices varying from Ninepence to Half-a-Crown.
These Texts have been very favourably reviewed and noticed by
the public press.
GREEK TEXTS:-
FABLES from ÆSOP and MYTHS
from PALEPHATUS.
HOMER, Iliad, Book I.
HOMER, Odyssey, Book I.
LUCIAN, Select Dialogues. Is.
IS.
XENOPHON, Anabasis.
IS. 6d. each.
XENOPHON, Anabasis. Book I. Text only. 34
XENOPHON, Anabasis. Book II.
25.
XENOPHON, Anabasis. Book VII.
St. MATTHEW'S GOSPEL. 25. 6d.
St. MARK'S GOSPEL. 15. 6d.
St. LUKE'S GOSPEL.
2s. 6d.
St. JOHN'S GOSPEL. 1s. 6d.
The ACTS of the APOSTLES. 25. 6d.
St. PAUL'S EPISTLE to the ROMANS.
IS. 6d.
IS.
IS.
Books I. III. IV. V. VI.
IS.
The FOUR GOSPELS in GREEK,
With a Greek-English Lexicon. Edited by JOHN T. WHITE,
D.D. Oxon. Square 32mo, price 5s
WHITE'S Grammar School Texts.
LATIN TEXTS:-
Books I. II. V. VI.
Book I. Text only.
Books III. and IV.
IS. 6d.
CÆSAR, Gallic War.
CÆSAR, Gallic War.
CÆSAR, Gallic War.
CÆSAR, Gallic War. Book VII.
CICERO, Cato Major (Old Age).
CICERO, Lælius (Friendship). 1s. 6d.
1s. 6d.
EUTROPIUS, Books I. and II. of Roman History.
EUTROPIUS, Books III. and IV. of Roman History.
HORACE, Odes. Books I. II. and IV.
IS. each.
HORACE, Odes. Book III.
IS. 6xt.
HORACE, Epodes and Carmen Seculare.
NEPOS, Miltiades, Cimon, Pausanias, and Aristides. 9d.
OVID, Selections from the Epistles and Fasti.
IS.
OVID, Select Myths from the Metamorphoses. 9d.
PHÆDRUS, Select Fables. gd.
PHÆDRUS, Fables. Books I. and II.
SALLUST, Bellum Catilinarium.
IS. 6d.
15.
IS. each.
3d.
9d. each.
LIVY, Books XXI. and XXIII.
IS.
15. each.
VIRGIL, Georgics. Book IV.
VIRGIL, Æneid. Books I. to VI.
VIRGIL, Eneid. Book I. Text only. 3d.
VIRGIL, Æneid. Books VII. VIII. X. XI. and XII.
each.
IS.
IS.
IS.
Is. 6d.
The Latin Text with English Explanatory and Grammatical
Notes, and a Vocabulary of Proper Names. Edited by JOHN
T. WHITE, D.D. Oxon.
12mo, price 2s. 6d. each Book.
London: LONGMANS, GREEN, & CO.
LONDON:
GILBERT AND rivington, LIMITED,
ST. JOHN'S SQUARE.

|

10
15
Hi
IR
16
al
10
Buni amatu.
DATUM Cla
ADA KA KAG ÔN MÊ Đ Verkoperta dei segar poterat maradt, Jones were granting on tapacake
• Ac31 1965. Za spot, and to TVARKA MA
(at pata, Bakkerij dhe ta
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
3 9015 02246 3940
|

C